Fire Safety Guideline

I
TO
I
PROTECTION
INMALAYSIA
Editor
Dato' HamzahBin Abu Bakar
DirectorGeneral
Fire and RescueDepartmentMataysia
Thisbookis published
by:
The Institutionof Fire Engineers(uK) MalaysiaBranch(IFEM)
lnAssociation
with:
Fire and RescueDepartmentMalaysia(JBpM)
PertubuhanAkitek Malaysia(pAM)
Institutionof EngineersMalaysia(lEM)
Associationof GonsultingEngineersMalaysia(AGEM)
ill
This book is publishedby:
@ The Institution of Fire Engineers (UK) Malaysia Branch (IFEM)

28 Jalan31154,TamanBukitAnggerik,Cheras,56000Kuala Lumpur,Malaysia
Tel: +603-91012255 Fax: +603-91017700
Web: www.ife.org.my Email:info@ife.org.my
Firstedition:October1999
Reprint:January2000
Secondedition:March2006
All rightsreserved.No partof thispublicationmaybe reproduced or transmittedin anyformor by any means

includingphotocopying and recording, withoutthe writtenpermissionof the copyrightholders,application
fc
whichshouldbe addressed to the publisher.
Suchwrittenpermission mustalsobe obtainedbeforeany partc
thispublicationis storedin a retrieval
systemof any nature.
Everyefforthas beenmadeto ensurethe informationin this guideis as accurateas possible.This subjet

changing,thusthe professionals
matteris complexand constantly or otherinterestedpartiesare advisedt,
seekexpertadvicewhenfacedwithspecificproblems.
GraphicsandEditing: YC Creative
CoverDesign :www.yccreative.com
Printed : YCDPrint
Price : RM80.00
tsBN 983€08{95_0
tv
This book has been made possiblethroughthe smart partnershipbetweenThe Institutionof Fire
Engineers(UK) MalaysiaBranch (IFEM) and the Fire and Rescue DepartmentMataysia(JBpM)
as well as professional bodies, namely, Pertubuhan Akitek Malaysia (PAM), Institution of
EngineersMalaysia(lEM) and Associationof ConsultingEngineersMalaysia(ACEM).
1st Edition(October1999)
Main Working Committee
1. Prof.DatukDr Soh Chai Hock DirectorGeneral,JBPM
2. PPjBTuan HjZurkarnainbin Mohd Kassim JBPM
3. PPjB EdwinGalanTeruki JBPM
4. PgBA. Veerasundar JBPM
5. PgB K C. RajinderKumar JBPM
6. lr Chen Thiam Leong ACEM
7. Ar Paul Lai Chu PAM
8. Ar Chee Soo Teng PAM
9. lr Thin ChoonChai IEM
10. lr Wong See Foong IEM
11. MrTay Hao Giang IFEM/MFPA
12. lr FuadAbas UPM
Sub-Committee
1. PgkBMohdHusainbinAhmadTakin JBPM
2. PgB Hamdanbin Ali JBPM
3. ArAinonbtAli PAM
4. Ar Chong Lee Siong PAM
5. Ar Hui SheahMing PAM
6. Ar Ng Kim Teh PAM
7. lr Wong Kian Lon ACEM
8. Mr Wong Kin Wing ACEM
9. lr Wong Shu Leong ACEM
10. Mr Lock Peng Wei ACEM
2nd Edition(March2006)
Working Gommittee
1. Dato Hamzahbin Abu Bakar DirectorGeneral,JBPM
2. Dato Wan Mohd Nor bin tbrahim JBPM
3. PKPjBSoimanJahid JBPM
4. PKPAhmad lzram bin Osman JBPM
5. TPjB MohammedHamdanWahid JBPM
6. PKP HjZurkarnianbin Mohd Kassim JBPM
7. Mr Tay Hao Giang IFEM
B. Ar Chee Soo Teng PAM
9. lr ChenThiamLeong ACEM
10. lr WongSee Foong IEM
11. Ar Chong Lee Siong PAM
12. N LooCheeKeong PAM
It is my pleasureto pen this forewordfor the second edition of the "Guide to Fire protection
in
Malaysia".I am especiallypleasedto note that this publicationby The Institution
of Fire Engineers
(UK) MalaysiaBranchis a productof joint effortbetweenIFEM, the Fire and
Rescue Department
Malaysiaand the key players in the Fire and Safety Engineeringprofessionals.
This fire safety
engineeringGuide book reflects the shared vision between the Fire and Safety
Engineering
Professionalswith the Governmentof Malaysia in respect of the importance
of transparency,
constantimprovement,innovationand smart partnerships.
This "Guide" is an invaluablesource of referenceto all those who are involved

in Fire Safety
Engineeringand fire protectionindustry.Be it students,academicians,practicingprofessionals,
-rnanufacturers,
local authorities,Fire and Rescue Departmentpersonnels,fire equipment
suppliersor contractors.The second edition of the "Guide to Fire protection
in Malaysia,,will
clarifythe intentand interpretation
of the Fire Safetyaspectsof the UniformBuildingBy-lawsto all
the users, and in so doing, bring about consistencyand efficiencyin the industry
to benefitthe
membersof the public.
In this age of globalization,it is imperativethat we all embracechanges

as a way of life. lt is also
inevitablethat we also have to evolve new legislationto take into consideration
the understanding
of fire science and technologywhich requires a rethink of conventional
solutionsto fire safety for
now and the future.
once again' I wish to congratulateDato HamzahAbu Bakar, Director

General of the Fire and
RescueDepartmentMalaysia,his able officersand the team of dedicated
local professionalsfrorn
The Institutionof Fire Engineers (UK) Malaysia Branch (IFEM), pertubuhan
Akitek Malaysia
(PAM), Associationof ConsultingEngineersMalaysia (ACEM)
and lnstitutionof Engineers
Malaysia(lEM) on their commendableeffortsin bringingthis second
Editionof the ,,Guideto Fire
Protectionin Malaysia"to fruition.
Y.B. DATO'SERI ONG KA TING

Ministerof Housingand LocalGovernment
As we move towards acquiring Developed Nation Status, it is essential that in forging ahead to
achieve the necessarybenchmarks,we do not forget to continuedevelopingand enhancingour
existing infrastructure.
Just as new Standardsand Codes are being writtenfor the Buildinglndustry,existingStandards,

Guides and Codes have to be reviewed to catch up with changing trends, technology and
knowledge.
The effort by The lnstitutionof Fire Engineers(UK) MalaysiaBranch and the Fire and Rescue
Departmentin updatingthe 2nd Editionof "Guideto Fire Protectionin Malaysia"is commendable,
taken into considerationthe time and effort contributedby all authors, officers and the fire safety
engineeringprofessionalsover the last few years.
Among the changes are - Chapters 15 on Smoke Control System that has been updated with the
publicationof the latest MalaysianStandards 1780; entire passive Fire protectionSystem chapter
illustrationshas been upgraded from 2-dimensionalto 3-dimensionaldiagrams for ease of
understandinglActiveFire ProtectionSystem chapter 5 on Portable Fire Extinguishershad been
rewrittenwith the introductionof PerformanceBased MalaysianStandard 1539.
The "Guideto Fire Protectionin Malaysia"entailsdesignconcepts,standardand code, guidelines,

charts,diagramsand illustrations,systemcheck list, testingand commissioningcheck lists which
are very comprehensivefor any fire safety engineering professionals,fire officers and industrial
players.This will serve as a common platformfor all fire industrypractitionersto obtain a common
understandingand interpretationof the Uniform BuildingBy-laws.
Hence, I will like to congratulate and thank all parties concerned for their meticulous effort in
making it possible the publication of the 2nd edition of "Guide to Fire protection in Malaysia".
Specialcreditshouldgo to Yang Berbahagia(Professor)Datuk(Dr.)Soh Chai Hock (Hon. FlFireE)
for initiatingthis project and the Chief Editor for the first edition of "Guide to Fire protection to
Malaysia"
I will like to express my sincere gratitudeto Yang Berhormat Dato' Seri Ong Ka Ting, Minister of
Housingand Local Government,who has been instrumentaland supportiveof Fire and Rescue
Department'smission in pursuing world class excellencenot only in fire and rescue operation but
also in the fonnrarddirectionof fire safety engineeringfield of technicalstudies and applications.
DATO'HAMZAH BINABU BAKAR

DirectorGeneral
Fireand RescueDepartment
Malaysia
vtl
Forewordby YB Dato'Seri Ong Ka Ting VI
Ministerof Housing& LocalGovernment
1. Prefaceby DirectorGeneralJBPM vrl

Dato'Hamzahbin Abu Bakar
2. Introduction
3. BasicGonceptsof Fire Science& the BuildingConstruction

3.1. Understanding Fire Science
3.2. lgnition,GroMh and Developmentof Fire
3.3. Principlesof Fire Propagation
3.4. Fire Protectionin Buildings
3.5. Fire HazardsAssessment
3.6. Good BuildingDesignwith Fire SafetyMeasures
3.7. ExistingStructureand HistoricalBuildings
3.8. Fire and The Law
3.9. Conclusion
4. PassiveFire Protection o
4.1. PurposeGroups 10
4.1.1. PurposeGroupsand Compartments
4.1.2. ShoppingCentresand Shop Compartments
4.1.3. Atriums
4.1.4. MixedUse Buildings
4.2. Fire Appliance Access 20

4.2.1. DesignNotes
4.2.2. AccessConsiderations
4.2.3. PerimeterApplianceAccess
lllustrations
4.2.4. HydrantLocations
4.3. Walls and Floors 28

4.3.1. PartyWalls
4.3.2. Recessand Chases
4.3.3. Separating/ CompartmentWalls and Floors
4.3.4. Stagesin Placesof Assembly
4.3.5. Horizontaland VerticalBarriersof the ExternalWall
4.3.6. ProtectedServiceShafts
4.3.7. Claddingon ExternalWall
4.3.8. Referenceto SixthSchedule
4.4. Means of Escape 47

4.4.1. ExplanatoryNotes
4.4.2. BasicPrinciples
of Design
4.4.3. Meansof Escape
4.4.4. Measurementof TravelDistanceto Exits
4.4.5. Arrangementof StoreyExits
4.4.6. Staircases
4.4.7. SmokeLobbies
vltl
4.4.8. Buildingwith SingleStaircase
4.4.9. Protectionfor ExternalEscapeStaircase
4.4.10. Handraits
4.4.11. EscapeProvisionComputation
4.4.12. Seatingin Placesof Assembty
4.5. Rules of Measurement

16
Appendix1 at
SpecificationsoJ FireAppliancesfor the Purposeof Designingfor
FireAccess for Fire RescueVehicles
Active Fire protectionSystem 89

5. PortableFire Extinguishers 90
5.1. Description
5.2. Design
Requirements
5.3. VisualInspectionChecklist
6. External Fire Hydrant System gT

6.1. Description
6.2. DesignRequirements
6.3. TestRequirements
6.4. MaintenanceRequirements
6.5. DesignChecklist
6.6. VisualInspection
Checklist
6.7. TestingandCommissioningChecklist
7. Hose Reel System 105

7.1. Description
7.3. DesignChecktist
Checklist
8. Dry Riser System fij

8.1. Description
Checklist
9. Wet Riser System 115

9.1. Description
Checklist
IX
10. DowncomerSystem 123
10.1. DescriPtion
10.6. Checklist
VisualInspection
11. Automatic Sprinkler System 128

11.1. DescriPtion
11.6. Visuallnspection
Checklist
12. Automatic GOz Extinguishing System 142

12.1. Description
12.4. Checklist
Visuallnspection
13. Automatic Fire Detection and Alarm System 151

13.1. General 152
13.1.1. SystemConcept
13.1.2. DesignRequirements
13.1.3. DesignChecklist
13.2. Controland IndicativeEquipment 155

13.2.1. Concept
13.2.3. TestingandCommissioning
13.3. AudioandVisualAlarm 159

13.3.1. Concept
13.4. ManualcallPoints(MCP) 161

13.4.1. Concept
13.4.2. DesignGuidelines
13.4.4. Checklist
13.5. FireDetectors
162
13.5.1. Concept
13.5.2. DesignGuidelines
13.5.3. Testing
andCommissioning
13.5.4. Checktist
13.6. PowerSupply
167
13.6.1. Concept
13.6.3. Testing
andCommissioning
13.6.4. Checklist
13.7. Gablesand Wirings

173
13.7.1. Concept
13.7.3. Testingand Commissioning
13.7.4. Checktist
13.8. VoiceAtarmSystem(VAS)
fl7
13.8.1. Concept
13.8.4. Checktist
14. PressurisationSystem in Buildings

fiT
14.1. Description
14.3. SystemComponent
14.4. Typesof Staircase pressurisation
SystemDesign
14.5. Typesof Lift Lobbypressurisation
SystemDesign
14.7. Designand Installation
Checklist
14.8. Calculation
14.9. Testingand Commissioning procedures
15. Smoke Gontrolsystem Using Natural(Displacementlorpowered 199

(Extracted)Ventilation
15.1. Description
15.3. Applications
15.4. Calculation
15.5. Testing
and Commissioningprocedures
16. Fire Lift 223

10.1. Description
16.3. TestingRequirements
16.5. DesignChecktist
16.6. TestingandCommissioning
Checklist
XI
17. EmergencyPowerSYstem 229
17.1. DescriPtion
17.2 DesignRequirements
17.6. VisualInspectionChecklist
17.7. Testingand CommissioningChecklist
18. Fire Engineering- PerformanceBasedApproach 239

18.1. ConcePt
18.3. Fire SafetyEngineerRequirements
18.4. Scopeof Fire Engineering- PerformanceBasedApproach
18.5. Exclusionof Fire Engineering- PerformanceBasedApproachApplication
18.6. Fire Engineering- PerformanceBased (FEPB)Report
18.7. Approval
18.8. Peer Reviewer
18.9. Decision
18.10. Legallmplication
19. MalaysianIncidentCommandStructure(MICS) 245

19.1. Introduction
19.2. UnifiedCommandand Control
"lCS" OperationRequirements
19.3. The Main
19.4. Organisationand Operation
19.5. EmergencyResponsePlan
19.6. IndustrialFacility
19.7. BulletPointsin ERP Strategies
18.8. Conclusion
20. Fire ServicesAct 1988(ACT341) 253

20.1. lntroduction
20.2. Preambleof theAct
20.3. Establishmentof FireServicesDepartment
20.4. DutiesandResponsibilitiesof the FireServices
20.5. FireHazard
20.6. Compounding
20.7. Abatementof Fire-Hazard
20.8. Order
Prohibitory
20.9. Orderto CeaseActivity
20.10. ClosingOrder
20.11. SpecialPowerof FireOfficers
20.12. of FireOfficers
Protection
20.13. RegulationMadeUnderThe FireServices Act
20.14. Penalty
20.15. Conclusion
xtl
Historical Background - tJniform Building By-taws 1gg4 (UBBL 1gg4)
2.1 INTRODUCTION
In the early 50's it was very difficultfor architects,engineersand buildingdesignersto

submit
standarddesign buildingplans to the variouslocal authoritiesand districtcouncilsin the country.
In 1957, the Federationof Malaya Society of Architects- predecessorof pertubuhan Akitek
Malaysia(PAM) approachedthe Ministryof Natural Resourcesand Local Government(Ministry
o f H o u s i n ga n d L o c a l G o v e r R m e n t t)o u p d a t e t h e U n i f o r m B u i l d i n gB y l a w s t o r e p t a c et h e
various outdated LocalCouncilBuildingBy-lawsand SanitaryBoardsOrdinances.
The updatingof the UniformBy-lawswas not given priorityuntil May 1969 when the National
S e c u r i t yC o u n c i ld i r e c t e dt h e s t a n d i n gc o m m i t t e e st o u p d a t e t h e U B B L f o r i m m e d i a t e
implementation.
The Kuala Lumpur Municipal(Building)(Amendment)By-laws 1975 was gazettedand between

October 1976 - October 1977 a special UniformBuildingand Municipal(Building)(Amendment)
By-laws 1985 was drafted.
The standingcommitteessought clarificationand advice from various professionalbodies such as

Fire OfficersCommittee(FOC) UnitedKingdom- predecessorof Loss preventionCouncil(LpC),
AmericanSocietyof Heating,Refrigeratingand Air ConditioningEngineers(ASHRAE),Standards
Institutionof Australia(AS),Departmentof Environmentof UnitedKingdomand other international
bodies.The first draft of the UBBL was publishedunder GovernmentBill No. 1065 dated 5 April
1973 and was submittedto the Ministrybased on the result of the submissionsreceived.The
presentUBBL was publishedby the governmentin 1984for implementation.
2.2 FIRE SAFETY PHILOSOPHY. UBBL 1984
Life Safety is Ultimate in Building Design

C h a p t e r s7 a n d 8 o f t h e U B B L 1 9 8 4 a r e o n " F i r e R e q u i r e m e n t s " T
. h e s t a n d i n gc o m m i t t e e
recommendedthat life safetyof occupantsof buildingsmust be the prime considerationand this
can be achievedby minimumfire protectionin respect of the various basic aspects of:
. Meansof escapefor the occupants.
' spread of fire withinthe buildingand from one building

to another
. Meansof detectionand extinguishment

of fires.
The safetyof life is the ultimateprincipleof fire safetyin a building.In case of a fire in the building,
the immediatehazardis to the occupantsand whilststructuralfire protectioncan be precisely
defined,the requirementof adequatemeans of escape is an inexactscienceand may vary in
differenttypes of occupancy,usage,process,heightand types of buildings.
Means of escape for high-risebuildingscan pose new challengesto buildingdesignswhere the

occupantsmust be protectedwithin the structure.To protectoccupantsfrom within,the fire must be
kept small and personsin the fire area must be able to move to a safe locationwithinthe high-rise
structure.
It is probablynot practicalto design buildingsthat under no circumstanceswill any occupantbe
trapped in case of fire. lt is also not possibleto secure absolutesafety in buildings,generally
becauseof human failureto maintainthe fire protectioninstallationsor to do the right things right
when an emergencyarises.The Architects,Engineersand buildingdesignersare thereforefaced
with the constraintsof balancinglife safety and fire integrityagainstpracticality,aestheticdesign
and the fire regulations.
Whilst it is not always possibleto achieve all the requiredfire precautionaryprinciplesin old
structuresor existingbuildings,they can be appliedin new buildings.
The largerthe space, the greateris the potentialarea, the greaterthe potentialfire risks and the
greaterthe likelyfire loss should a fire break out. lt is often necessaryto increasethe height of
buildingsin order to obtaina profitablereturnon the investmentsand everyinchof the floor area is
in consequencehighlyvalued.
2.3 BUILDINGCONSIDERED
AS A WHOLE
PassiveandActiveFireProtection
Passivefire protectionis basicallya planningmatterand must be consideredat the planningstagein
the buildingdesign in terms of mitigationof fire hazardand fire risk. The selectionof fire resiiting
rnaterials,sub divisionof the buildinginto fire-tightcells or compartmentsboth verticallyand
horizontallyto containan outbreakof fire and spread of smoke heat and toxic fume are baslc
precautionsat the planningstage.
Effective passive fire precautionsrepresentgood planning, good design and sound construction,
which could complementotherbasicfunctionsof a building.
Active fire protection is basically the manual or automatic fire protection systems such as: fire
alarms,detectors(heat & smoke)rising mains, hose reels,fire telephones,COz fixed installation,
automatic sprinklersand smoke spills system etc. to give a warning of an outbreakof fire and the
containmentand extinguishment of a fire.The provisionsof adequateand suitablefacilitiesto assist
rescue and fire suppressionoperationsare also within the active fire defence strateqies.
2.4THENEWCHALLENGES
Theoverallfire defencestrategies
for development are basedon the "Fire
projectsin Malaysia
Safety Philosophy"of the MalaysianUniformBuildingBy-laws 1984 where life safety is the first
consideration.The fire preventionand operationalrequirementsfor both externaland internalfire
suppressionmust be consideredtogether. lt must also be possiblefor the fire fightersto operate at
any pointin the buildings.Facilitiesmust be builtintothe buildingsto enablethe firefightersto reach
the top-mostfloors and carry out rescue and internalfire suppressionoperations.
The world's tallesttwin towers (KLCC),the Kuala Lumpur InternationalAirport,Kuala Lumpur

Tower and other mega projects have created new challenges to the Architects, Engineers and
buildingdesignersand Malaysianfire fighters.When these mega projectswere proposed,the
professionals had to venturebeyondthe perimeterof the "UniformBuildingBy-laws1gg4"and adopt
internationalfire safety guides and practicesincluding"Fire Safety EngineeringApproach"and
"Performance
Based Criteria".
The buildingdesignersand fire preventionofficersvisitedmanyprojectsand highrise buildings
throughoutthe world.Technicaldiscussions were also held with variousFire Strategists,
Fire
Chiefs,StandardInstitutions to determinethe mostappropriateFireCodes
and Test Laboratories
to be adoptedwithinthe frameworkof the UniformBuildingBy-laws1984.
codes,coverabroadrange
The UniformBuildingBy-laws1984,similartoallinternationalbuilding
of buildingsand useconditionsbuttheycannotbe expectedto adequatelyreflectnewtechnology,
recentrelevantexperience,innovationin designanduniquebuildingor occupancy conditions.
To addresssuchconditions, By-law245of the UniformBuildingBy-laws1984empowersthe

DirectorGeneralof the Fireand RescueDepartment Malaysia,to acceptalternativeto the
requirementscontainedin the code wheresufficient is providedto demonstrate
evidence that the
proposedalternative
will provide performance.
equivalentor better
It is hopedthat this bookwill providea clearerunderstanding on fire protectionand the conceptof

goodfireengineering practiceand designstrategiesto buildingowners,fire officers,professionals
andstudentsin linewiththe fundamental principlesof UniformBuildingBy-law1984.
FIRESCIENCE
3.1UNDERSTANDING
in minutesand kill
Fire is essentiallya chemicalreactionknown as combustion.lt can spread
it can spread can help
in seconds. Knowing the characteristicsof fire and understandinghow
safety and property
Architects, Engineers and other professionalsto formulate strategieson life
protectionin buildingdesigns.
- REACTION'This
Four factorsare neededto starta fire FUEL,OXYGEN,HEAT and CHEMICAL
'Fire reactionis allowedto spread a very
unchecked,
is knownas the Tetrahedron'.lf this chemical
smallfirewill quicklydevelopinto an infernoand becomecatastrophic'
DiagramA: Fire Tetrahedron
'The world's largest fires can be extinguishedby pouring a cup of water at the
Let us remember
righttime."
chain
A fire can easily be extinguishedby removingone of the factors in inhibitingthe chemical
we can remove heat by pouring water on the fire
reactionof the combustionprocess. For example
or removingthe fuel or cuttingoff oxygensupplyby using a fire blanket or foam'
OF FIRE
GROWTHAND DEVELOPMENT
3.2 IGNITION,
Diagram B: Stages of Fire Development
m
p (STAGE3)
FullyDevelopFire
t
u
e (srAGE4)
Decay
(STAGE1) GroMh
Time
Slow rateof burning Developmentof heat Fire Dies Out

and flames
curveof a typicalfire
The time/temperature
IGNITION- A processin which fuel reactswith oxygento give heat and light
GROWTH- A fire once startedcan grow rapidlyas it createsthe conditionsfor its own growth.
I n a n e n c l o s e dc o m p a r t m e n t a
, c r i t i c a ls t a g e m a y b e r e a c h e dw h e r e a l l t h e c o m b u s t i o n
materialsare heated to flammableconcentrationsof gases and the fire suddenly flashes
"flashover"
throughoutthe whole compartment- this is knownas a
DEVELOPMENT- The fire passesthrougha developmentstage after the initialgroMh. During

this stagethe fire temperatureincreasesslowly.Howeverthe fire continuesto spreadinto other
areas,which then in turn continuesthe processof rapid initialgroMh and development.
DECAY - ln the decay stage,the fire will burn itselfout due to lack of fuel or oxygen.
FUEL LOAD - The amountof availableand potentiallycombustiblematerialsto fuel the fire.
FLASHOVER- Simultaneousignitionof all combustiblein an enclosedarea. Flashoveroccurs

when the majorityof the surface in a space are heated to the point at which they give off
flammablegasesthat are hot enoughto sustaincombustion.
3.3 PRINCIPLES
OF FIRE PROPAGATION
Through natural laws, heat and smoke will travel from hotter to cooler areas by any of the three
methods:
CONVECTION- More than 75 per cent of the combustionproductsof a fire, eg. smoke, burning
particles,toxic gases are dissipatedin rising convectioncurrents of hot gases at temperaturesof
800 - 1000"C.lt willcreatea "mushroomeffect",when the risingconvectioncurrentis blocked,eg.
by undersideof floor or ceiling. lt can also smokelogescape routes and prevent escape.
RADIATION- Radiantheat is transmittedto all buildingsor materialsthat is adjacentto and not the
fire. lt is the transfer of heat energy as electromagneticwaves. Radiationpasses through normal
glass windowseasily,and buildingswith many or large windows are more likelyto spreadfire to
other buildings.
CONDUCTION- The movementof heatthroughmaterialsvia excitationof moleculeseg. metalsare

better conductorsof heat than stones. Conductedheat can travel through partitions,floors, ceiling,
walls, to adjacentrooms, especiallythrough metal piping, metal frames and joists. Combustible
materialsor internal linings of adjacent rooms can be heated to their ignitiontemperatureby
conductedheat.
3.4 FIREPROTECTION
IN BUILDINGS
A totalfiresafetysystemfor anyhighrisebuilding duringfire.

integrity
mustincludestructural
Structuralfailure The qualityof workmanship
when occupantsare stillin the buildingis catastrophic.
and the sustainabilityand durabilityof the buildingmaterialsand systemsrequireclose attention.
The UBBL 1984 requiresall buildingsto have minimumstructuralintegritybased on its usage.
Elementsof constructioncan only be effectiveas fire breaks if they have the necessarydegreeof
fire resistance.The three criteriaof fire resistanceare:
INSULATION:The abilityof an elementof constructionto resistor inhibitthe heat.
INTEGRITY:The abilityof an elementof constructionto maintainits shapeand structuralproperties

and at the same time preventingthe passageof flames and hot gases.
STABILITY:The abilityof an elementof constructionto maintainoverallstructuralintegrity
The principalrole of structuralfire protectionis to preventthe spread of heat and smoke from the
seat of fire to other parts of the building.The best way to controlspread of fire is early detection
and extinguishment- and a reliableway of achievingthis is by installinga system and good
housekeeping.
3.5 FIRE HAZARDS ASSESSMENT
Main factors contributingto fire hazard:
. The amountof combustiblematerialspresent.
. The potentialheat outputof these materialsin a fire, i.e..their calorificvalue.
. The surfaceareas- most materialsburn at or near their surfaces.
. The potentialheat source.
. Airflowconditionand unrestrictedair supplythat sustaincombustion.
. The design and constructionof a building can have as much or even more effect on the
developmentof a fire than the contentsof the building.
The Architector Engineerhave to assess the fire hazard of the buildingarisingfrom its usage,
locationand sit ing, area volume and height,number of people in the buildingand mobilityof its
occupants,designand construction.
Fire tests have proventhat all combustiblematerialswhen burnt,will producesome asphyxiating

or poisonousgases and nearly all produce smoke which hindersvision. Many plasticmaterials
producehighlypoisonousvapoursand very dense smoke.lt is importantfor buildingconsultantsto
checkon the featuresof certainmaterialsbeforeinstallinginto the building.These include:
. Susceptibility
to heat,smoke and water damage.
. The potentialfor producingburningdroplets- skylightetc.
. lssue of repairafterthey have been in a fire.
. lssue of maintenanceand replacement.

3.6GOODBUILDINGDESIGNWITHFIRESAFETYMEASURES
' Provideadequatefire appliancesaccess,
fire hydrantsand other facilitiesto assist fire and
rescuepersonnel.
' P r o v i d ea d e q u a t ef i x e d i n s t a l l a t i o n ,
w h e r e a p p r o p r i a t e f, o r q u i c k a n d e f f e c t i v ed e t e c t i o n
and extinguishment of fires.
' Designingand installingbuildingservices

so that they do not assistthe spreadof fire, smoke
or toxic fumes.
Designingand providingadequateand safe escaperoutesfor the occupants

of the building.
Selectingmaterialsfor the constructionwhich will not promote the rapid

spread of fire or
generatedangeroussmoke and poisonousgases.
Subdividingbuildingsinto compartmentsof reasonablesizes by means of fire

resistingwalls
and floors, providingfire stops to protectopeningsbetween floors and compartments.
Designingand constructingthe exteriorof a buildingso that fire is unlikelyto

spread to it from
anotherburningbuilding.
3.7EXISTING
STRUCTURE
AND HISTORICAL
BUILDINGS
It is normallyquite straightforwardfor Architectsand Engineersto comply with
the various fire
protectionrequirementsfor new buildings.However,it is often difficult
for any buildingdesignerto
meet all the legislativerequirementson fire protectionwhen it comes to upgrading
of old buildings.
Fire preventionofficersand professionalsshould thereforealways attempt to achieve
a reasonable
levelof fire precautionfor theirbuildingsto ensureadequatesafetyto occupants.For
examplereduce
fire resistanceof timberstructuresin historicalbuildingscould be compensated
by increased/extra
provisionof directiondeviceand alarmstogetherwith extra fire
suspensionsystems.
3.8 FIREAND THELAW
Architectsand Engineersmust rememberthat the fire safetyregulationsin Malaysia

are based on
internationalnorms to protectlife. However,some of the fire safety provisions
in the UBBL 1984
and the Fire ServicesAct 19BBwill also offer protectionto buildingsand their contents
as well as
fire fighters.A sectionin this book providedetailrequirementsof the Fire Services
Act 19gg. The
UBBL 1984 and the Fire ServicesAct 19BBshould not be read in isolation,but
shoutdbe read in
conjunctionwith all relevantMalaysianand lnternationallegislationsand standards.
3 . 9C O N C L U S T ON
When consideringfire protectionmeasuresfor buitdings,it is importantto understand

that the safety
of occupantsand fire fightersare interrelated,
and thal designsolutionshouldaddressthe effectof
fire, smoke and toxicfumes in totalitv.
4.1 PURPOSE GROUPS
4.1.1Purpose Groups And Compartments

purposeGroups(By-law134)categorisebuildingsor compartmentswithina buildingin accordance
with their uses/intendedusage or the dominantuse in accordancewith the Fifth Schedule'The
intendeduse or occupancy(PurposeGroup) of a buildingor part of a buildingis a fundamental
considerationof the relevantsectionsof the Uniform BuildingBy-laws in establishingminimum
standardsthat need to be compliedin orderto achievea satisfactorylevelof life safetyof the users
or occupants.
Some buildingsexceedthe physicalsize allowablefor its designatedPurposeGroup.In that event,

it is dividedinto smallercompartmentsfor Fire Safety managementreasonsto limitthe spread of
fire and to restrictthe movementof smoke. Alternatively,a building,designedto accommodate
differentactivitiesthat fall under differentPurposeGroupscan be dividedinto compartmentseach
housingits own PurposeGroup activityto enableeach compartment'sfire safetyto be considered
in relationto the risks associatedwith the differenttypes of usage.A compartmentwhen used in
this Fire Safetycontextdenotesa physicallydelineatedvolumetricspaceor part of a buildingwhich
is separatedfrom all other parts by one or more compartmentwalls or compartmentfloors or by
such walls and floors.
The anticipatedfire hazardspresentedby any buildingwill predominantlybe dictatedby the use or

purposeto whichthe buildingis put to (PurposeGroup).This is influencedby the nature(residential,
workingor publicgathering)and levelof occupancyof the buildingsas well as the typesof material
or anticipatedfire loads used in connectionwith that type of occupancy.For example,warehouses
differgreatlyfrom departmentstoreswhen it comes to the numberof anticipatedoccupantsas well
as the potentialfire load of their contents.Consequently,the minimumrequirementsto ensurefire
safetysuch as meansof escapefor occupants,permissiblevolumeof compartments, fire resistance
ratingof compartmentwalls,level of fire detectionand fire fightingsystemsare directly relatedto
theseusagegroupings.Thesedifferentprovisionsrelatingto the differentusagegroupsin turn form
the basisfor both designerssuch as Architectsor Engineersand the FireAnd RescueDepartment
of Malaysia(JBPM)to establishthe minimumpassivesafetyrequirementsas well as the minimum
fire safetyinstallationsnecessaryto complywith the UBBL.
The Fifth Schedule (Designationof Purpose Groups) in the UBBL (By-law 134, 138) lists the
respectiveusage descriptionof each designatedPurposeGroup. Generally,PurposeGroups l,
ll and lll cover groups with a Residentialelement where there is sleepingaccommodationand
thereforeextradangerin the eventof fire. The remainingfive PurposeGroupscoverusagewith no
sleepingaccommodation. (See Appendix1)
The Second Table in the Fifth Schedule (By-law 136) lists the physicaldimensionallimits or
parameters (height, area and volume) permissiblefor each building or compartmentin the
respectivePurposeGroups.(See Appendix2)
The PurposeGroup designationarrivedat in turn becomesthe basisfor checkingfor compliance

with differentareas of Fire Safety.These are containedin the Sixth Schedule(PermittedLimitsof
UnprotectedOpenings- By-laws 142 and 145),the SeventhSchedulecoveringMaximumTravel
Distances(By-laws165t41, 166t21, 170tbl)and Calculation
167t11, of OccupantLoadAnd Capacity
Of Exits(By-laws167121,168t21, 170[c],171[c),175),the EighthSchedule(Restriction of Flame
SpreadOver Walls and Ceilings-By-laws 204,206), the NinthSchedule(LimitsOf Compartments
And MinimumPeriodsOf Fire ResistanceFor Elementsof Structure- By-laws143[3],147,158L11'
162,213,216121) and the Tenth Schedule(TableOf RequirementsFor Fire Extinguishment Alarm
-
SystemsAnd EmergencyLighting By-laws226111,23711)) of the UBBL.
10
FIFTHSCHEDULE
OF UBBL
NumberOf DescriptiveTitle Purpose for which building or

PurposeGroup compartment is intended to be used
I Smallresidential Privatedwellinghousedetachedor semidetached(not

includinga flat or terracehouse) not comprisingmore
than (1) a groundstorey;(2) one upperstorey;and (3)
a basemenstoreyor basementstoreys
lnstitutional Hospital,schoolor othersimilarestablishment used as

livingaccommodationfor, or for treatment.care or
maintenanceof, personssufferingfrom disabilitiesdue
to illnessor old age or otherphysicalormentaldisability
or underthe age of 5 years,where such personssleep
in the premises
ill Otherresidential Accommodationfor residentialpurposeotherthan any

premisescomprisedin groups I and ll
IV Office Office,or premisesused for office purposes,meaning

therebythe purposesof administration, clericalwork
(includingwriting,book-keeping,sortingpapers,filing,
typing,duplicating,machine-calculating,drawingand
the editorialpreparationof matter for publication),
handlingmoneyand telephoneand telegraphoperating
Shop Shop,or shop premises,meaningtherebypremisesnot

beinga shop but used for the carryingon thereof retail
tradeor business(includingthe sale to membersof the
publicof food or drink for immediateconsumption,
retailsalesby auction,the businessof lendingbooks
or periodicalsfor the purposeof grin,and the business
o f a b a r b e ro r h a i r d r e s s e r a
) n d p r e m i s e st o w h i c h
members of the public are invited to resort for the
purposeof deliveringtheir goods for repairor other
treatmentor of themselvescarryingour repairsto or
othertreatmentof goods
VI Factory Factorymeansall premisesas definedin section2 of

the Factoriesand MachineryAct 1967,but excluding
t h o s e b u i l d i n g sc l a s s i f i e du n d e r p u r p o s eg r o u p V l l l
- storageand genera.
vil Placeof assembly Place,whetherpublicor private,usedfor the attendance

o f p e r s o n sf o r o r i n c o n n e c t i o nw i t h t h e i r s o c i a l ,
recreational,educational,businessor other activities.
and not comprisedwithingroups I to Vl
vill Storageand general Place for storage,deposit or parkingof goods and

materials(including
vehicles),and otherpremisesnot
comprisedin groups I to Vll
11
ln the interpretationof the applicationof the Tenth Schedule,it is generallyacceptedthat the
residentialportion(apartmentsand flats)is excludedfrom consideration.
ln mixed use buildings,By-law 215121(HeightOf Buildings)of the UBBL allows heightof different
compartmentswithin a singlebuildingto be individuallyconsidered(measuredin accordancewith
By-law135 of the UBBL) in compliancewith the Sixthto Tenth Scheduleswhen the compartments
are separatedby continuousverticalplanes.(See Diagram4.1.4.1).
Sprinklershave over time been provento be a most effectiveform of fire control.The effectivenessof
automaticsprinklers(coupledwith detectors)as an earlyfire suppressionand containmentsystem
in effectextendsthe evacuationtime which occupantshave to make their way to safety (By-law
136).This effectivenessin suppressingand containingfire beforeit gets out of controlis recognised.
Consequently, the limitsof dimensionsfor areasand volumesin buildingsand compartments which
are installedwith automaticsprinklersare allowedto be doublethat of buildingsor compartments
not fittedwith sprinklersto reflectthe reducedrisks in sprinkledbuildings.
4.1.2 Shopping Centres And Shop Compartments

Single DepartmentStore buildingsdevelopedand evolvedthrough retail and design innovations
into buildingswhere several stores or shops open onto and are linked by a covered or roofed over
"street"that combined the circulationpaths for means of egress with pedestrianroutes.Within this
mall can be found a mixture of large stores or users termed Anchor Tenants (like a Department
Store within a mall or complex) and smaller shops that open onto the mall. lt is generally
expected that within this mall will be a mixture of other uses such as food courts and cinemas
and occasionallyamusementarcades.Malls extendedverticallybecome the modern day large
shoppingcomplexes.
When malls and large shoppingcomplexesbecame popular,they require{ new interpretations of

the UBBL as their nature did not fit into any singletypologyeither in size or in bearing
complexity,
in mind the paramountneed to maintainas efficienta flow of shoppertraffic as possible.In the
UnitedStates,the code provisionsfor coveredmall buildingsgrew out of many yearsof application
of special interpretationsof existingcodes.
In Malaysia,the followingrecommendedguidelinesare to be observedwhen designingshopping

centres(as containedin the SarawakBuildingOrdinance):
(i) The size of shop compartmentsshallnot exceed:
(a) 7,000 cubic metresand 2,000squaremetresfloor areasfor unsprinkleredbuildings;
(b) 14,000cubic metresand 4,000 square metresfloor area for fully sprinkleredbuildings
from any other partsof the shop area.
and shall be fully compartmented
(ii) Where the floor area of buildingwith fully automaticsprinklerinstallationis subdivided,there

shall be no restrictionon the totalarea,providedthat:
( a ) n o t l e s s t h a n 6 0 % o f t h e t o t a l a r e a s h a l l c o n s i s t o f u n i t s o f s e p a r a t es h o p s n o t
exceeding280 squaremetreseach of which is enclosedas in paragraphii.; and
(b) shop units referredto in paragraph(i). shall be enclosedon three sides by walls having
a fire resistanceequal to the compartmentwall as requiredabove; and the frontage
onto a coveredmall or open pedestrfanfootpathconstrtutesthe fourth stde,and shops
on a cornersrdewrllnot requr're a thrid enclosrhgwall.The remaththgareasmay constSt
o f s h o p s l a r g e rt h a n 2 8 0 s q u a r e m e t r e sb u t n o t e x c e e d i n g2 , 8 0 0 s q u a r em e t r e s ;
providedthat:
12
(b.1) shop areas exceeding2,000 square metresshall not face each other across
a
mall or a pedestrianfootpathunless both frontageare protectedby automatically
operatedshuttersgivingat leastone hour fire resistance;and
(b.2)whereshopswhichadjoinone anotherwith theiropen sidesin a same placeare

of floor areas exceeding8,000 square metres each, they shall be protectedby
back-upwalls behindthe shop windowsfor a distanceof at least3 metreson both
sidesof the interveningwall or be separatedfrom each otherby at leastone small
unit of not more than 280 squaremetresarea.
Diagram4.1.2.1
Compartmentation
of shoppingcentres
.* sufficientegressindependentof mall
aCorner shoprequireonly,
ComparbnenlA ,, 2 enclosingwalls
(unsprinklered)
ancfiorsbrs
<7,d)0mt-2.o0om2 intermediateshops
Compartnent B --, <280m2enclosedon 3 sides
(tullyspdnklered) by wallswith FRP equalto
<14,000mt-4,000nf compartmentwall (2hrl4hr)
relieson egress
from mall
Shop
<280m2
i{'"r Store 2, not an

anchorstore
>2,000m2
CompartmentB
no restrictionon floorarea
if buildingis equippedwith
\\
1
ComlartmenlC
/
7
fullyautomaticsprinklers
t
Notes:
(ii)(a)ln compartmentB, retailspaces/shops
floor area shall be 60% or more of the total
compartment
area.
13
D i a g r a m4 . 1 . 2 . 2
Arrangementof shops
A, 41= 2,000- 2,800m2 -,

A2, A3 = 280 - 2,800m'
B=<280m'
B = shop <280m2
Area of all B > 60% min3m
of total area f
(i)
where A, A1= 2,000- 2,800m'
rnd face each other acrossmall,
automaticallyoperated
shutter: t hourresistance
protectionis necessary.
' ':
/--/ra .
i' r'"./qr"'i+_ 4:
(ii)whereA1 +M =2,000-2,800m2
they shouldbe separatedby smaller
shop unitsof not more than 280m2 (iii)whereA2, A3 = 280 - 2,800m'
adjoineach other and onto the same
place,back up wallsof at least3m on
eitherside of interveningwallsshallbe
provided.
4.1.3Atriums
"A
The NationalFire ProtectionAssociationLife SafetyCode (NFPA 101) definesAtriumas large
volume space created by a floor opening or a series of floor openings connecting two or more
storiesthat is covered at the top of the series of openingsand is used for purposesother than
an enclosed stairway;elevatorhoist way; escalatoropening;or utilityshaft used for plumbing,
electrical,air conditioning,
or communications facilities"
The BuildingRegulations'1991of Englandand Walesdefinean Atriumas "a verticalspacein

a buildingwhichopenlyconnectsthreeor more floorsand is enclosedat the top by a roof or
floor.(Shaftscontaining stairs,escalators.lifts or servicesare not includedin this
exclusively
definition)".
The two definitionsare not inconsistentand both define a verticallylinkedvolume of space over
severalfloors.Atrium buildingsvery often combineaspectsof malls and high rise buildings.The
greatestconcern regardingatrium fires involvesthe controlof smoke. Where atriumsare used,
there is actuallyan added degree of safetyto the occupantsbecausethere is a large volume of
space into which the smoke can be drawn into and then dissipated.However,there is a need to
ensure that dangerousconcentrationsof smoke are promptlyremovedfrom the atrium,and the
exhaustsystemneeds carefuldesign.
14
Atriumsmay be permittedin buildingsprovidedthe followingconditionsare met:
(i) The minimumhorizontaldimensionbetweenoppositeedges is no less than 6 metresand

t h e a r e a o f t h e o p e n i n gi s n o t l e s s t h a n 9 5 s q u a r e m e t r e s .A t r i u m sn e e d n o t o n l y b e
rectangularshaped,and for practicalreasons,the horizontaldimensionobviouslycannotbe
applt'edth corner or niche locatfons.The minimumdimensionalrequirementsare aimed at
e n s u r i n gt h a t t h e a t r i u md e s i g n e r sc r e a t ea l a r g es m o k e a c c u m u l a t i o cn h a m b e r ,w h i c h
managesthe smoke concentrationearly in the fire before the buildingsprinklersystem
achievescontrolof the fire and beforethe requiredsmoke controlsystembeginsto control
smoke accumulation.The geometryspecifiedby the minimumdimensionshelp to keep the
atriumopeningfrom behavingas a flue or chimneyin lieu of an initialsmokeaccumulation
chamber.The 6 metresand g5 squaremetresrepresentthe best aggregatedthinkingof
experts in the field of fire safety.
(i i ) The exits are separatelyenclosed from the atrium. Access to the exits is permittedto be
within the atrium.lt is consideredthat given the compliancewith the stringentconditions(i)
to (vii)of this part an adequateoverallpackageof safetymeasuresis affordedto allow exit
accessto be withinthe atrium.
(iii) The atriumis open and unobstructed,

with a low to ordinaryhazardcontent.
(iv) The buildingis fully protectedby automaticsprinklers.The entirebuildingratherthan just

the atriumopeningand its communicationspace,must be protectedby a supervised
sprinklersystem.
(v) The sprinklersto ceilingor roof of the atrium may be omittedif the ceiling/roofis more than
17 metresabove the floor of the atrium.The reason for this exceptionis that above 15
metres, it has not been demonstratedthat sprinklersdirectly over the fire will effectively
respondto the fire in a timely manner.ln fact, the mist resultingfrom the sprinklerspray
being evaporatedby the hot column of rising air may most probablyinterferewith the
f u n c t i o n i n go f t h e s m o k e c o l l e c t i o nc h a m b e ra t t h e t o p o f t h e a t r i u m b y l o w e r i n gt h e
t e m p e r a t u r eo f t h e s m o k e a n d t h u s a f f e c t i n g i t s d e n s i t y a n d a f f e c t i n g t h e p l u m e
characteristics.
(vi) A smoke controlor smoke exhaustsystem is providedfor the atriumand adjacentspaces,

complyingwith approvedstandards.The exceptionis when an engineeringanalysiscan
demonstratethat life safetyduringthe egressperiodwill not be compromised.
(vii) The smoke controlor smoke exhaustsysteminstalledshall be activatedby:
(a) Smoke detectorslocatedat the top of the atriumand adjacentto each of the returnair
intakefrom the atriumor beam detectorsat the appropriatelevel;or
(b) Theautomatic
sprinkler
systemservingtheatriumzone/s;or
(c) Theautomatic
detectorsystem(butnotmanualcallpointsystem);
or
(d) Manualcontrolsreadilyaccessible
to thefirebrigade.
15
(viii) The atriumis separatedfrom adjacentoccupancyby a fire barrierwith at leastone hour fire
resistancewith the exceptionthat:
(a) Any numberof levelsof the buildingshall be permittedto open direcflyto the atrium
withoutenclosurebased on the resultsof an engineeringanalysisacceptableto JBpM.
This engineeringanalysisshalldemonstratethat the buildingis designedto keep the
smoke layer interfaceabove the highest unprotectedopeningto adjoiningspaces, or
2,000mm above the highestfloor level of exit access open to the atrium for a time
periodequalto 1.5 times the calculatedegresstime or 20 minutes,whicheveris greater.
The engineeringanalysisshall includebut not be confinedto the followingelements:
(a.1) Fire dynamics,includingfire size and location,materialslikelyto be burning,fire

p l u m e g e o m e t r y ,f i r e p l u m e o r s m o k e l a y e r i m p a c to n m e a n s o f e g r e s s a n d
tenabilityconditionsduringthe periodof egress.
(a.2) Responsetime and performanceof buildingsystemsincludingpassive barriers,

automaticdetectionand extinguishingand smokecontror.
(a.3) Requiredsafe egresstime for the occupantsto reachbuildingexits,includingtime

requiredto exit throughthe atriumas permittedby this guideline.
(b) Glass walls may be used in lieu of fire barrierswhere automaticsprinklersare spaced
not more than 1.8 metresor less apart along both sidesof the glass wall and not more
than 0.3 metre from the glass so that the surfaceof the glass is wet upon operationof
the sprinklers.The glass used shall be tempered,wired or laminatedglass held in place
by a gasketsystemthat permitsthe glass frame systemto deflectwithoutbreakingthe
glass before the sprinklersoperate.The intent of the requirementfor the closely
spaced
sprinklersto wet the atriumglass wall is to ensure that the surfaceof the glass is wet
upon operationof the sprinklers.Automaticsprinklersshallnot be requiredon the atrium
side of the glass wall and inoperablewindowswhere there is no walkwayor otherfloor
area on the atriumside abovethe main floor level.The conceptof wettingthe glassthat
is exposedto fire withoutspecifyinga water applicationrate is that as long as there is
some water presentto absorb the heat, the glass will not reach excessivetemperatures
that would cause failures.To ensurethat water will reachthe surfaceof the glass,window
blinds and security shutters must not be placed betweenthe glass and in the line of
closelyspacedsprinklers.
(c) Glazeddoors formingpart of the glass walls shall be fittedwith door closers
complying
with By-law104.
(ix) The selectionof materialsused to line the roof/ceilingover the atriumshas to be made
with
care. Materialsthat melt and drip molten debris to the atrium floor below can pose
an
additionalhazard both to users as well as aiding fire spread.Plasticsare to be avoided.
ln
any event,By-laws203 and 207 are to be compliedwith, and only materialswith a Class
O
- surfaceof No Flame Spread- ratingshould
be used [By-law204A.,a. and b.]. By-law207
- Exceptionrelatingto ceilingsshould be exercised
very carefullywhen appli-d to ceilings
o v e r a t r i u m s a s t h e r i s k s p o s e d b y t h e e x c e p t i o n sa r e d i f f e r e n tw h e n c o m p a r e dt o
conventionalceilingsover non-atriumspacesor voids.
16
Diagram4.1.3.1
Planview of a typical atrium
wall must,comply
with (viii)
Minimum95m2
opening
wall mustcomply
with (viii)
Diagram4-1.3.2
Sectionalview of a typical atrium
wall must comply

with (viii)
wall mustcomply
with (viii)
17
Dlagramt1.1.3.3
Sprinkler for wetting glass
Sprinklerfor
wettingglass
Floorlevelsopeningto atrium.Levels2, 3 and g open to atrium;levels1 and 4 throughI enclosed

by glass walls. Sprinklersrequiredon non-atriumside of all glass walls,on atriumside at base of
atrium,and on atriumside on other levelswith walkwavs.
1B
4.1.4Mixed Use Buitdings
where a buildingcontainsusagefallingunderdifferentpurpose
groupsand each is containedwithin
compartments,By-law 215 of the UBBL allows the height
of each part of the buildinghousinga
differentpurposegroup,if they are verticallyseparated,
to be consideredseparatelyfor compliance
with schedule 6 (calculationof permittedlimitsof
unprotectedareas), z (calculationof occupant
load and capacityof exits),9 (limitsof compartments
and minimumperiodsof fire resistancefor fire
extinguishmentararmsystemsand emergencyrighting)in the UBBL.
Diagram4.1.4.1
Computationof mixeduse buildingin compliancewith UBBL
P! A of BuitdingUse/purposeGroup:Hotet/ltl
f
HT1 to be used for compliance
with Schedutes6, 7, 9, 10 of BvJaw
Verticalcompartmentwall
separatangPurposeGrouplll & V
By-law215
Buirdins
Use/PurPose
GrouP:
i 3;Xr?,il
HT2 to be usedfor compliance
with Schedules6, 7, 9, 10 of Bv_laws
ground level
Compartmentfloor-t/
abovebasement depth HT3
By-law138(d)
II
\-.J*
Part C of BuildingUse/purposeGroup:
BasementParkingA,/l ll
Depth/HT3to be used for comoliance
withSchedules7,9, 10 of Bv-laws
19
4.2 FIRE APPLIANCE ACCESS
4.2.1 Design Notes

Vehicularaccess to the exteriorof a buildingis neededto enable high reach appliances,such as
turntableladdersand hydraulicplatforms,to be used and to enable pumpingappliancesto supply
water and equipmentfor fire fightingand rescueactivities.
Access requirementsincreasewith buildingsize and height.
The table in By-law140 stipulatesthe proportionof the buildingperimeterthat must be accessible

to fire fightingappliances.
In planningthe vehicular/appliance access, considerationshould be given to the design of the

hard standing/accessroad in relationto the buildingwith respectto featuressuch as overhangs,
canopies,turningradiusand otherobstructionsto the free operationof the fire fightingappliances.
(Seediagram4.2.2.1).
Locationof hydrantsmust similarlybe considered.Too close a placementadjacentto the building

or beneathan overhangmay expose Fire and Rescue personnelto unnecessaryrisks or worse,
render them inoperablein an emergency.Similarly,too close a locationto routesof vehiculartraffic
may renderthem susceptibleto damage.
4.2.2Access Gonsiderations
Diagram4.2.2.1
Relationship
betweenbuildingand accessfor FireAppliance
(Mediumto highriseand newbuildings)
A<2m
C > 10m will allowuse of both
turntableand hydraulicplatform
max weightof applianceis 26 tonnes
width of applianceis 2.5m
min overheadclearancefor accessis 4m
max gradientto accessis 1:12
max gradient1:12
20
Type of Appliance
Turntable HydraulicPlatform
(m) (m)
A. Maximumdistancefrom edge 4.9 2.0

of hardstanding
to building
B. Minimumwidthof hardstanding 5.0 5.5

of hardstanding
to building
C. Minimumdistanceof far edge 10.0 7. 5

of hardstandingto building
SeeAppendix1 for Specifications

of FireAppliances
for the purposeof Designing
for FireAccess
for FireRescueVehicles.
4.2.3PerimeterApplianceAccesslllustrations
Diagram4.2.3.1
One sixth perimeter appliance access
Buildingvolume7,001m3
to 28,000m3
D,"
-J
FireAppliance
/--..-
--...---/
\ \ X -\___.\ lsolatedsite/location
with an adjacent
) property/building
>18m
--'-
-t\
,/
---- /
--)/ /
X > 1/6(A+B+C+D)
Note:Turningprovisionrequiredfor the fire applianceif dead end accessexceeds1gm.

Turningprovisioncan be in the form of hammer-heador turningcircle.
21
Diagram4.2.3.2
Onesixth and one fourthperimeterapplianceaccess
City/Builtup locationwith adjacentbuildings
BuildingVolume
7,001m3
to 28,000m3
L 6m back lane
. . \ /
\-\ ,'
\ \ /
\
Accessibleperimeterof building
\ Main road usedfor appliance

accessif not less than 12m wide
Pavement
C > 1 1 6( A + B + C + D )
Applianceaccessfrom main road is sufficientif the buildingvolumedoes not exceed28,000m3.
In the event the 6m back lane is accessibleby fire fightingapplianceand the buildingvolume
28,000m3but is lessthan 56,000m3,then,
A+C>1/4(A+B+C+D)
22
Diagram4.2.3.3
One half perimeterappliance access
to 84,000m3
',/
at least12m
a'
B+C>1/2(A+B+C+D)
Diagram4.2.3.4
One half perimeter appliance access in city site with adjacent buildings
to 84,000m3
back lane accessible

';6m
to fire appliance
Accessibleperimeterof building
A+C>1/2(A+B+C+D)
23
Diagram 4.2.3.5
Three fourth perimeterapplianceaccess
'f-
Buildingvolume84,001m3 \
to 1'12,000m3 \
Access road of at least -

12mwide
A+B+C>3/4(A+B+C+D)
Diagram4.2.3.6
Three fourth perimeter appliance access
r.
to 112.000m3
12mwide
//
/ !
7
B+C+D>3/4(A+B+.+D)
fffi:J:*ofatleast
Diagram4.2.3.7
lsland site
,.,- Buildingvolumeabove112,000m3
r- ,'
zz- Minimum6m
fire
access
appliance
'.-
Accessroad of at least 12m wide
The minimumpermissiblewidth of a FireApplianceAccess is 6m'
The minimumturningradiusaroundcornersof buildingshall be providedas follows:
Diagram4.2.3.8
Fireapplianceaccess
- Building
a-
-L
L(13m)
W2 (6m min) W = unobstructed widthApplianceAccess
L = lengthof largestFireAppliance(currently13m)
d - cut-backdistanceis obtainedby intersecting
'A' - 'C'
the imaginarycornerof a buildingwith line
25
Thesedimensions are preferreddimensions.
Discretion
shouldbe appliedin builtup siteseg.citycentres.
Diagram 4.2.3.9
Fire applianceturn-around dimensions
i) T-Turn
----
18m 3.6m
>.
min 6m radius
i,:'jij
min 6m radius
ii) Shunt
--4..
6m)
>-
min 6m radiusj
iii)
, . ' ' - D ( 1 2 mm i n )
26
4.2.4HydrantLocations
Diagram4.2.4.1
Location of hydrants
r Building
+--1
_ _ 2m min
---- ---t Verandah
,l
<0.61ni
\* Pavement/ Shoulder
FireApplianceAccess
Hydrantsshould be located:
(i) away from obstructionssuch as streetfurniture(benches),phonebooths,etc.
(ii) not less than 2m from adjacentbuildingsand overhangs.
(iii) between0.61m to2.4m from FireApplianceAccess.
(iv) away from risksof vehiculardamage.
(v) n o t m o r e t h a n 9 0 m a p a r t f r o m e a c h o t h e r ( i n n e w b u i l d i n g sa d j a c e n tt o e x i s t i n g
developments, a new hydrantor hydrantswill haveto be providedif there is no hydrantwithin
45m radiusof the new building).
27
4.3 WALL AND FLOORS
4.3.1 Party Walls

Party walls in the fire safety contextrefer to walls that separateunits of differentownershipas in
walls separatinghouses,flats or shops.Partywalls (By-law86) serveto preventthe spreadof fire
from one terraceunit to the next. The UBBL statesthat party walls shall be of solid masonryor in-
situ concreteof not lessthan 200mmthickor if constructedat differenttimes,made up of two skins,
eachof not lessthan 100mmthick.
Diagram4.3.1.1
Partywall to terracehouses
Partywall
'l
I
I
I
l
I
n
Terraceunit2
I
/'
)
ln multi-storeyedflats and terrace houses of reinforced concrete or protected steel framed

'100mm.
construction,the thicknessof the non-loadbearingparty wall shall not be less than This
exceptionappliesto framed residentialbuildingsonly.
28
Party walls must be raised230mm above the upper roof surface measured
at right angle to the
surface to act as flame deflectors.
Diagram4.3.1.2
Junctionof partywall with roof
- Distancemeasured
perpendicular
to the roof surface
{
\
230mm
\
,,/
\- Party watt
D i a g r a m4 . 3 . 1 . 3
Junction of party wall with roof valley gutter
Roof
;
- Partywall
29
For low-cost terrace house (not flats), the following detail may be accepted by JBPM.
Diagram4.3.1.4
Alternative party wall/roof detail for low-cost terrace house
\ ""r,y wall of pc block
The following illustrated T-barrier may be accepted in lieu of the 230mm raised party wall
D i a g r a m4 . 3 . 1 . 5
Alternative party wall/roof detail
fullyembedded
,,-file
*C flame deflector
,"',i
Batlen
,,. / 7
//'
1,.
' Partywall
30
4.3.2 Recess and Ghases
By-lawsBB and 89 allow recessand chasesto be made in walls but dimensionsare limitedsuch
that the minimumfire resistanceintegrityof externaland partywalls are maintained.
Diagram4.3.2.1
lllustrationof recessin externalwall
Lintolor archwayas
necessary
Extemalwall
(x) 330mwide minimummeasured

on innersurfaceto externalwall
Area of recessshall not be moreJ

than 'll2 area of wall
Diagram4.3.2.2 Diagram4.3.2.3
Recessin externalwall Recess in party wall
31
A chase may be made in a wall for pipesand other seryices.The thicknessof the wall at the back
shall not be less than 90mm for-externalwall and 100mmfor party wall. Width of chase shall not
exceed200mm.
Diagram4.3.2.4
Ghasesin partywall and relevantexternalwall
4.3.3 Separating/CompartmentWalls and Floors

By-laws 147 (constructionof separatingwall) and 148 (compartmentwalls and floors) allow
separatingand compartmentwalls which are not party walls to be constructedof materialsother
than masonryso long as they complywith the requiredFRP [Fire ResistancePeriod].Similarly,
structuralelementscarryingthe separatingor compartmentwalls shallthemselvescomplywith the
same FRP requirements(By-law217).
ln the eventof a compartmentwall separatingtwo or more purposegroups,it shallbe protectedin

accordancewith the more stringentrequirementsof the purposegroups.(By-law216 para2).
Single-storeybuildings(includingfactories/warehouses) are not requiredto providefire protection

to their structuresif they do not form part of walls.(By-law216).
compartment
Non load-bearingcompartmentwalls (partywalls)separatinga flat or maisonettefrom otherpartsof

the same buildingshallnot be requiredto have fire resistanceexceedingt hour unlessthe purpose
group of the part of the buildingseparatedby that compartmentwall is different(or is protected
shaft)and the minimumperiodof fire resistancerequiredis 1.5 hoursor more (By-law218).
By-law 137 stipulatesthat floors in buildingsexceeding30 metres in height shall generallybe

constructedas compartmentfloors.(See diagram4.3.3.3)
32
Diagram4.3.3.1
special requirement as to compartment wails and compartment
froors
Compartmentwall
Fire door to have

FRP ratedto 112of
that for the walls
Junctionshallbe
fire-stopped
Diagram4.3.3.2
Separation of ducts/flues in compartment
Ductwith pipes
Non-combustible
constructionof not
Comparlmentwall morethan half of FRP
(X Hr FRP) of compartmentwall
By-law148(5)
33
Diagram4.3.3.3
Floor in building exceeding30 metres to be constructed as compartmentfloor.
Buildingheight
exceeds30m
Mezzaninefloorwithin
a compartmentmay not
be a comoartmentfloor
Floorsbelow9m need
not be constructedas
compartmentfloorsif the
cubiccapacitydoes not
exceedcomoartmentlimits
By-law138
Floorover
basement
storeyexceeding
'100m' shall
be
compartmentfloor
Note:Openingsare allowedif an atriumcomplieswith requirementof FireAuthoritres
34
4.3.4 Stages in Places of Assembly
The prosceniumwall is to be regardedas a fire isolationwall,allowingthe containmentof fire back-
stageand to minimiserisk of smoke infiltrationinto the main hall.
Diagram4.3.4.1
Stagein placesof assembly(section)
openingareaof (B) and (C)

shall not exceed858m2each
Diagram4.3.4.2
Section through stage opening
0.92mmin if roof FRP not
complying9th Schedule
---- Openingarea:-max 3 openings

2 openingsotherthan stage
Wall being Stage

extended ,1-
foundation
35
Diagram4.3.5.2
Smokebarriersbehindcurtainwalls
0.9m
EXTERNAL
4.3.6ProtectedServiceShafts
Protected shaftspenetrate acrosscompartments
or floorsin a building.Theycanbe shaftscarrying
utilities(piping,electricalandtelecommunication
serviceetc.)or areserviceshaftscarryingliftsand
includingescapestaircases.
In the formercontext,all penetrations

of floorsandwallsshallbe fire-stopped.
In the latterconlext,they often encloseprotectedstaircasesor lift lobbiesthat will have to be

ventilatedor pressurisedto allowventingof smokeor preventinfiltrationof smoketo providesafe
passagefor bothescapingoccupantsand safeaccessfor firefighters.
37
Diagram4.3.6.1
Fire stop at pipe openings in protectedshaft
Fire stop-
2 Fire stop
._a Floorlevel
t *--
* Any openingfor a pipe

shall be effectivelyfire
stopped
'- Protectedshaft
'a-
r,0"
Diagram 4.3.6.2
Ventilation for lift shaft not opening to protected lobby
Ventilation
-"-ts (mino o9m' )
Machine room -
Roof level
Ventilation
(min 0.09m' )
- Floorlevel
Externalwalll-
.- Unprotectedlobby
3B
Diagram4.3.6.3
Ventilation for lift shaft not opening to protected lobby
".a
.z'
Ventilation(min 0.09mr)
Ventedto exteriorthrough
a duct of the requiredFRp
as for the lift shaft
- Floorlevel
Unprotectedlobby
Diagram4.3.6.4
Opening of lift shaft or lift entrance shall open into a protected
lobby
Note:Protectedlobby may be omittedwhen the foilowingare

observed:
(i) Fire ratedlandingdoors are providedto life shaft.
(ii) This lift shaft is pressurisedto preventsmoke infiltration
and spreadto other floors.
39
4.3.7Cladding on ExternalWall
Vide a directiveissued by the DirectorGeneralof JBPM in April 1997, all aluminiumcomposite
claddingson buildingsabove 1Bm height shall be suppliedwith non-combustible cores. This
directivewas issuedto avoid a scenariowhere the occurrenceof a fire in a high rise buildingcould
result in the core of a compositepanel catchingfire, meltingand spreadingthe fire by dripping
moltenand flamingcore materialto other areas below the sourceof fire. In addition,the dripping
molten core materialcould also pose a danger to occupantsleavingthe buildingor Fire Rescue
personnelworkingon the fringeof the buildingat groundlevel.
Diagram4.3.7.1
ClassO claddingon externalwall < 1.2mfrom boundary
Lessthan 1.2m
t-
l - . , .
l"-"-
I
F-.-
t -
f-*-,
I
i' .,
\-
i
Boundary
40
Diagram4.3.7.2
ClassO claddingon externalwall > 1.2mfrom boundary
no provisionin respect
to the boundaries
indicated
-t'
ClassO cladding
l
I over1Bm
i
i
,.r l
l
l
I
I
up to 18m
lndex not more than 20.

Timbercladdingat least9mm
thickis also acceptable(the
indexrelatesto testsspecified
in BS 476 Part6)
Diagram4.3.7.3
Roof inclinationmore than 70"
Roof at 70' angleor more

Adjoiningspace
Roof shallbe deemed

to be oart of extemal
wall or side of a building
Externalwall
41
4.3.8 Referenceto Sixth Schedule
a. Background
The provisionsof the sixth schedule and By-laws 142 to
146 are based on the objectiveof
establishinga reasonablebasisand standardof spaceseparation
to be speci1edbetweenbuildings
for reasonsof preventionof flame spread and protectionfrom
externalfire sources.
The externalwallsof a buildingare requiredto resistthe spread
of fire over theirsurfacesand from
one buildingto another.In assessingthe adequacyof resistance
to fire spread,regard must be
given to the height,use and positionof the building.
In this respect,the roofof a buildingmust also offeradequate

resistanceto the spreadof fire across
its surfaceand from one buildingto another.Hence the treatment
of the roof as a wall element
when it is at an angle steeperthan g0 degrees
[By_law145a].
Externalwalls serve to restrictthe outward spread of fire to
a building beyond the boundary and
also help to resistfire from outsidethe building.This is achieved
by ensuringthat the walls have
adequate fire resistanceand external surfaces with restricted
fire spreao. Fire spread between
buildingsusuallyoccurs by radiationthroughopeningsin the
externalwalls (termed,unprotected
areas').
For obvious reasons,if the external wall forms part of the structure,
then it or the structuralpart of it
must of necessitybe constructedof non-combustiblematerials
or as in the case if steel structures,
be adequatelyprotectedwith non-combustibremateriars.
[By-raw 142.3].
The risk of fire spread and its consequencesare reratedto:
(i) the severityof the fire;
(ii) the fire resistanceofferedby the facingexternalwalls including
the numberand disposition
of the unprotectedareas;
(iii) the distancebetweenthe buildings;and
(iv) the risk presentedto peoplein the oppositebuilding.
In general,the severityof a fire will be relatedto the amount

of fuel/combustible matedalcontained
in the buildingper unit of floor area (fire load density).certain
types of buildings,such as shops,
industrialbuildings'and warehousesmay containlargequantities
of combustiblematerialsand are
usuallyrequiredto be sitedfurtherfrom their boundariesthan
other types of buildings.
The provisionsof the Sixthschedule limitthe extentof unprotected

areas in the sidesof a building
which will not give adequateprotectionagainstthe external
spread of fire from one buildingto
another'Based on the generalbackgroundabove,the sixth
schedule makes assumptionson the
following:
(i) that the size of a fire will depend on the compartmentation

of a building,so that a fire may
involveone compretecompartment,but wiil not spreadto
other compartments;
(ii) that the intensityof the fire is relatedto the use of the
building(ie. purposegroup);and
(iii) that the amountof radiationthat passesthroughany part
of an externalwall that has fire
resistancemay be discounted.
b. Boundaries
A relevant boundary as the name impliesrepresents
a boundarythat is relevantto that side of the
buildingfor the purposesof checkingcompliancewith
the sixtn scneoule.(see diagram4.3.g.1)
42
It need not be a legal boundaryas in a land boundaryestablishedby survey which is for the
purposesof land ownershipdemarcation.The relevantboundarymarks the base line from which
measurementsare taken for the purposeof establishingthe set back distanceof a side or of a
buildingfor the purposesof Sixth Schedulecalculations.This distanceis then used to establishthe
percentageof unprotectedopenings permissible
in the relevantproposedbuildingfacades.
lf a buildingabuts onto an existingplaygroundor road, the relevantboundarymay extend into

both those spaceseg. centre line, as they are not anticipatedto be occupiedby buildingsin the
foreseeablefuture.
For the purposeof practicalityand preservationof legal rightsof land owners in an existingbuilt
up environmentlike Kuala Lumpur,it is advisedthat the side boundaryfacing an existingbuilding
be used as the relevantboundaryfor compliance.lt is impossibleto haul up owners of existing
buildingsto reducetheir unprotectedopeningsif their relevantboundariesextendbeyondtheir site/
side boundarieslBy the same token, it would not be fair to expect a new owner to set back further
or reducehis openingbecausethe neighbourhad not compliedoriginally.
Notional boundary (See diagram 4.3.8.2)is an assumed or imaginedboundary between two

buildingsbuiltor to be builton the same site.This boundaryis establishedby referenceto the Sixth
Schedule.ln the case of an existingbuildingon site, the notionalboundaryis set by checkingthe
buildingagainstthe Sixth Schedule,then it becomesthe basisfor establishingeitherthe set back
or permissibleopeningpercentagein the new buildingproposed-
Relevant Boundary
This diagramsets out the rules that apply in respectof a boundaryfor it to be consideredas a
relevantboundary.
For a boundaryto be relevant,it should:

(i) coincidewith, or
(ii) be parallelto,or
(iii) be at an angleof not more than B0 degreeto the side of the building
Diagram4.3.8.1
Relevantboundary(Referto By-law142)
Sixth SchedulePartll (1)

* This boundaryis parallelto and
thereforerelevantto side D
r This boundaryis
I parallelto side A
-l7I
v
B U I L D I N G-
This boundarycoincideswith and.-

is thereforerelevantto side B The relevantboundarymaY
be the centrelineof a road,
railway,canalor river
43
Diagram4.3.8.2
Notional Boundary
Thisdiagramsetsout rulesthatapplywherea buildingis proposed

on the samesite as another
building,
so thata notionalboundary
needsto be assumedbetweenthe building.
<-- site boundary
Building Building
B
compliancewith the provisions compliancewith the provisions

for space separationin respect for space separationin respect
of buildingA of buildingB
Thenotionalboundary
shouldbe set in areabetweenthe buildings
usingthefollowing
rules:
1. lt is onlynecessary
to assumea notionalboundary
whenthe buildingareon the samesite.
Thebuildingcanbe newor existing.
2. The notionalboundaryis assumedto exist,in the spacebetweenthe buildingand is

positionedso thatone of the buildingswouldcomplywiththe provisions for spaceseparation
havingregardto the amountof its unprotected area.In practice,
if the buildingsis existing,
the positionof the boundarywill be set by the spaceseparation factorsfor that building.
3. The sittingof the new buildingor the secondbuildingif bothare new,can then be checked
to seethatit alsocomplies- usingthe notionalboundaryas the relevantboundaryfor the
secondbuilding
44
Diagram4.3.8.3
Statusof combustiblesurfacematerialas unprotectedarea
Area of fire resistingwall

with combustible
m a t e r i a=l a x b
{l
\
Area of wall countedas
unprotectedarea = 0.5 a x b
and is centredon actualarea
of combustiblesurfacematerial
Area of fire resistingwall

withoutcombustiblesurface.
Diagram 4.3.8.4
Unprotected areas which may be disregarded in assessing the separation distance from the boundary
2 or more smallerareas
The unprotectedarea of
within an area ot 1mz
the extemalwall of a
x=1.5mmin distance stairwayforminga
y=no restriction protectedshaft may
z=4m min distance be disregardedfor
separationdistance
purposes
x
.-ff
l m n
1'- i'i i''i
.-Jry---r Compartment
floor
Openingof this size represents

an unprotectedarea of not more
Representsanareaol -- Compartmentwall line than 1m2whichmay consistof 2
not more than 0.1m2
or more smallerareaswithinan
area of 1m2
45
c. Sample Calculations
Calculationsof permittedlimitsof unprotectedareas (By-laws142 and 145)
Assumptions:
- Singlebuildingwhich is not compartmented
- PurposeGroup lV (Office)
Diagram4.3.8.5
Samplecalculationusingthe SixthSchedule
Enclosingrectanglewith relevant
';
olaneof reference9m x 21.4m
f
4.6m
+-
3.6m
-f
3.6m
{
3.6m
4--
3.6m
----
4m--':
_f--
tut
opening C J
OpeningB q F,q.
Canopydeemed to be disregardedbecause
not part of structure C has aggregatearea of
OpeningA less than 1m2.Therefore,it can be
set back 2m disregardedin the unprotectedarea
from plane of ---qrlculation.SixthSchedulePart 1,
reference Rule 2(ii)Rule2 > 4m from
9mx3m unprotectedarea on same side of
Partll (2) building.
Enclosingrectanglesize on relevantplane of reference
9m (w) x2'1.4m(h)= 192.6m2
Relevantboundarydistancefrom enclosingrectangle7.5m
UsingTable 1 of Part ll SixthSchedulefor enclosingrectangle234m high,width of 9m, distanceof

7.5m from relevantboundary,the limit of unprotectedpercentageof the enclosingrectangleshall
not exceed70%.
Calculations to check compliance

O p e n i n g ' A ' -9 m ( w )x 3 m ( h ) = 2 7 m 3
O p e n i n g ' B ' -1 0 n o s x 3 m ( w ) x 2 m ( h ) = 6 0 m 2
Total OpeningArea = B7m2
Check 1 - Total area of B7m2

UnprotectedOpeningArea is less than 210m2(purposeGroup lV).
Thereforeit satisfiesPart lll 1(a)of Sixth Schedule.
46
Check2 - Unprotectedpercentageof enclosingrectangleis 87m2| 192.6m2= 45.17o/o.
Limitof unprotectedpercentageof enclosingrectangleis 70%.
Thereforeit satisfiesPart ll of the Sixth Schedule.
4.4 MEANSOF ESCAPE

Notes
4.4.1Explanatory
(i) Fire does not normallystart in two differentplacesin a buildingat the same time. At the
initialstage,fire poses a dangeronly in the part of the buildingin which it starts.Thus, an
importantprinciplein the design of fire safety is to containthe fire within a compartment
and to extinguishit while preventingfire and smoke from spreadingto other parts of the
building.
(ii) The itemsthat are the first to be ignitedare often furnishingsand other items not controlled
by the regulations.lt is less likelythat fire will originatein the structureof the building.
(iii) The primarydanger associatedwith fire in its early stage is not flame but smoke and
noxiousgases producedby the fire. A person can withstanda smoky situationfor only about
3 minutesafterwhich he will faint or die.
(iv) Smoke also obscuresthe way to escape routesand exits and impedemovement.In this
situation,a person can move only about 12 metres (40 feet) per minute. In allowinga
minute to escape,travel distanceto safety in an unprotectedescape route is generallyto be
no more than 12 metres(40 feet).
(v) Becauseof the danger posed by smoke and fumes,fire safetydesign must limitthe spread
of smoke and fumes especiallythroughconcealedspacesin buildings.
4.4.2 Basic Principles of Design

(i) In the event of fire, the occupantsof any part of a buildingmust be able to escape safely
withoutrelianceon externalassistanceor rescue by the fire serviceand without having to
manipulateapplianceor apparatus.
(ii) The design of means of escape should take into accountthe form of the building,the
aciivitiesinsidethe building,the likelihoodof fire and the potentialof fire spreadthroughthe
building.The UBBL 1984 stipulatesdifferingrequirementsfor differentpurposegroups of
buildingsand differingrequirementsfor sprinkleredand non-sprinkleredbuildings.
(iii) There should be alternativemeans of escape in most situationas there is always the
p o s s i b i l i t yo f a n e s c a p e b e i n g i m p a s s a b l eb y f i r e o r s m o k e .S i n g l es t a i r c a s e( w i t h n o
alternativemeansof escape)and dead ends are allowedundercertainconditionswhere fire
risk is low becauseof the small size and low heightof the buildingand the small numberof
personsaccommodatedwithin it.
(iv) The provisionof an appropriatewarning and fire extinguishmentsystemsshould be an

essentialelementin the overallstrategyfor safety.
(v) ln additionto safety and egress of occupants,practicaland safe access to the buildingby
fire fightersand rescuepersonneland equipmentin orderto stage rescue,fire containment
and extinguishment has to be provided.
47
4.4.3 Means of Escape
(i) An escape route should lead to a place of safety.The ultimateplace of safety is the open
air outsidethe building,clearfrom the effectsof the fire.
(ii) In large complexeswhere this is not possible,it should be possibleto reach a place of
reasonablesafety such as a protectedstaircaseor a protectedcorridorfrom where people
can travel in relativesafety to a final exit.
(iii) F o r t h i s t o b e p o s s i b l e ,p r o t e c t e ds t a i r c a s ea n d p r o t e c t e dc o r r i d o rm u s t n o t c o n t a i n
combustiblematerialsand are designedto keep out flame,smoke and gases.
(iv) The maximumpermissibledistanceof an unprotectedescaperoute is workedout by the

period a person exposed to fire and smoke can reasonablybe expectedto endure
when
escapinga fire.
4.4.4 Measurementof Travel Distance to Exits

Meansof Escape- Concepts
Primary principlesof means of escape:
(i) Alternativemeansof escapeto be made possible.
(ii) Means of escape is to direct a shortestroute to a place of safety, such as outside the
building,or if stillwithina building,a protectedor isolatedpassageway,stairsor refugeareas
which lead to the outsideof a building.
(iii) Generallymeansof escapeconsistof two parts:

(a) unprotectedareas,leadingdirectto exit
(b) protectedareas, leading direct to exit
Unprotectedareas forming escape routes are to be limited in distance to minimise exposure

to
smoke and fire, and this is the basisof the limitsof 'traveldistance'.
Diagram4.4.4.1
Traveldistance
A+B=Travel distance
4B
Diagram4.4.4.2
Travel distance over steps
B is a straightline inclinedat the same

planeas the staircase(not measuredon
the flat planeon plan)"
Diagram4.4.4.3
Travel distance from rooms exceeding 6 person occupancy
"'"---'-T
i
i1
\ . RoomB
Room A r\.
''/ 11
ttF \
ta
ffi
-":---,"- -.--:
WhereA and B are rooms a and b < Dead end traveldistance.

havingnot more than lf room A and B has an occupancy
sixoersonsc<P exceeding6 persons,then a + c or
b + c shallbe lessthanor equalto P
P = PermittedTravelDistance
49
Diagram4.4.4.4.
Measurement of travel distance to exit
B < Dead-endlimit
A + B or C + B (whicheveris less)
< PermittedTravelDistance(p)
Diagram4.4.4.5
Dead-end travel distance
A + B < P
50
Diagram4.4.4.6
Dead-endtravel distance
A+B+C<P
Diagram4.4.4.7
Dead-endtravel distance
A+B+Csp
51
Diagram4.4.4.8
Exit and travel distance
"OpenAreas'
(OpenPlan ofiices,warehouse,
Hallwaysor roomswithoutfixture
or furnitureat time of design)
u
nsip
Diagram4.4.4.9
Traveldistancewithin rooms
Room not more than

6 persons(distanceY
not morethan 15m)
52
Diagram4.4.4.10
Measurement of travel distance within rooms
Room not more ---.'\

than 6 persons
Y distancenot morethan dead

end distanceand X + Y not more
than permissibletraveldistance
in 7th schedule
Diagram4.4.4.'11
Measurements of travel distance to exits
--tt4'+'=+
,l\
L e
a < 15m if room < 6 occupants

b s deadend limits
c < maximumpermissible distance(p)
d + e s max permissibledistance(p)
c + (d + e) s 2P max permissible
distance(p)
53
D i a g r a m4 . 4 . 4 . 1 2
Travel distance through offices
a < 15m if room < 6 occupants

b1 < dead end limits
b2 < dead end limits
c + d < 2P (maximum permissible distance)
Diagram 4.4.4.13
2 storey exits to be provided
, equalor morethan45"
54
Diagram 4.4.4.14
Gompliance with permitted travel distance
Area that does not complywith the -1

At leasteitherc or d
provisionof permittedtraveldistance < Max.permissibletraveldrsrance
\ \ (or 213P if space is open plan)
Diagram4.4.4.15
Overlapping of travel distance
Recommendedmethodto check
positionsof alternativeexits
and compliancewith traveldistance
55
4.4.5Arrangement of Storey Exits
The principleof this clauseis that once the escaperouteis insidea protectedzone,eg. an isolated/
protectedstaircase,then the routeshall remainprotectedall the way to the final exit, i.e. out of the
building.Therefore,the route shall not dischargeinto an unprotectedarea (such as open lobby)
priorto the final exit. (Referto By-law 190).
Diagram4.4.5.1
FinalExits
Finalexit -
Finalexit
Diagram4.4.5.2
Final Exits
'- Storeyexil
I
I'
56
Diagram4.4.5.3
Minimum distance between exits
Diagram4.4.5.4
Minimum distance between storey exits
57
Diagram4.4.5.5
Minimum distance betweenexits onto corridor
Diagram4.4.5.6
Storey exits (staircases)
Protectedstaircase
58
Diagram4.4.5.7
Storey exits (balcony approach)
Diagram4.4.5.8
Exit routes to discharge directty to finat exit
Escapelevel, 1 Escapelevel
f--+
Separateaccess/escaperoules
to and from basementlevel.
Thishelpsin preventing escaping
occupantsfrom upperfloors
inadvertentlyenteringthe
basementinsteadof finalexit
6q
Diagram4.4.5.9
Egress through unenclosedopenings (mezzanine)
- For floorsup to 9m from
groundfloor,mezzaninefloors
be permittedto be up to S0%
of the floor area below.
For mezzanineabove 9m from
groundlevel,a floor area of
up to 1/3 of floor area below
may be permitted.
Diagram4.4.5.10
Horizontal exits
Protectedstaircase
to finalexit
/ Horizontalexit
Compartmentwall
/'
Protectedstaircase
to final exit
60
4.4.6 Staircases
Staircasesare very importantelementswhich often serye as the primaryescape route element
in any buildingcontainingmore than one level.As such it is importantin planningand designing
staircasesthat considerationbe givento issueslike usability,practicalityand predictability.
Humansdevelopa rhythmwhen climbingor going down stairs.An intuitivefuzzy logic.reasoning

predictsthe next riser or step. lt is for this reason that pitch lines (an imaginaryline joining all
nosingsin a flight)haveto be made as consistentas possible.Unevensteps in a flightof stairscan
confuseone'sperceptionand leadto usersstumbling.By the same reason,flightsof lessthan three
risersare not allowed.These are calledusabilityconsiderations.From a practicalitypoint of view,
minimumtread dimensionsand maximumriserdimensionsare used to controldesignsto ensure
that they are physicallyusable. ln Englandand Wales, a maximum pitch angle of 42 degrees is
allowedfor staircases.Any steeperand it becomesphysicallychallengingto use, especiallyfor the
elderly,very youngand physicallyimpairedor unfit.
The followinginformationon steps and stair must be shown on drawingssubmittedto JBPM:
(i) numberof treads(or risers)which shall not exceed 16 in a singleflightunlessit is for stairs
withinan individualresidentialunit (By-law108[1]i.
(ii) dimensionof treadsand risers;treads shall not be less than 255mm, risersshall not be
morethan 1BOmm. (By-law106t11)
(iii) widthsof stepsor stairswhich shall be calculatedin accordancewith By-law168.
(iv) depth of landingwhich shall not be less than the width (By-law106[3])of the staircase.
(v) Minimumheadroomof not less than 2 metre measuredverticallyfrom any point over the
full width of the stairs.
Diagram4.4.6.1.
Measurementof riserand tread
x > 255mm
{ x . y < 180mm
{ t
DetailA (straightedge)-
v
-"'
DetailB (overhangingnosang) / i--r
Riser(y) l8ommmax -- ' ..,r,f,
I J
,_--- I
DetailC (inclined
riser)-./ ,'-.. il -- ___l
tread(x)255mmmin-'
Tread and riserdimensionsmust be constantwithina staircaseto preventusersfrom trippingand

fallingespeciallyin the eventof fire. Dimensionsare stipulatedfor the same reasons.
The width of staircaseshall not reducealong its path of travelto the final exit (by-law169).
Windersare not permittedin fire escapestaircase.
61
Diagram4.4.6.2
Landingin residentialbuilding
(morethan'16risersperflightis notencouraged)
Diagram4.4.6.3
Single riser in staircase not permitted
(minimumnumberof riserscan be two but it should be regular)
62
Diagram4.4.6.4
No obstruction in staircases
w - width of staircaseto
complywith provisionof 7th
scheduleand By-law168
d - depthof landingnot less

than widthof staircase(w)
ByJaw168
-t
\
min 2m
\ ,
\ z''
t''/
a./
oermittedhandrail
-meter box, post box recess
..1-
within enclosure
.t
Meterbox,postboxor otherfittingsare notto intrudeintothisenclosure'

"enclosure"(exceptpermittedhandrails)'
withinthis
or intrusion
No obstruction
63
Diagram4.4.6.5
Exampleof bad staircasedesign
unenclosedvoid posesa danger

to evacueesfallingover in an
emergency
Staircasewith long and short flightsas shown above are not encouragedby JBpM for an escape
staircase because a person's rhythm of walking down steps is broken especiallyduring an
evacuationwhen the staircaseis packedwith evacueesand one cannotsee the steps ahead.
Diagram4.4.6.6
Exampleof acceptablestaircasedesign
,"- Brickwall
; Constantriserdesign
The above layout is acceptableprovidedbrickwallsurroundthe void and the flight are regular.
This to prevent peoplefrom fallingover the staircaseinto the void in the event of a rush durino
evacuation.
64
Diagram4.4.6.1
Recommended standard of escape stair
Doorswingto be in
.. 'r\ ,;- Door srring to be outside

\ path oftravel on stair
\
)*
/ ,z \ 'X
Q r )" ^ -- Stairwidth a = b
Wl:i:
Diagram4.4.6.8
Staircase serving open balcony approach
+1 ( ,
fin tml
fnn
Occupancy
fu) -J
65
4.4.7 Smoke Lobbies
Diagram4.4.7.1
Smoke lobby to staircases
Diagram4.4.7,2
Smoke lobby for stair extended to basement
Smoke lobbiescreatea bufferbetweenthe actualoccupiedpremisesand the escape passageor

staircase.
In its simplestform, it preventsingressof smoke and toxic gases into the escape staircasewhen
the staircasefire door is opened,where required,pressurisationof the staircasecan serve the
same purposeby creatingpositivepressurewithinthe stairwellto preventsmoke ingress.
66
when the smoke lobby doublesas a fire fighting
access lobby, it serves as a point for fire
rescuepersonnelto tacklethe sourceof fire from and
withinthe same floor.(ReferBy-laws196-1gg).
In buildingsexceeding18m abovegroundlevel,protected
lobbiesare requiredif the staircasesare
not ventilatedor pressurised.(By_law1g7).
Diagram4.4.7.3
Ventilationof smokelobby
Permanentopeningor
openablewindowof 1m2
minimumto outsideor
lightwell (By-taw196)
Smoke lobbyor fire

fightingaccesslobby
Diagram 4.4.7.4
Pressurisation of smoke lobby
,- Vertical shaft for

z/ ventilationor
pressurisation
Internalsmokelobbvor
fire fighting access lobby
67
Diagram4.4.7.s
Protectedlobby requirementfor building > 18m
height (By_law197)
opening --.
Ventilation
Externalwall
L Buildingmore
than 1gm
abovegroundlevel
/
Protectedlobbyrequired-
Diagram4.4.7.6
Protected lobby requirement for building >
45m height (By_law 1gll2l)
Ventilationopening No Protected
lobbyrequired
.-Building more than

45m abovegroundlevel
6B
Diagram4.4.7.7
Omission of protected lobby for pressurised staircase
Ventilationopening --
..-- For buildingabove
7' 1Bmbut below45m
\.
No protected
lobbyrequired
No protected
lobbyrequired
Pressurised-
staircase
Diagram4.4.7.8
ventilation of staircaseenclosure in buildings not exceeding 1gm
Can be directaccess
Ventilation5% min
of stairenclosure
Ventilatedlobbies
\
Buildingheight
n
rl
7- Groundlevel
69
4.4.8 Building with Single Staircase
Diagram4.4.8.1
Height of topmost floor of building with single staircase
Domesticor
Heightoftopmostfloor<12mj
- Domestic or
Access level
Diagram4.4.8.2
Maximumtravel distance
--12m max
'\. '-;'3
',5';:.
'::j!1
\ii -1
ri
\ .- 12mmax
By-law't94 stipulateswhen a single staircasemay be permitted.Essentially,this is only allowed

where the occupancyabove ground level is confinedto eitherdomesticor office purposes.This
presumesa scenariowhere the occupantsare familiarwith the layout of the buildingand floor
plates.The groundfloor may be used for shops or car parks(shopoffices,shop houses).
All elementsof structureshall have an FRP of not less than t hour except the enclosurefor the
staircaseat the groundfloor where the wall shall have an FRP of not less than 2 hours [Refer By-
law 216], assumingthe groundfloor will not be used for residentialpurposes.
Designersare advised to inform their Clients of the need to anticipatethe likelihoodof change
in use after the issuanceof the Certificateof Fitnessfor Occupationby not electingto use single
staircasedesigns in traditional4 storey shop/officedevelopments.This is a common problem
encounteredby JBPM when shop officedevelopmentsend up beingconvertedinto tuitioncentres,
shops and entertainmentoutletslike bar loungesand cafes.
70
4.4.9Protectionfor ExternalEscape
Staircase
By-law191ensuresthatan "*t"tn"i!Li"".".rr"o
fire exposureoriginatingrrom tne Luiroing. forescapepurposes wirrremainprotected
rn"refore, from
staircase bothupwardsanddown*";; t; a ,J*'or protectionis extended
ensuresafepassageduringa fire. from the
Theillustrationshowsthezonewhereno opening
shailbe formedor onrytoiretsor
or openingswith wiredglasswhic-h otherprotected
;:?r"Jil:tgs are t<eptfelmanenrycrosedcan
be arowedto
Diagram4.4.9.1
iil#,1ffi,::,'j"Ti"'J[l'j""":"Jil:,."J":::jiL"::,il::',"JfJ":",*::
areaopeninss
oropeninss
Openingswith wired
glassallowed
Zone whereopening
not permitted
Openingsfor ( t,'
toilets can be
formed
4.4.10Handrails
All flightof stairswith 4 or more risers
shall be providedwith at reastone
handrair.
Diagram4.4.10.1
Staircaseexceeding2225mmwidth
requiresintermediatehandrairs
f=-
,f'- ,.,
Adult handrail
Childrenhandrail
2225mm max
71
Diagram 4.4.10.2
Wall mounted handrail
t
I
tr.I
î' \=-
-Widthof stairs
Diagram 4.4.10.3
Handraildetail
-t
i\
900mmmin
i
.1.,
)'.KS
72
4.4.11Escape Provision Computation
By-law 175 - Calculation of Occupancy Loads
By-law 176 - Computing Storey Exit Width
By'law 177 - computing Number of staircases and staircase width
Workedexampleto calculatenumbersand widthof staircaserequired

usingthe Seventhschedule
of UBBL 1984
. Officebuilding/Purpose
Group lV
. 5levels, each leveldesignedas

a compartment
. Floorareas- Level 1 (Ground)-
1500m2
-Level2 -1500m2
-Level3 -1500m2
-Level4 -1500m2
-Level5 _1800m2
Exit WidthCalculationsTable
A Level
1 2 3 4 5
B PurposeGroup/Occupancy Load lv/10 tv/10 rv/10 tv/10 tv/10
c FloorArea (m2)
1500 1500 1500 1500 1800
D C+B=Occupancy
150 150 150 150 180
E Exit CapacityRequiredfor Stairs(D + 60)
2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 3.0
F MinimumStaircaselvidth (E x 550mm)
1375 1375 1375 1375 1650
Notes
PurposeGroup- Referto FifthSchedule
occupant Load - Refer to 2nd Column of Seventhschedule,check whether

areas to be used is
nett or gross.
Exit Capacity- Refer to 3rd columnof SeventhSchedule,establish

type of exit and exit capacity
that is appropriateeg. doors outside,ramps or stairs.
(i) Referringto columnF in the above table,Level 5 is the largestand the exit
width (staircase)
requiredis 1650mm.Staircaseprovisionmust cater to this requirement.
(ii) By-laws168 and '177stipulatethat every upperfloor shall have means

of egressvia at least
two separatestaircase(with exceptionof By-law 194),assumingexitdistances
are com
pliedwith.A minimumof two staircasesare thereforerequired
for Compliance.
(iii) By-law199(a)requiresthe assumptionthat one of the protectedstaircases
is inaccessible.
lf two staircasewere provided,theywould thereforeeach have to be
minimum1650mm
widthto caterfor the occupantload.
73
(iv) Three-staircasescenario:
lf three staircasewere providedsay main staircase/fire
fightingstaircasewidth of 12O0mm
(minimum1100mm)and two secondarystaircaseof 900mmwidtheach.The checkwould
be as follows:
(a) Totalexitwidth:
MainStaircase - 1,200mm
SecondaryStaircase
1 - 900mm
SecondaryStaircase
2 - 900mm
TotalExitWidth 3,000mm
(b) Assumingthe wideststaircase(mainstaircase)is inaccessible,remainingexit width is

3,000mm- 1,200mm= 1,800mm.
1,800mm> 1,650mm,thereforethe provisionsatisfiesthe By-laws.
4.4.12 Seating in Placesof Assembly
Diagram4.4.12.1
Spacingbetweenseats (By-law184)
I o lt
'f--ti
300mm | \
I min.lt
Non-SelfRaisingSeats
+l
Back to back spacing,S > 825mm

x+y+675mm>825mm
74
Diagram 4.4.12.2
Maximum number of seating per row (By-law184)
' l
l r
(E
3 Ilrrrtrrrrlrrl g !..rrrJ
l""I
o) l r O )
c
o
trrrrllrllllrl s
Diagram 4.4.12.3
Seats without dividing arms
I I I
I tF-l
|
I
450mm I
I
l
Diagram 4.4.12.4
Continentalseating
No. of seat in a row
I can be 49 max. I
r l
I
t r
lllrrrrlrllrll
F -
E I
o l
tI trrrurrrrrrrl
I '
c o l
@ t lrrrrllrrrrrrl
1 lrrrrlrlrtrrrl
9L :
lrrrrrrlrlrrrl
,
"I
E
!rrrrrrlllrrrl
tr_ llllIlrIIIlIlt
E I I Illrrtrllrllltt '
1
, = l
@ l
( o l
1 l
I Irrrrrrlltrrrl
I
L
trrrrrrrrrrrrl
r l
l l
Diagram4.4.12.s
Gangway all round
Exitdoor
1200mmmin.
1200mmmin
Diagram4.4.12.6
Gangway on 3 sides
200mmmin.
H
l200mmmin.
1200mmmin
76
Diagram4.4.12.7
Parallelgangway required by locat authority
As requiredby
localauthority
Diagram4.4.12.8
Guardrails at foot of gangway
Guardrail
min. 1.05mheight
Normalrailing
as requiredunder
the UBBL1984
Min. 1.05mheight
77
4.5 RULES OF MEASUREMENT
4.5.1 Description
By-law135 in the UBBL 1984setsthe basisfor measuringheights,areasand volumesof buildings/
compartmentsfor use in conjunctionwith the UBBL 1984throughout.
It has to be bornein mind that these measurementmethodswill differfrom the basisfor calculatino
the same dimensionsfor use with planningguidelinesor other applications.
lllustrationsA, B and C describesthe rulesof measurementfor heightsin variousbuildings.
Diagram4.5.'|'.1
Heightof building
highestlevelof
groundadjacent
to outsidewalls
mean groundlevel
lowestlevelof ground
adjacentto outsidewalls
A. Double-pitchedroof
highestpointof flat roof
mean roof level

highestpointof parapet
top level
of gutter
use heightA or heightB meangroundlevel

whicheveris greater
B. Mansard type roof
7B
highestpointof roof slope
highestlevetof
ground adjacentto
height
outsidewalls
equal
mean groundlevel
equal
-
il;"";:jff'fl,:,fJ10",,,
C. Flat or monopitch roof
Calculationof area of any storeyor compartmentto be takento finishedinnersurfacesof enclosing

walls or to outermostedge of the flooron the side that has no enclosingwalls eg. balconies.
The area measuredwouldincludeall internalwallsand partitionsenclosedby the innersurfacesup

to externalwalls or edges (as in balconies).
Diagram4.5.1.2
Areaof building
Area to be calculatedto
innersurfaceof enclosed
spaces
Area to be calculatedto
outer edgeof balcony
(unenctoseo)
Mirrorlmage Line
79
The area of any part of a roof shall be taken to be the actualvisiblearea of such part measured
on a planeparalleltopitch.
Diagram 4.5.1.3
Areaof roof
Highestpoint(ridge)
A=B
Lowestpointof
roof eaves
Area of roof is 2 x (X) x (y)
Calculations of cubic capacity of a building or compartment
D i a g r a m4 . 5 . 1 . 4
Volume of build compartment
(iii) Measureto undersurface

of roof if buildingor
compartmentexits to roof.
(iii) Measureto undersurfaceof

ceilingof higheststoreyif
building/compartment
does not extendto roof.
(i) Measureto finishedinner

surfacesof enclosedwalls.
(iii) lgnorewaltsand floorsif

they fall withinthe same
companment.
(ii) Measurefrom the upper

surfaceof the lowestfloor.
80
DIMENSIONS
OVERALLLENGTH 6,B00mm
OVERALLWIDTH 2,100mm
OVERALLHEIGHT 2,400mm
WHEELBASE 4,280mm
TRACK - FRONT 1,757mm
. REAR 1,853mm
TURNINGCIRCLE 18,000mm
GROUNDCLEARANCE 200mm
OVERHANG- FRONT 1,070mm
- REAR 1,450mm
ANGLE - APPROACH 35"
- DEPARTURE 30"
DESIGNRATINGS
FULLYLADEN 4,700k9
GROSSVEHICLEWEIGHT 5,000k9
82
DIMENSIONS
OVERALLLENGTH 10,800mm
WHEELBASE 5,265mm
TRACK- FRONT 2,045mm
- REAR 1860mm
TURNING CIRCLE
OVERHANG - FRONT 1,400mm
. REAR 2,750mm
ANGLE- APPROACH 25"
- DEPARTURE 12"
DESIGNRATINGS
FULLYLADEN 21,000k9
GROSSVEHICLE
WEIGHT 26,000k9
B3
DIMENS!ONS
WHEELBASE 3,900mm
TRACK - FRONT 2,100mm
- REAR 1,752mm
T U R N I N GC I R C L E 14,000mm
. REAR 1,450mm
- DEPARTURE 15"
DESIGNRATINGS
FULLYLADEN 13,000k9
G R O S SV E H I C L EW E I G H T 18,000k9
84
DIMENSIONS
WHEELBASE 4,900mm
- REAR 1,752mm
TURNING CIRCLE 17,200mm
OVERHANG - FRONT 2,600mm
. REAR 2,600mm
-
ANGLE APPROACH 14"
- DEPARTURE 10'
DESIGNRATINGS
FULLYLADEN 17,000k9
GROSSVEHICLE
WEIGHT 18,200k9
85
DIMENSIONS
OVERALLLENGTH 14,000nrm
WHEEL BASE 5,900mm
- REAR 1,B60mm
TURNINGCIRCLE
- REAR 4,000mm
. DEPARTURE 10'
DESIGNRATINGS
FULLYLADEN 28,000k9
GROSSVEHICLE
WEIGHT 31,000k9
86
DIMENSIONS
WHEELBASE 5,900mm
- REAR 1,860mm
TURNING CIRCLE
OVERHANG. FRONT 4,000mm
- REAR 4,000mm
ANGLE- APPROACH 20"
-DEPARTURE'
10.
DESIGNRATINGS
FULLYLADEN : 28,000k9
GROSSVEHICLE
WEIGHT: 31,000k9
87
5.1DESCRIPTION
portableFire Extinguishers are elementaryfire fightingequipmentintendedfor firsfaid fire fighting
duringthe initialoutbreakof fire incidentto preventescalationinto a full scalefire. Properusageof
portaOtefire extinguishersoften effectivelycontroland extinguishera fire even beforefire authorities
is summoned.Howeverthey are not supposeto be used againsta large scalefire.
portable fire extinguishersshould be suitablyselectedfor the type of fire in accordanceto the

classificationand the fire size and sited in suitable locationsin close proximityto the potentialfire
hazards
portablefire extinguishers shouldhave minimumgrossweightbut with higherfire ratingin orderto

be user friendlyand shall be able to be carriedand operatedby one person.
portablefire extinguishersshouldbe maintainedand servicedannuallyfor their effectiveness.
5.2DESIGNREQUIREMENTS
5.2.1 Codes and Standards

(a) is described
Underthe UniformBuildingBy-laws1984,portablefire extinguisherrequirement
under By-law 227.
(b) Portablefire extinguishersshall be designed,tested,select,installand maintainin

accordanceto:
- M.S.1539- Specification for portablefire extinguishers:

Part 1 : Constructionand test methodology
- M.S.1539- Specification for portablefire extinguishers:

Part 3 : Selectionand Application- Code of Practice
- M.S.1539- Specificationfor portablefire extinguishers:

Part 4: Maintenanceof portablefire extinguishers- Code of practice
(c) shall be manufacturedwith the followingrequirements:

Portablefire extinguishers
- SIRIM qualitycertification
scheme
5.2.2 Glasses of Fire

Portablefire extinguishers shouldbe providedfor dealingwith the followingpotentialclassesof fire
identifiedin the risk assessment: (see Figure5-2-2.1)
- ClassA : Fires involvingsolid materialsof organicnaturewith the formationof glowingambers,

eg. paper,wood, etc
- Class B : Firesinvolvingliquidsor liquefiablesolids,eg. petrol,kerosene,diesel,etc
- Class C : Firesinvolvinggases,eg. oxygen,LNG, LPG' etc
- Class D : Firesinvolvingmetals,eg. sodium,potassium,magnesium,etc
- Class E : Firesinvolvingelectricalequipment
- Class F : Firesinvolvingfats and cookingoils
90
5.2.3 Selection and Application
The typicalmediumfor portablefire extinguishersare as foilows:
- Water - Suitablefor ClassA fires

- Foam - Suitablefor ClassA and Class B fires
- Dry ChemicalPowder - Suitablefor ClassA, B, C and E fires
- CarbonDioxide - Suitablefor Class B and E fires
5.2.4Color Coding
colour of extinguishercylinder/bodyshall be signal red to RAL
3000. All wordings,diagram,
pictogramshall be white in colour and all extinguiihingmedium
shal be "oiour;il as foltows:
(see Figure5.2.4.1)
Water Red
Foam Cream
DryChemicalPowder- Blue
CarbonDioxide Black
Halon GoldenYellow
Note : Halonportablefire extinguishers

are only allowedfor military,aviationor specialapplications
only where permittedby Departmentof EnvironmentMaraysia.
5.2.5 Label Marking

All portablefire extinguishersshall be markedas per labels attached.
All label markingsshall be
fullyvisiblefrom the front (see FigureS.2.S.j and5.2.5.2)
5.2.6 Installation
- Generally,portablefire extinguishers
shouldbe locatedin conspicuouspositionwhere they can
be easily spotted by person followingan escape route.
- Siting positionnear to room exits,

corridors,stainvays,lobbiesand landingsare most suitable.
They shouldnot be sitedwhere a potentialfiremight preventaccess
to them.
- Extinguishersshould be locatedpreferably
within recessedclosetsif they be sited along protected
corridorsto avoid obstructionduring evacuation.
- They should be sited not more than

20 metres from a potentialfire hazard
5.2.7 PerformanceDesign
Fire classes, fire hazard location, extinguisherdistribution,extinguisherperformance
as well
as applicationshould be the criteria for determiningthe size and quantities
of portable fire
extinguishers.
For dry chemicalpowder extinguisher,vast improvementin chemical

content has increasedthe
performanceof the extinguisher.Weight is hence no longer
the criteriafor selectionbut fire rating
determinesthe performanceseg. minimumfire performancerating
of a 9kg extinguisherof 30%
chemicalpowderis 27A and 144B..A 6kg extinguisherof 50%chemicalpornde,
can achievea fire
ratingof 27A and 1838.
Gross weight of portablefire extinguishersshould be kept to a minimum (recommended

to be
below 12kg)to ensureportability.Currentweight ratingof portableflre
extinguishersis net weight
of fire extinguishing
mediumexcludingthe weightof tne cyiinoer,valve body, metreand hose;e.g.
grossweightof SkgCOz extinguisheris 21kg.
91
It is recommend to designfor 2 smallerextinguishers to achievethe same ratinginsteadof 1
extinguisher
to increasethe effectiveness
of fire extinguishment.
Example1
Fora singlestoreybuildingof floorarea1,600m2,

the minimumaggregated
classA ratingis
0.065x 1,600= 104A
Thetotalfire ratingcan be providedby:
BxI3APFE= 1044 Bx4kgpFEofl3A

4x27APFE = 108A 4 x 6 k g p F E o f2 7 A
* PFE- Portable
fireextinguisher
Note- Portablefireextinguishers
of smallercapacitybuthigherfireratingis preferredfor portability
and effectiveness
5.3 VISUAL INSPECTIONCHECKLIST
5.3.1Portablefire extinguisher
Q Cylinderbodyshouldbe redwithmediumcolourcodedin respective colour

o All labelmarkingwordings,diagramsand pictogramsshallbe in whitecolourand
shallbe fully
visiblefromthe front
O LabelshouldcarrySIRIMproductcertification logo
Q ExtinguishersshallhavevalidFireand RescueDepartment ApprovalLetter
O EachExtinguisher shallhavea validFireand RescueDepartment H13certificate
o Extinguishermeterindicationshouldindicateadequatepressure(GreenZone)within the cylinder
Q Cylinderbodyand valveshouldbe rustfree
Q Safetypin shouldbe in placeand secured
O DischargeHoseshouldhaveno cracks
92
:1
I
I
i
Fire involvingsolids,organicin nature,combustionnormallyleadsto formation

of glowing embers, carbonaceousfires
Firesinvolvingliquidsor liquefiablesolids
Fire involvinggases
Note : 1. Must turn off the gas valve or plug the leak before putting out the fire
2. Preferablyto be handled by trained fire fighters
3. May require protectiveclothing and/or SCBA
(SelfContainedBreathingApparatus)
Fire involvingmetals
Note : 1. To refer to materialsafety data sheet of types of metals used

2. Preferablyto be handledby trained fire fighters
3. Special applicationand technique required
4. May require,:,protectiveclothing and/or SCBA
(Self ContainedBreathingApparatus)
Fire involvingelectricalequipments
Note : 1. Extinguishermustpassdielectrictest of 35 kva to carryClassE marking

2. Shallnot be used on live electricalequipment
Fire involvingfats and cooking oils 0 . 0 1 5m 2

0.02m2
0.04 m2
0 . 1 1m 2
Figure 5.2.4.1
o o : l E
CD F - = d r
l c
.s
x
368 l 5
l o t
Cl*(J
G r . m# l c
I L
(\ = 5 l o
o ; o l c
o o l c )
o 5o ,?, l ' 6
tl # o
o
1 .
o)k
= L
l(,
| \:t
tr EE
F
#
L
=3 ,
I t f
I t h
#
L
(u
|
l 5
o-
t r -
l 6 >
: ( U
o : o E
o)
(v)
o
o
(J
F5€ P b
Bo
ro (/)*(J
m#
F E c l C
= o
U' xGt 8g
o, J O )
= =E c
o E
tr
Etr
. a =
fl€
*, o i-Y
tt
s AB o 6
E E>
X
IIJ
J\ f Na
= @ro
r N
?t
o o
o <E
E o
(v)
to d
tf.
o E
o J Eg
ct)
m 5
b o t Es
o a
.= E O
sc) . F E]
!t :CD I
o B
o o HEI
o
l-
a
J
o
o ctt
sfl
<-,Pl
E s
uH$ 0 a f l
z
.E=
o =
=' Q)
o
J
FEI
.. o I
U J N I
F = l
x r
IJJ
9 EI
94
g 3s
u H H* -F
lrJ
t
:)
2-=[P eP f
F
o
lr
H=gngg
- G I C A
(9
tr
lu
2"
lae-
o- ;"-3
l
*F358
f o r:u,u9
f
z t
4o@-X
I;49r. H
?r=Y3R 3
;:"iz=F 9
= !<6?-> {
;1355? ,21
WV@d
iq<YPb =ix i
iils?FpgaPF
ctt
!
(!
=
o
tt
(!
"i
(\
d
o
.9
l'|.
u
*S rE =s- F
uJ
E
3
E =E pa P e
,-
F
o
lr
H=gFH#
- G I O O
I
0c
r
UI
2"
ddf,
I?t=,.
o )a:iE
f ) riifq
z lF
ia69:.
lZo6;
i6s9'*
?THX9K
= ;:F==r
:<oH:>
rz?qqP r
ir?rl; zi
gP
IEg?ipe
95
# a
& E E
d r r e 9
O -
UJ P= k 96 + I U
E =F 3 5P
f
E = Iz. #?'
F
I l f
F S -{ u.l u:i o ?r
o p= = dE x,
o-
uoq
;33
lr F C I C q Efr?!
ul - i * i : E
f o
z D "6isX
lF Fa-39: q-
= ; t F : =i
tr{4iil-- \
rz?qE z
g i ? ! 5s i
eEg?e
Egr
E)
.g
.5
ag
=
c,
Il
(g
J
c!
ro
.i
r{)
o
:t
.9
g He
II
E
UJ
H H* -F
E5gFfiE
<1. p
E
f F
T
F 9
o E
u@E
o- i = 9
l! F G I C O f ap?r
uJ ?<a;d
:b:ii:
f o
z f ;7tri9
IX69o
(F {o rE5 ya9 E F e
5
= ;i"si= F
gifir'5i
sYe\! jp9" f
ggPF
F$!3F
96
6.1 DESCRIPTION
Fire hydrant installationconsists of a system

of pipework connected direcfly to the water supply
mains to providewater to each and every
hydrantouilet and is intendedto providewater for
firemento fighta fire' The water is discharged the
into the fire enginefrom which it is then pumped
sprayedover the fire' where the watersupply and
is not reliableir inadequate,hydrantpumps should
be providedto pressurisethe fire mains.
A typicalhydrantinstallationfeed directlyfrom
the publicwaler mains is shown in Figure6.1
Figure6.2 showsa typicalinstallationpressurised and
by fire pumps.
6.2 DESIGNREQUIREMENTS
6.2.1 Design Standards

The requirementfor fire hydrants is described
under By-laws 225(2) and 225(3)of the uniform
BuildingBy-raws1984,and the rerevantstandards
are as foilows:
- M.s.1489Part 1 : Hydrant
systems, Hose Reersand Foam Inrets;
- M.S.1395: Specification
for pillarhydrant.
6.2.2Hydrant Ouflets
Pillarhydrantsshouldcomplywith M.s.1395and
locatedat not more than 30 metresaway from the
breechinginletfor the building.The hydrantshould
be not less than 6 metresfrom the buildingif it
is a high rise buildingso as to allow firemen to
operate the hydrant safely, away from the burning
buildingor fallingdebris.Generally,hydrants
are spaced at not more than 90 metresapart along
accessroadsof minimum6 metresin width and
capableof withstandinga load of 26 tons fromfire
brigadevehicles.
Hydrantoutletsare typicallyof the twin outletpillar

type with an undergroundsluicevalve.Where
these are installedwithinthe owner'sboundary,
each should be providedwith 30 metresof 65mm
dia' canvashose' instantaneous couplingsand nozzles,all housedwithina steelcabinet
hydrant' Hydrantslocatedalong publicroads need besidethe
not be providedwith hose stations.Underground
hydrantsare not encourageddue to the difficulty
of access.
For pressurisedinstallations,hydrantswith twin

oufletsshould be capableof providing1000 l/min of
waterat a minimumrunningpressureof 4 bars but
not exceeding7 barsfor instantaneous coupting.
where threadedtype of hydrantoutlets are permitteo
ov tne iir" nrt ority,the ouflet pressuremay
exceed 7 bars' The 1,000 l/min is based on each
65mm diameterouilet of a double ouflet pillar
hydrantdischarging500 l/minfrom each outlet pressureregulatingtype
simultaneousry. of oulet
valves should be used where the pressurefrom
the fire mains exceed 7 bars. where the hydrant
outlet is locatedwithin the owner's premise,hydrant
hose usuallyof canvas should be provided
completewith nozzlesat each ouflet.
The hydrantmainsare usuallylaid underground

althoughthey can also be installedabove ground
exceptwhere it crossesa road. The pipingis usually
oi cement lined steel pipe. However,piping
of AcrylonitrileButadienestyrene (ABS) material
may also been used especiallywhere corrosion
is a majorconcern.
97
6.2.3Hydrant Pumps
The hydrantpumpsdraw waterfrom the fire waterstoragetank and two sets of pumps,one on duty
and the other on standby,are provided.The pump capacityis usuallysized to delivera flow rate
of 3000 l/min at a runningpressureof not less than 4 bars for any three hydrantouiletsoperating
at the same time. This flowratewill have to be increasedif the numberof outletsto be operatingat
the same time is more than three.
The standbyhydrantpumpsetshouldbe suppliedwith powerfrom the emergencygeneratorif this

is available.Otherwise,the standbypumpsetshould be dieselengine driven.Where dieseldriven
pumpsetsare used,the dieselengineshall be capableof operatingcontinuouslyfor 2 hours
at full
load' The dieselengineshouldbe providedwith an integralconstantspeed governorto controlthe
engine speed at the rated pump speed under any load conditionup to the full load ratingof the
engine.The startermotor and batterycapacityshall be capableof providing6 cycleseach of not
less than 15 secondscrankingwith not more than 10 second of rest in between.At the 7th cycle,
the starter motor and batteryshould be able to start the diesel engine. Batteriesfor the diesel
engine should be of the maintenancefree type. Fuel supply should be adequatefor minimum2
hoursof full load operation.
Electricalcablingto supplypowerto the hydrantpumpsshouldbe of fire ratedtype of cable.
ln additionto the duty and standbypumpsets,a jockey pump is normallyprovidedto maintain

system pressureand avoid havingto start up the duty pumps to maintain system pressure.Jockey
pumps are usuallyelectricmotordrivenwith a capacityof around 120 litres/min.
The hydrant pumpsets should be protectedfrom the weather and away from locationslikely
to be
flooded.Pump rooms shouldbe ventilatedby naturalor mechanicalmeans and providedwith
the
necessarysignage.
6.2.4 Hydrant Tanks

The fire water storagetank shouldbe sized for a minimumeffectivecapacityof 135,000litres
and
shouldbe refilledautomaticallyfrom a water supplypipe capableof providinga minimumflowrate
of 1,200llmin. For hydrantpumps largerthan 3000 l/min,the make up water flowrateshould
be
such that togetherwith the water stored,the hydrantpump will be able to operatefor t hour.
A 4-
way breechinginletshouldalso be providedto enablethe fire brigadeto help refillthe tank.
The effective capacity of the storage tank is the volume of water between the normal water
level
and the low water level.The low waterlevelshall be takenas 600mmabovethe highestpoint
of the
pump suctionpipe inlet opening.Where an approvedvortex inhibitoris used,
the low water level
shall be taken as the top of the vertexinhibitor'supperflange.
Hydranttanks are usuallyseparatefrom otherwaterstoragetanks but may be combined

with water
storagetanks for other fire fightingsystems.In such cases,the tank capacityshould be
the sum
total of the water storagefor both hydrantas well as the otherfire fightingsystem.
The tank may be of pressed steel, fibreglassreinforcedpolyester(FRp) or concrete.pressed

steeltanks if used shouldbe hot dippedgalvanizedand coatedinternallywith bituminouspaint
for
corrosion protection-The tank should be compartmentedunless they are of reinforced
concrete
and water level indicatorshouldbe providedto show the amountof water available.
The external
surfaceof the tank should be paintedred or where this is not desirable,a red band
of minimum
200mm should be paintedto indicatethat this is a fire tank.
9B
6.2.5PumpStarterpanelsand Controls
Pumpstarterpanelshouldbe complete withindicator
lightsas shownin the Figure6.3.Ventitation
slotsshouldbe providedwithinsectscreento prevent
entryor vermin.
Hydrantpumpsshallstartautomatically
uponactuationof the pressureswitchesbut shouldonly
be stoppedmanually'Usuallythreepressureswitches provided
are withthe followingsuggested
pressuresettings:
- startingthe dutypumpsetset g0%

at of thesystempressure;
- startingthe standbypumpset
setat 60%of thesystempressure; and
- s t a r t i n ga n d s t o p p i n gt h e j o c k e y
p u m p s e st e t a t 9 0 % a n d 1 1 0 %o f t h e s y s t e mp r e s s u r e
respectively.
Thepressure switchesarenormallyinstalledin thetestanddrainlineon the pumpdischarge

The pressuresettingsshouldbe clearlylabeledon tags side.
attachedto eachpressureswitch.
6.3 TEST REQUIREMENTS
6.3.1StaticPressureTest
Thesystemshouldfirstbe flushedto clearalldebrisfrom
theinsideof the riser.TheHydrantpipes
are hydranlically
testedto a pressureof 14barsor 150%workingpressure, whichever is the higher
for 2 hours,measuredat thefurthesthydrantanda checkiscarriedoutfor leakage
at the jointsand
landingvalveconnections.
6.4 MAINTENANCE
REQUIREMENTS
6.4.1 Inspection And Testing
A flow test should be carriedout to ensure that the pumps
are in proper working condition.The
pipeworkshouldbe checkedfor leakageand
the hydrants,varves,hoses,drain valveand cabinets
shouldbe inspectedas recommendedin the checklist
attached.
6.5DESIGNCHECKLIST
(a) At leastone hydrantis providedat locationnot morethan

9'1.5mfromthe nearestpointof
fire brigadeaccess.
(b) A minimumflowrateof 500litres/minute

at runningpressure
of 4 to 7 barsis maintained
at
eachof the hydrantoutletwhenthreenumbersof thefurthest
hydrantare in used.
(c) Watersource:
O Pumpsuctiontank.
O Publicwatermain.
Q Others:
(d) Watertankcapacity: ry13
(e) Watersupplyduration: nours.
oo
(f) Hydranttype : ; size:
(g) Totalnumberof hydrant: _ nos.
(h) Hydrant
spacing:_ m.
0) Hydrant :_mm.
mainnominalsize
(k) Numberof fire hoseprovided: _nos.
(l) Hosesize:_ mm ; length:_ m.
(m) Pipe material:
(n) Levelof undergroundpipe:

oUnderdriveway(at|east0.9mdepth):-mdepth.
O Otherlocation(at least0.8mdepth): m depth.
(o) To providefire brigadebreechinginlet.
(p) To providesectionalisolationvalvesat hydrantringmain.
(q) Hydraulic
calculation.
(r) pump:
Hydrant
Q Ratedflow rate: litres/minat m head.
D Ratedpower:_kw.
DPipenominalsize:Suction:-mm;De|ivery:-mm.
6,6 VISUAL INSPECTION CHECKLIST
6.6.1Visual Inspection of Water Supplies

Incomingwater supplyconnection.
Capacityof water available.
Compartmentationof water tanks, where applicable.
Primingtank (if any).
Monitoringof water tank level.
Vortexinhibitorsfor watertanks,where applicable.
Breechinginlet.
6.6.2Visual Inspection of Hydrant and Accessories

Spacingof hydrants.
Physicalconditionof hydrants,hoses and accessories.
100
6.6.3VisualInspectionof pipework
Typeof pipesused.
Protectionof underground
pipework.
Paintingof pipework.
Supportsfor pipework.
6.6.4VisualInspectionof pumps
Protectionof rotatingparts.
Mounting
of pumps.
6.7 TESTINGAND COMMISSIONING

CHECKLIST
6.7.1Testingand Commissioningof WaterSuppties
Pumpoperatingcurrentand voltage.
Pumpoperatingpressureandflow rate.
Pumpoperating
RpM.
Pumpnotoverheating.
Vibrationand noiselevel.
Testingof electricalwiringsystem.
Alternativepowersupplyfor electricpumps.
Batteriesfor dieselpumps.
Fuelfor dieselpumps.
Automaticoperationof pumps.
6.7.2Testingand Commissioningof pipework

Hydrostatic
testingof pipework.
Flushingof pipework.
6.7.3Testingand Gommissioning of HydrantOuflet

Pressureandflow characteristics.
101
/,\\
/, / \\\
, \\
/// \\
a
// \\
\
// \\
// , \\
\
ctt
.;
e/
o
o
c
o
c
o
CD
tr
.!
.9
a!
0.
E
o
(
FJ
o
o
IE
!
L A
r F
.62 \\ /
g, ui
= J
\\ //,
\\ ,
.E,6
}L U) \\ //,
\\ ,,
v
q
o
'c
o
a
o
o
(.)
o L9
06 @
o
E €
z d
F , ; f
z i i u
U J R g
4 - O
= s c
d o b P
v
U ; O
:- -. ..>.=E: €
(,'^ 6 5 8t€ a
a
l>xE6;i>
EgE€EqEE
6ur@5zTo-u,
Q - N ( O $ ( ) ( O F -
102
ctt
'tc
G
L
o
o
tr
o
CD
c
a!
t!
.9
CL
E
o
o
q
c
G
E
-
E
o
o
J
o
ah
o
ts)
N F
siz
Eu{
orx
ir6
z
;.=
: l
o
\ E,
- o
8S+
€ =-E
Y,clb 5
. E #g j
u5*-E3*"-fttfi =.=
svd
o
Q)
$$5$
>(L,',{
isssgFffg$ggFFFF$
F N " : ! r u >@ F - @ - 9 : $ p: g g F p p
R
-)> x
* U Q
j ' =
TLCD()
& N
L
103
6
a e
v =
ra<
v =
@ @
^ (-,
(?
* a e l o g , _ , 5 * * = t 5 o gr x r = H
^ ) r 1 5 t m t E = J?TE
lqcs ilt=-ll s= = IIF+IIE E lqc= = llF€lli s
3e5ogr'=='rEE
, g tr.:=Jt g@
e =eEOErEzrrEig
@ @
(o) I (oa
=.
t
t o l
l =
I >=l
I u=l tdl
I FCI t o l t>l
t @,.1 t>l
t >= | t=l lal
t qel t = l
l a l t>l
t @ l
l=El t > l
t F l ldl
t=ul
t - l
l 6 l I=l
lEel
l F l
U
tEl
l l
. e
@E
o g r-rEg
P
-rqr=
rdt
t=l
tt >el l
' = " 4 o 9ilellEE
tul
lYl
tol
tol
|3
lr ilg
6
(!
lglE @5
o-
L
o
L
t -
o =
a9F6 _E
o Ec6,b
I
CL -a EE =o - - = = c
o
: c E =r u
6.\ 6 L- Y
5i9. *eF =!,;-o, le E
E , > = -. oh ; o; 6
(L
b-dE'3 g 3 i =
q : 9 6 €
G
e
c 6s3 o, E-! X
o d 9 @ ( 5 € & .
E'
Efi;! eE€
I , M 5 iFgE E " " @ @ @ +
a?
(o
* l f _ ; E ;X
2l; oi
e*
E]
o
.9
IL = - i E
a,4
==
tc "Ea"gB"=g
EM tEr 6 il\lll 6
@ @ i
l-=l
4
tdl
l:l
d
ege$$e$H"FE
E =
e e +=@EoHlEl=E
lul
t@l
lgJl
E -
a ? =@EoE:=E
r:t
lol
t>l
lcPl
tol
a
t E " gaH
5 trsE
E g=@ 5 8 @= E a ?
d d
@ @
@g
t u
t
t
l
@ l
u l
ll u>o6l 1
E EL]TI qI
tcl
t*zl 5Mil ll11ll JE t = l
o€eg'=E"F*
t a l
tfisl II-II
tr vtl
=ri
lol
t G l
t F l
t8l
l=Fl lt >dl l
l=ul
t o l
t o l
t - l a
t5t
L=J
@E og
==
r.r J*t F =e<
- E
l=l T g
l-l < d
l > l
l u l
t v l
tPt
@r oE
L=r llz--rlls
ltHil=
il t--7[
ll \--,/
d
llc
@=
104
7.1DESCRIPTION
Hose reel systemis intendedfor the occupantto use

duringthe earlystagesof a fire and comprises
hose reel pumps, fire water storagetank, hose reels, pife
work and valves.A typical hose reel
installationis shown in Figure7.1.
7.2.1DesignStandards
Therequirement
forhosereelsystems
is detailed
underthe1Oth
schedule
oftheUniform
Building
By-laws1984.Theapplicable
standards
for hosereelsystemsareas follows;
- M's'1489part 1 : Hydrantsystems,
HoseReersand Foamrnrets;
- M.S.1447- Hosereelswithsemi-rigidhose;
- M.s.1488: semi-rigid
hosesforfirstaidfixedinstailations.
7.2.2HoseReels
HosereelsshouldcomplywithM.s.1447andare usuallyplaced
suchthatall areasare within30
metrehosecoverageof eachhosereel.one hosereel
shouldbe providedfor everyg0osq. metres
of usablefloorspace'Hosereelsare usuallylocatedin prominent
positionsat eacfrfloorlevelalong
escaperoutesor besidesexitdoorsor staircases,preferablywithinrecessedclosets.
Eachhosereeloutletis to discharge
a minimumof 30 l/minof waterwithin6 metresof all parts
thespaceprotected' of
Therubberhosesshouldbe to M.s.14BB andaretypically
and25mmin diameter' 30 metres in length
Nozzles shouldbeof thejet andsprayadjustable
typeof different
butBmmis a recommended diameters
size.
Pipework for hosereelsystemis generally50mmnominaldiameterandthefeedto individual

reelshouldbe not lessthan 25mmdiameter.The piping hose
shourdbe of galvanised steelmedium
grade(class B) minimumfor abovegroundpiping
and heavygrade(class c) for underground
pipes'The pipesshallbe paintedwithprimerand
finishedwithred paintor the hosereetpipemay
be identifiedwith red bandspaintedat elbowsand tees.
7.2.3HoseReelpumps
The hosereel pumpsdrawwaterfromthe fire water
storagetank and two sets of pumps,one on
dutyand the otheron standby,are provided. The pumpcapacityis usuallysizedto delivera flow
rateof 120llminat a runningpressureof not lessthan
2 barsfor any four hosereelsoperatingat
thesametime
Thestandbyhosereelpumpsetshouldbe supplied withpowerfromtheemergency

is available'otherwise,the standbypumpsetshould generator if this
be dieselenginedriven.Fuelsupptyshould
be adequatefor minimumt hourof operation. Electrical
cablingto supplypowerto the hosereel
pumpsshouldbe runin galvanised steelconduitor alternativetyl
maybe of fireratedtypeof cable.
Batteriesfor the dieserengineshourdbe maintenance-rreetype.
wherethetotalnumberof hosereelsin thebuildingdoesnotexceedfour(4),thestandbypumpset
may be electrically
drivenand neednotbe providedwithemergencypower.
105
The hose reel pumpsetsshould be protectedfrom the weatherand away from locations
likely to
be flooded.Pump rooms may be locatedanywherein the buildingor on the roof
but should be
ventilatedby naturalor mechanicalmeans and providedwith the necessarysignage.
7.2.4Hose ReelTanks
The fire water storagetank shouldbe sized based on 2275litresfor the first hose
reetand 1137.5
litresfor every additionalhose reel up to a maximumof 9100 litresfor each system.
The tank may be of pressedsteel,fibreglassreinforcedpolyester(FRp) or concrete.pressed

steel
tanks where used should be hot dipped galvanizedand coated internallywith bituminous
paint
for corrosionprotection.The tank should be compartmentedand water level indicator
should be
providedto show the amountof wateravailable.The externalsurfaceof
the tank shouldbe painted
red or wherethis is not desirable,a red band of minimum200mmshouldbe painted
to indicatethat
this is a fire tank.
The hose reel tank should be refilledautomaticallyfrom a water supply pipe of

minimum50mm
diameterto providea minimumflowrateof 150 l/min.
Although hose reel tanks are usually separatedfrom domesticwater storage tanks,
the two can be
combined. ln such cases, the tank capacity should be the sum total of the water
storage for both
domestic as well as for hose reels and the tap off point for the domestic use
must be above the
tap off point for the hose reel system such that the minimum fire reserve for hose
reel is always
maintained.
7.2.5Pump Starter Panels and Controls

Pump starterpanelshouldbe completewith indicatorlightsas shown in the
Figure7.2. Ventilation
slots should be providedwith insect screen to prevent entry of vermin.
Hose reel pumps shall start automaticallyupon actuation of the pressure

switches. Usually two
pressureswitches are providedwith the followingsuggestedsettings:
- startingand stoppingthe duty pumpsetset

at 80% and 100%of systempressurerespectively;
and
- startingand stoppingthe standbypumpset
set at 60% and 100%of systempressurerespectively.
For diesel pumpsets,these should be capableof automaticstartingbut

should only be stopped
manually.
7.2.6 Gravity Feed Hose Reelsystem

Wherethe tank is locatedon the roof or upperfloorsand the staticpressure
is adequateto achieve
the requiredpressure,the hose reels may be fed directlyfrom the hose
reel tank. lf pumps are
requiredfor the upper floors, a bypass pipe is usually provided.Where
excessivepressureis
encountered,pressurereducingvalves should be installedwith a manual
bypass in case the
pressurereducingvalvefails.
7.2.7 Hose Reel Systems Fed from Other Sources

The hose reel system may be tapped off from pressurized hydrant provided pressure
reducing
valves are incorporatedto reduce the pressureto the appropriatelevel. However,
hose reels shall
not be tappedoff from automaticsprinklersystems.
106
7.3 DESIGNCHECKLIST
(a) Design flow rate at each hose reel shall be 30 litres/min

based on the top most four
numbersof hose reels in use simultaneously.
(b) Minimumdesignstaticpressureat entry of each hose reer

: _ bar.
(c) Hosereettype:
(d) Hoselength:_ metres.
(e) Watersource.
O Pumpsuctiontank.
O Gravitytank.
D Firewatermain
O Others:
(0 Watertankcapacity: ----- litres.

*( 2,275litresfor the
firsthosereel,eachadditional
hosereelrequireextra1,137.5litres
up to 9,100litres.)
(g) Pressurereducingvalveset :
D Yes.Pressurereducingrange: barto _ bar.
Q No.
(h) Hosereetspacing
: m.
(i) Totalnumberof hosereel : nos.
0) Nozzlesare adjustableand spraytype.size : nomdiameter.

_mm
(k) Risersize(minimum
nominalsize50mm): ..-mm.
(l) Pipemateriat
:
(m) Hosereelpump:
Ratedflow rate : litres/minat metrehead.
_
(n) Pipenominalsize
: Suction: mm ; Delivery:-- mm
7.4.1VisualInspectionof WaterSupplies
Capacityof wateravailable.
Compartmentation
of watertanks.
107
7.4.2VisualInspectionof Pipework
Typeof pipesused.
pipework.
of underground
Protection
Pipesupport.
Pipesleeves.
Fireseal.
7.4.3VisualInspectionof HoseReelsand Accessories

valvefor hosereel.
lsolating
of hosereeldrum,hose,nozzles,etc.
Physicalcondition
7.4.4VisualInspectionof PumPs
Protectionof rotatingpartsof pumpsets.
of pumps.
Mounting
CHECKLIST
7.5.1Testingand Commissioningof Pipework

Pumpoperating currentandvoltage.
Pumpoperatingpressureandflowrate.
RPM.
Pumpoperating
Pumpnotoverheating.
and noiselevel.
Vibration
wiringsystem.
Testingof electrical

testingof pipework.
Hydrostatic
of pipework.
Flushing
of HoseReel
7.5.3Testingand Commissioning
Hosereel performance
test.
108
i , .
. ' ;
;
/ . f
' , r i
i i
; !
i !
. ' /
! i
i , ,
ctt
't
G
o
c
o
E
o
CD
c
G r
I
(!
.9
CL
E
o
a
o
o
o
E
o
o
o
L U )
- F
F 2
E 4
6*
aL(,
€
w
A\
s
i 2
u l y co
= = .3;
g A € b E t r a E go F o
g i9as.".s:E € ' ' , s f3

:-EQF6,s.ESpE&s fE*$ o - .
E f s s E ; Ea*E$5; *€F { {tssE

v
g$5$i #es#$o*i$5ssF5#! E
o
to-
.L9
<u)
6 - c.r,", -t ro (o F- - - 3 : : : : P S : P - N
109
=o
A <
:= @5
@ @ (9lg
=
q
e@EoH ==
= ^ ,!5'
r o i<5-="x
\? -)qC* lFl=E
- t5oE
9 5 =p '
ee : llt+ll=g
LVTEE
< d
- FE" ;o E
@ @ @@
lt dz ] t (a6
l-'- | @e
Itr=l
lESl t-J
t-l
t d l
l6El
l ^
lcl
F l t=t
t
l
t>l
> l
d l
IFcI
ldl t > l
t @ l
tEl lol
tzl
EJ tl @Fl t
B]
6l=I
E
c(E
o-
l\,./l @s
o - -
E
(g
o E=t€
6PEE :g z.
CL
E
BEBE E;
=cE o 6E:^
s' o
l # € i EP n E = 5 ' =E '5 E
t
o
o
o
o :*;E
; FE= s; c
€ii, it E ;FE
I
o
c!
.'@@@+
_ l ; : - $: EE EE J
!\
Zl; 6i -91
o
L
.9 6
lr. (a<
v =
l9(9
=
q
==
e e +.8@=os
=F(
<i
|El=E
'eeEoEL =E
-F"a
@ @
EEI
t=l
|.._
= =
@gg @a " 6( a 5 = . ) =
r;]
@E
IgEI
5 6
l=l
t o l
l-l
tul
lt adl l
tol lEl
tc<l
@ E@ € 1^9<= 6=( ^J ;<
tul t F l
l=El lt64l l > =

tol
tul
t J l
lul
EE]
tol t>-l
tzl
IFI
LAJ tEl
o €e Et ? r15 = A *i
5 a
110
8.1 DESCRIPTION
Dry risersare a form of internalhydrantfor the firemen

to use and are only requiredfor buildings
where the topmost floor is higher than 18.3 metres
and less than 30.5 metres above the fire
applianceaccess level' Dry risersare normallydry
and depend on the fire engine to pump water
into the system.Dry riser system comprisesa riser pipe
with landingvalves at each floor and to
which canvas hose with nozzles can be connectedto
directthe waterjet at the fire. Breechinginlets
into which the firemen pumps water are provided ground
at level and are connectedto the bottom
of the dry risers.
A typicaldry riserinstallationis shown in Figure8.1.
8.2.1 Design Standards

ln the uniform BuildingBy-laws 1984,the By-laws pertaining
to dry risersare By-laws 230 and 232.
The relevantstandardsfor dry risers are:
- M.s.1489: Part 1 - Hydrant

systems, Hose Reersand Foam Inrets;
- M.S.1210: Part2 - Landing
Valvesfor Dry Risers;
- M.S.1210:Part3 - InletBreeching
for RiserInlets;
- M.S.1210:part 4 - Boxesfor
LandingValvesfor Dry Risers.
8.2.2 Landing Vatve

Landingvalves are providedon each floor and should
complywith M.s.1210 : part 2.rhey are
usually locatedwithin fire access lobbies,protected
staircasesor other protectedlobbies, and
installedat not more than 0'75 metres above the floor
level. To protect the landing valves, boxes
may be providedand these shouldcomplywith M.S.1210part
4.
Fire hose of not less than 38mm diameter,30
metres in length,completewith 65mm dia. quick
couplingand nozzleshouldbe providedat each landing
valvel
8.2.3 Breeching Inlet

The fire brigadebreechinginlet installedat the bottom
of the riser should comply with M.s.1210
: Part 3' where the breechinginlet is enclosedwithin
a box, the enclosureshould comply with
M's'1210 Part 5 and labeled'DryRiser Inlet'.A drain
shouldbe providedat the bottomof the riser
to drain the system after use.
A two-waybreechinginlet should be providedfor a 1oomm

dia. dry riser while a 150mm dia. dry
risershouldbe installedwith a 4-way breechinginlet.
Breechinginletsshould be locatedno more
than 18 metresfrom the fire applianceaccessroad
and not moie than 30 metresfrom the nearest
externalhydrantouflet.
8.2.4 Riser Pipe

The riser pipe diameterusuallylocatedwithinthe fire
accesslobbyor staircaseshould be 1sgmm
if the highestoutletis more than22.875metresabove
the breechinginlet.otherwise,the riserpipe
can be 100mmin diameter.The riserpipeshallbe galvanised
of iron to B.s.13g7(Heavygauge)
or Class C, testedto 21 bars.
Horizontalruns of pipeworkfeedingthe risersshould

be slopedto enableproperdrainingafter use.
An air releasevalve shouldbe installedat the top
of the riserto reliefair trappedin the system.
111
The riser pipe should be electricallyearthedor
connectedto the buildingearth to achiev
equipotential.
8.3 TEST REQUTREMENTS
8.3.1StaticpressureTest
The systemshouldfirst be flushedto clearall
debrisfromthe insideof the riser.The riser
hydraulically
testedto a pressureof 14 barsfor 2 hours, is ther
measuredat the breechinginletand i
checkis carriedoutfor reakageat thejointsandrandingvarveconnections.
8.4 MAINTENANCEREQUIREMENTS
8.4.1Inspectionand Testing
The breechinginlets,landingvalvesand hoses,
dry riserpipe,drainvalvesandcabinetsshould
inspectedregurarry
to ensurethattheyare in goodop"r"iingcondition. be
8.5 DESIGNCHECKLIST
(a) Dry riseris requiredfor buildingwhichthe topmost

flooris morethan 18.3metresbut less
than30.5metresabovefireapplianceaccess.
(b) Totalnumberof landingvalve

_ nosperriser.
(c) Risingmaintocation:
O In stairwayenclosure.
Q Withina firefightingtobby.
Q Other:
(d) Riserdiameter: mm.

(e) Pipe materiat:
(f) Lowestpointof randingvarveat about750mm

abovefloorrever.
(g) Firebrigadebreechinginlet:
fl Two-waypumpinginlet
e Four_way pumpinginlet
Breechinginlet.
8.6.2VisualInspectionof LandingValves
, Locationof valves.
Capsfor oufletof landingvalves.
112
8.6.3Visual Inspectionof pipework
lsolatingvalvefor hosereel.
Physicalconditionof hosereeldrum,hose,nozzles,etc.
Typeof pipesused.
Protection
of underground
pipework.
Pipesupports.
Pipesleeves.
Fireseal.

CHECKLIST
Hydrostatic
testingof pipework.
113
itt
E)
'tc
fil
o
o
E
iqiq
o
CD
tr
(u
L
L
(E
.9
CL
E
o
o
t , ,
o
o
o
E
L
, ' /
o
H
qt z
U) (ol
i/E ./ /l -
f
P
- !
"
t
i
/
/
/
//
t t
/
o tri
t J o G^,. //
.9
lJ- U)
g 4
g
f
E
2 $
f i d )
F: i
d' P Z
lEg.,J
S Egsq E s
= .g' -E S
P
=
HI
! ( v ; . =
. > v J r <
O r e { c t \ t
114
9.1DESCRIPTION
[Wet risers are a form of internal hydrantfor the firemen to use and are always chargedwith water.
Wet risersare only requiredfor buildingswhere the topmostfloor is higherthan 30.5 metresabove
the fire applianceaccesslevel.
Wet risersystemcomprisesduty fire pump with standbypump dischargingintoa 150mmdiameter

riserpipewith landingvalvesat each floorand to whichcanvashosewith nozzlescan be connected
to directthe waterjet at the fire.A jockeypump is usuallyprovidedto maintainsystempressure.For
high rise buildings,each stage of the wet risershouldnot exceed70.15 metres.
A typicalwet riserinstallationis shown in Figureg.1.
The requirements
for wet risersystemsis describedunderBy-law231,232and248of the Uniform
Building
By-Laws,1984andthe applicable standardsare:
- M . S . 1 4 8 9Part 1 - HydrantSystems,Hose Reelsand Foam Inlets:
- 0 1 - LandingValvesfor Wet Risers;
M . S . 1 2 1 Part
- M . S . 1 2 1 0Part 3 - InletBreechingfor Riser Inlets;
- M . S . 1 2 1 0Part 4 - Boxes for LandingValves for Dry Risers.
9.2.2Wet Riser Landing Valve

Landingvalves are providedon each floor and should comply with M.S.1210: part 1. They are
usually located within fire fighting access lobbies, protectedstaircasesor other protectedlobbies,
and installedat not more than 0.75 metresfrom the floor. To protectthe landing valves, boxes can
be providedand theseshouldcomplywith M.S.1210: part 4.
The pressureat the landingvalve should be no less than 4 bars and not more than Z bars. To
achievethis, there are two types of landingvalves i.e. pressurereducingtype with or without relief
outlet.Those with reliefoutlets require a wet riser return pipe.
Fire hose of the canvas type of not less than 38mm dia. 30 metres in length, completewith 65mm
Jia' quick couplingand jet and spray nozzleshould be providedin a hose cradle beside each
andingvalve.
9.2.3Breeching Inlet
/fith the fire brigadebreechinginlets the firemen can pump water into the wet riser storage tank to
nake up for waterused.The breechinginletshouldbe a 4-waytype complyingwith M.S.1210: part
l. Where the breechinginlet is enclosedwithina box, the enclosureshouldcomplywith M.S.1210
)art 5 and labelled'Wet Riser lnlet'.
A drain should be providedat the bottomof the riserto drain
he system after use.
3reechinginletsshouldbe locatedno morethan 18 metresfrom the fire applianceaccessroad and

lot more than 30 metresfrom the nearestexternalhydrant.
115
9.2.4Wet Riser Pipe
The wet riser mains are usuallylocatedwithin smoke free lobby or protectedareas and such that
all spacesare to be withina 45 metrescoveragefrom a landingvalve.Where more than one riser
is requiredfor each floor,the distanceapart betweenthe risersshouldnot exceed60 metres.The
distancebetweenthe lowestand topmostlandingvalvein any upperstage risershouldnot exceed
60 metres.The riserpipediametershouldbe 150mmgalvanisedironto 8.S.1387(Heavygauge)or
ClassC. Where a reliefpipe is required,this returnpipe shall be minimum100mmdia. galvanised
iron to 8.S.1387 (Mediumgauge) or Class B, dischargingback to the wet riser tank wherever
possible.An air releasevalve should be installedat the top of the riserto reliefair trapped in the
system.
All wet riserpipesshouldbe coatedwith primerand finishedwith red gloss paint.Alternatively,

the
pipecan be colourcodedwith red bandsof 100mmwidthand the elbowsand tees paintedred. The
riserpipe shouldbe electricallyearthedto achieveequipotentialwiththe building.
9.2.5 Wet Riser Pumps

The wet riser pumps draw water from wet riser storage tank and two sets of pumps, one on duty
and the other on standby,are provided.The pump capacityis usually sized to delivera flow rate of
1500 l/minat a runningpressureof not less than 4 bars but not more than 7 bars,when any three
landingvalvesare in use at the same time.
The standbywet riserpumpsetshouldbe suppliedwith powerfrom the emergencygeneratorif this

is available.Otherwise,the standbypumpsetshould be diesel enginedriven.Fuel supplyshould
be adequatefor minimum2 hours of continuousoperation.Electricalcablingto supply power to
the wet riser pumpsshouldbe of MICC or fire ratedtype. Batteriesfor the dieselengineshould be
maintenance-free type.
The wet riser pumpsetsshould be protectedfrom fire and away from locationslikelyto be flooded.
Sump pumps shall be installedwhere the fire pump room is located in the basementbelow external
drainagelevels.lt shouldalso be ventilatedby naturalor mechanicalmeansand providedwith the
necessarysignage.A carbondioxidetype portableextinguishershouldbe providedas well.
9.2.6 Wet Riser Tanks

The fire water storage tank should be sized for a minimum effectivecapacityof 45,500 litres with
automatic refill rate of 455 l/min. The intermediatebreak tank for upper stages of the wet riser
shouldbe not lessthan 11,375litreswith an automaticmake-upflow of 1365l/min.
Wet riser tanks may be of pressedsteel, fibre reinforcedpolyester(FRP) or concrete.pressed steel

tanks where used should be hot dipped galvanizedand coated internallywith bituminouspaint
for corrosion protection.The water tanks should be compartmentedunless they are of reinforced
concrete.Ballfloatvalves,overflowpipes,drain pipesand waterlevelindicatorsshouldbe provided
for each compartment.The externalsurfaceof the tank should be paintedred or where this is not
desirable,a red band of minimum200mm shouldbe paintedto indicatethat this is a fire tank.
The wet riser tanks may be located on the ground floor, first or second basement.The wet riser
tanks are usuallyseparatedfrom other water storagetanks. However,it may be combinedwith
hose reel tank, in which cases the tank capacity should be the sum total of the water storage for
both wet riser as well as for hose reel system. The hose reel tap off level should be above the wet
risertap off levelsuch that the wet riserreseryeis maintained.
1't6
9.2.7PumpStarterpanelsand Controls
Pumpstarterpanelshouldbe complete withindicator
lightsas shownin the Figureg.2.Ventilation
slotsshouldbe providedwithinsectscreento prevententryof vermin.power
supptycablesto the
panelshouldbe of mineralinsulated
coppercable(MICC)or fireratedtyperoutedwithinareaswith
lowfire risk.The pumpstarterpanelshouldbe placedwithinthe sameroom
as the fire pumpsit
controls.
wet riserpumpsareautomaticallystarteduponactuation
of the pressureswitchesbutshouldonly
be stoppedmanually'Usuallythreepressureswitchesare providedwiththe
followingsuggested
pressuresettings:
- startingthe dutypumpsetsetat g0%of the

systempressure;
- startingthe standbypumpsetset at 60%
of thesystempressure;and
- startingandstoppingthejockeypumpsetsetat 90% and110%of thesystempressurerespectively.
Thepressureswitchesarenormallyinstalled in thetestanddrainlineon thepumpdischarge side.

The pressuresettingsshouldbe clearlylabelledon tagsattachedto eachpr"r"ui"
switch.
The systemshouldfirstbe flushedto clearall debrisfromthe insideof the riser.
The riseris then
hydrauf icallytestedto a pressureof 14 barsor 150o/othe
workingpressure,whicheveris the higher
for 2 hours,measuredat the lowestlandingvalveanda checkis carriedoutfor
leakageat thejoints
andlandingvalveconnections.
9.3.2Flow Test
A threeway landingvalveshouldbe providedon the roof or topmostfloorfor
testingpurposes.
Meansshouldbe providedto measurethe waterflowrate.
9.4 MAINTENANGEREQUIREMENTS
A flow test shouldbe carriedout to ensurethat the pumpsare in properworking
condition.The
pipework shouldbe checkedfor leakageandthebreeching inlets,landingvalvesand hoses,drain
valvesand cabinetsshouldbe inspectedas recommended in the checklistattached.
9.5 DESIGNCHECKLIST
(a) Wet riseris requiredfor buildingwherethe topmostflooris morethan30.5metres

above
fireappliance access.
(b) A minimumflow rate of 500 litres/minute

at runningpressureof 4 to 7 bars is maintainedat
each landingvalvewhen three numbersof the furthestlandingvalvesare fully
opened.
117
(c) Watersource:
Q Pumpsuctiontank.
D Firewatermain.
Q Other:
(d) Multi-stagesystemshall be installedfor highestoutletmore than 70.15metresabove pump

level.
(e) Each stageof riserdoes not exceed60 metres.
(0 Landingvalvesshall be pressureregulating/ reducingtype.
(g) Total numberof landingvalve per stage:

. Stage 1 :--- nos.
.Stage2:-_-nos.
(h) Three way 63.5mm ouflets are providedat locationabove the roof line.
0) Riserspacinn'_ _metres.
Risingmain location:
O In stairwayenclosure.
D Within fire fightingtobby.
(k) O Other:
(l) Numberof fire hose provided: _nos.
(m) Hosesize :_ mm ; length:
(n) Breaktank capacity: 11,375titres.
(o) Water tank capacity: 45,500 litres
(p) Minimumnominaldiameterof riser shall be 150mm.
(q) Pipe material:
(r) Lowestpointof landingvalveat about7s0mmabovefloorlevel.
(s) To providefirebrigadebreeching
inlet.
Wet riserpump:
. Ratedflow rate: litres/minat metrehead.
(t) . Rated power: KW
(u) Pipe nominalsize: Suction: mm ; Delivery:--..- mm

(v) For dieselengine:
' Fuel capacitysufficientto run engineat full road
for _ hours.
' Reservesupplyof fuel for hours
_ of engine full load running.
118
9.6VISUALINSPECTION
CHECKLIST
Capacityof wateravailable.
Compartmentation
of watertanks.
Primingtank(if any).
Monitoring
of watertanklevel.
Vortexinhibitorsfor watertanks.
Breeching
inlet.
9.6'2visual Inspectionof LandingVarvesand Accessories

Locationof landingvalve.
Storageof canvashoseand accessories.
Physical
condition
of canvashose,accessories
and randingvarve.
Capsfor outletof landingvalves.
9.6.3Visual Inspectionof pipework

Typeof pipesused.
Protection
of underground
pipework.
Pipesupports.
Pipesleeves.
Fireseal.
Protection
of rotatingpartsof pumpsets.
Mounting
of pumpsets.

CHECKLIST
9.7.1Testingand Gommissioningof WaterSupplies
Pumpoperating currentandvoltage.
Pumpoperating
pressure
andflowrate.
Pumpoperating
RpM.
119
Pumpnotoverheating.
Vibration
and noiselevel.
Alternative
powersupplyfor electricpumps.
Batteries
for dieselpumps.

Hydrostatic
testingof pipework.
9.7.3Testingand Commissioningof LandingValves

Pressureat landingvalveouflet.
Flowrateof water.
120
e g 4 g
4 t i ED/ g
Dr' Di
i lE
:"/
itE ilE ,G
i l
ctr
't
Ti'G
o
L
o
c
o
tr
o
ct
c
G
r!
.9
e
E
o
o
6
o r,
.9
t
o
7 -
- F
ori
o i,i
=.<
l! (/)
F 6
z z
ul
t ! f
- o
5
a P € eE
:
9= : *5 s
- E l E € i F s H pF*E&
UJ
*FEEEE3i
F
z
uJ
z E S[ " " € g ] 8 "a_ - E? E
!ac4*:E€=€EgFidh
(L * S E 8 9 " g b : * 8 8 ; e l E
g 3 9 x i b 6 g d , i , r y 3 d5 3E d d 5 f t 5
(J O - C { ( ' ) $ r f ) @ F @ O ) O - N
r C t l c O { | r ) ( O F - @ O ) - r r F - F N c \ l N
121
5
/"a- < :3
F,E
" ' # E @ l E+F'="*mtEa

, H
gE @ E o Fr L > z r r E q+F'Eo*mt€E
: g
rEzrrEs
@ @ e b @Fog
l--t @e @E
tt ==l l
lrSl
taFl
rJ
I=l
tcl
t=l
IEFI tt >e- l l ldl
t-l
lsgl
I = I
E]
tdl
lzl
tFl
l @ l
L: g
HuE";"-@gF
txl
IEJ
lFils
E
tr
4
G
tgt; @5
o
f c
3 -
o
o
? e g F= , 9 E-
CL
E 3 - E3 H e; -- -- = ?
5 EE'i**E*e
I
E : FE; : t s 5 i E P . ;F
rE E; €! 8#g €;EE Ee i # g €F
|D
I
t
5
; "@@@+
.!
(t
o
4*g€ $g ;t El
t
.9
HM'1"3g'$Eo€F
II o
@=
Tdt
t=l
lal
@g " '+=@=oslril=E @@ *=
t J l
r*zrrEs
TJI
t
t
@ l
u l
tEl
lol
t > l
lcnl
lol
lEl=rn.E ^1i=
'EE"HF.F* @el
= eEoF
l 6 l f;l
t o l
5IU]J t=l
oEeE"EE.SE
t>l
lf;3l
IEEI @gF l s2l
l4l
t E l
t F l
t3l
l=bEl
l u l
t J l
l-l
t>l
t > l
I uJl t>l
Lel
Lql @ EO H
r-
t=l -rgr=
Jz=
'H
lal
txtlsl @L go g
L=r ll-z-rlls
lll+:JllE llz-\lls
ll-Jll<
ll\-/llE
l-l
f f \
ll \-l
t l a
ll=
L-l
122
10.1DESCRIPTION
Downcomersare also a form of internalhydrantfor the firemento use and are always chargedwith
water from a water tank locatedat the top of a buildingbut withoutany pumps. Downcomersare
only permittedfor privateresidentialbuildingswith open balconyapproachwherethe topmostfloor
is not higherthan 60 metresabove the fire applianceaccess level and should be adoptedfor low
cost flats only.
Downcomersystemcomprisesa high levelwaterstoragetank discharginginto a 150mmdiameter

riserpipewith landingvalvesat each floorand to whichcanvashosewith nozzlescan be connected
to direct the water jet at the fire. No pumps are provided and therefore the system pressure is
limited to the static pressureonly.
A typicaldowncomerinstallationis shown in Figure10.1.
The sectionin the UniformBuildingBy-laws1984,relatingto downcomersystemsis the 1Oth
Scheduleand relevantstandardsfor downcomersystemsare:
M . S . 1 4 8 9 Part 1 - HydrantSystem,Hose Reels and Foam Intels;

M . S . 1 2 1 0Part 1 - LandingValves for Wet Risers;
M . S . 1 2 1 0Part 3 - InletBreechingfor Riser lnlets;
M . S . 1 2 1 0Part 4 - Boxes for LandingValves for Dry Risers.
10.2.2Downcomer Landing Valve

Landingvalves are providedon each floor and should comply with M.S.1210: Part 1. They are
usually locatedwithin fire fighting access lobbies, protectedstaircasesor other protectedlobbies,
and installedat not more than 0.75 metresfrom the floor.
The pressureat the landing valve depends on the static pressureon the valve from the roof tank.
Semi-rigid40mm diameterhose and nozzlesshould be providedat every landingvalve on each

floor. In addition,two sets of fire hose of the canvas type of not less than 38mm diameter,30 metres
in length,completewith 65mm dia. quick couplingand jet and spray nozzleshouldbe providedat
the caretakersunit or managementoffice.
10.2.3Breeching Inlet
The fire brigadebreechinginletsinto which the firemenpumpswater are providedat the bottomof
the riser at the groundfloor so that the firemencan pump water into the downcomersystem.The
breechinginlet should be a 4-way type complyingwith M.S.1210: Part 3. Where the breeching
inlet is enclosedwithina box, the enclosureshouldcomplywith M.S.1210: Part 5 and labeled
'Downcomer
lnlet'.A drain should be providedat the bottomof the riser to drain the system after
use.
Breechinginletsshouldbe locatedno morethan 1B metresfrom the fire applianceaccessroad and

not more than 30 metres from the nearestexternal hydrant.
123
A check valve is installedbetweenthe topmostlandingvalve and the tank to preventback flow of
waterfrom the downcomerinto the tank.
10.2.4Downcomer Pipe
The downcomermains are usuallylocatedwithinsmokefree lobbyor protectedareas and that all
spacesare to be withina 45 metrescoveragefrom a landingvalve.Where more than one riser is
requiredfor each floor, the distance apart between the risers should not exceed 60 metres. The
riserpipediametershouldbe '150mm galvanisedironto 8.S.1387(Heavygauge)or ClassC. An air
releasevalve shouldbe installedat the top of the riserto reliefair trappedin the system.
All downcomerpipes shouldbe coatedwith primerand finishedwith red gloss paint.Alternatively,

the pipe can be colourcodedwith red bandsof 100mmwidthand the elbowsand tees paintedred.
The riserpipe shouldbe electricallyearthed.
10.2.5Fire Water Tanks

The fire water storage tank should be sized for a minimum effectivecapacityof 45,500 litres with
automaticrefill rate of 455 l/min.
The tanks may be of pressed steel, fibre reinforcedpolyester (FRP) or concrete. pressed steel
for corrosionprotection.The water tanks should be compartmentedunless they are of reinforced
concrete and ball float valves, overflow pipes, drain pipes and water level indicators should be
providedfor each compartrnent.The external surface of the tank should be painted red or where
this is not desirable,a red band of minimum200mmshouldbe paintedto indicatethat this is a fire
tank.
The tanks are usuallylocatedon the roof to providethe maximumstatic pressurepossible.The

tank is usually separatedfrom other water storagetanks. However,it may be combined with hose
reel tank, in which cases the tank capacity should be the sum total of the water storage for both
the downcomer as well as for hose reel system. The hose reel tap off level should be above the
downcomertap off level such that the water is reservedfor the downcomer.
10.3TESTREQUIREMENTS
10.3.1
StaticPressure
Test
The systemshouldfirst be flushedto clear all debrisfrom the insideof the riser.The riser is then
hydraulicallytested to a pressureof 14 bars or 150%the working pressure,whicheveris the higher
for 2 hours,measuredat the breechinginletand a checkis carriedout for leakageat the joints and
landingvalve connections.
10.4MAINTENANCE
REQUIREMENTS
10.4.1
Inspection
andTesting
The pipeworkshould be checkedfor leakageand the breechinginlets,landingvalvesand hoses,
drain valvesand cabinetsshouldbe inspectedas recommendedin the checklistattached.
124
1 0 . 5D ES IGNC H E C K L IS T
(a) Downcomersystem( modifiedrequirementby UBBL is only applicablefor flats which

) the
topmostfloor is less than 60 metresabovefire applianceaccess but exceedthe maximum i
heightrequirementof dry risersystem.
(b) Total numberof landingvalve : nos per stack.
(c) Numberof fire hose provided: _nos.
(d) Hosesize :_ mm ; length:_ m.
(e) Stack main location:

Q In stairwayenclosure.
D Withina ventilatedlobby.
O Other:
(0 Stackdiameter: mm.
(g) Pipe material:
(h) Lowestpoint of landingvalve at about zSommabovefloor level.
(i) To provide fire brigade breechinginlet.
10.6VISUALINSPECTION
CHECKLIST
10.6.1
VisualInspection
of WaterSupplies
Capacityof water available.
Compartmentation
of water tanks.
Breechinginlet.
10.6.2Visual Inspection of Landing Valves and Accessories

Locationof landingvalves.
Storageof canvashose and accessories.
Physicalconditionof canvashose, accessoriesand landingvalve.
Caps for outletof landingvalves.
10.6.3Visual Inspection of Pipework

Type of pipes used.
Pipe supports.
125
1 0 . 7T E S T I N GA N D C O M M I S S I O N I N C
GH E C K L I S T
10.7.1Testingand Commissioningof WaterSupplies

Flowrateandpressureof watersupplies.

testingof pipework.
Hydrostatic
of pipework.
Flushing
126
Figure 10.1Down Comer System Typical Arrangement Drawing
SCALE: N.T.S
COMPONENT / EQUIPMENT
1 WaterTank
2 4-WayBreechingInlet
3 Vent Pipec/w MosquitoNet
4 AccessOpening
5 Level lndicator
6 ExternalCat Ladder
7 Overflow Pioe
8 WarningPipe
9 Gate Valve
10 CheckValve
11 LandingValve
12 Hose with Nozzleat ManagementOffice
'13 Air ReleaseValvec/w Ball Valve
rry
,gg''' -
ls
.9'9$g'"
d
9}9t"" " I
o.gqt""
,@
e.#t''
127
1 1 . 1D E S GR IP T ION
An automaticsprinklersystem is intendedto detect,controland extinguisha fire, and warn the

occupantsof the occurrenceof fire. The installationcomprisesfire pumps, water storagetanks,
controlvalve sets, sprinklerheads,flow switches,pressureswitches,pipeworkand valves.The
system operatesautomaticallywithouthuman intervention.The sprinklerhead has a liquidfilled
glass bulb that breaksdue to the heat of the fire and releaseswater that spraysover
the fire. The
various types of sprinklersystems are as follows:
(a) Wet pipe installationwherethe pipeworkis filledwith waterand readyto dischargeonce the
sprinklerbulb breaks.
(b) Dry pipe installationwhere the pipe is alwaysfilledwith air under pressure.Air is released
when the sprinklerbulb breaksand waterfillsthe pipe and is dischargedat the sprinklerhead.
(c) Pre-actioninstallationwhere the pipeworkis normallychargedwith air under pressure

and a
valve is openedto fill the systemwith water when fire is detectedby smoke or heat detectors.
Water is dischargedonly when the sprinklerbulb breaks.
(d) D e l u g e i n s t a l l a t i o nw h e r e t h e s p r i n k l e rh e a d h a s n o b u l b a n d w a t e r i s d i s c h a r g e d
simultaneously from all headswhen fire is detectedand the delugevalve is opened.
The wet pipe installationis the most commontype and a typicalsprinklersystemis shown
in Figure
11.1.
Sprinklersinstalledat 17 metres and above the floor to be protected ard no longer

effectiveand
alternative solutions such as early response sprinkler heads, large droplet spiint<ter
heads or
delugesystemshave to be considered.
1 1 . 2D E S I G NR E Q U I R E M E N T S
Underthe UniformBuildingBy-laws1984,By-laws226 and 228 refer to the requirements
for
sprinklersystems.The acceptedstandardsfor automaticsprinklerinstallations
are :
- BS EN 12845:2003- Automatic systems- Design,installation
Sprinkler and maintenance.
. N F P A1 3 .
Wherea particular standardis adopted,the sprinkler

systemshouldfollowthe selectedstandard
in totalandshouldnotrelyon clausesin otherstandardsunlessthespecificaspectis notcovered
in the selectedstandard.
11.2.2OccupancyHazardGroups
sprinklersystems
are designedbasedon the hazardclassification
described
in the Bs EN 12845
as follows:
(a) Light Hazardfor non-industrialoccupancieswith low quantityand combustibility

contents,
eg. apartments,schoolsand hospitals.
128
(b) OrdinaryHazardfor commercial and industrial handlingand storingordinary
occupancies
materials
combustible and is grouped
further under:
- OH GroupI for offices,restaurants

andhotels;
- OH Groupll for laundries,bakeriesandtobaccofactory;
- OH Group11for carparks,departmental stores,largeretailshopsandcinemas,clothing
andpaintfactories,and
- oH Groupllls for matchfactories,
filmandtelevision studios.
is
the hazardclass recommended
For high rise buildingswith multipletype of occupancies,
OrdinaryHazardGrouPlll.
(c) HighHazardfor commercial occupancies

andindustrial loadscovering
havingabnormalfire
processhazards,highpiled hazards
storage andoil and liquid
flammable hazardsand is
furthergroupedunder:
- Processrisk,e.g.clothing, rubber,woodwooland paintfactories; and

- Highpiledstorageriskswhich is divided
further intofour as follows:
categories
- category| for carpetsandtextileexceeding4 metres in height;
- Categoryll for furniturefactorypiledabove3 metreshigh;
- categorylll for rubber,wax coatedpaperpiledhigherthan2 metres;
- CategorylV for foam,plasticspiledabove1.2metresin height'
11.2.3SprinklerPumPs
The sprinklerpumpsdraw waterfrom sprinklerstoragetank to feed the sprinklernetwork.Two
setsof pumps,oneon dutyandthe otheron standby, are providedtogetherwitha jockeypumpto
maintainsystempressure. pumpcapacityshouldbe
Sprinkler selected to meetthe dutiesdefined
for the variousclassesof hazards.The nominalpressureand flow requirements dependon the
heightmeasuredbetweenthe topmostand bottommostsprinklerheadand are as listedbelow:
(a) Light Hazard

- 15 metres: 300 cu dm/minat 1.5 bars
(b) OrdinaryHazardGrouPI
- 15 metres: 900cu dm/minat 1-2bars
- 30 metres: 1150cu dm/minat 1.9bars
- 45 metres: 1360cu dm/minat2.7 bars
(c) OrdinaryHazardGrouPll
- 15 metres: 1750cu dm/minat 1.4bars
- 30 metres: 2050cu dm/minat 2.0 bars
- 45 metres:2350cu dm/minat 2.6 bars
(d) OrdinaryHazardGrouPlll
- 15 metres:2250cu dm/minat 1.4bars
- 30 metres:2700cu dm/minat 2.0bars
- 45 metres: 3100cu dm/minat 2.5 bars
129
(e) OrdinaryHazardGroup llls
- 30 metres : 3050 cu dm/min a12.4 bars
In additionto the above flow requirements,

the sprinklerpump shouldbe capableof satisfyingtwo
otherflows and pressuresas describedin BS EN 12845.
Wherethe buildingexceeds45 metres,multiplestagesof sprinklerinstallations have to be installed

such that the multiplestageswill be able to servethe full heightof the buildingwith each stage not
exceeding45 metres.
The standbysprinklerpumpsetshouldbe suppliedwith powerfrom the emergencygeneratorif this

is available.Otherwise,the standbypumpsetshouldbe dieselenginedriven.FuelsJpplyshouldbe
adequatefor minimum4 hours of continuousoperationfor OrdinaryHazardand 6 hoursfor High
Hazardapplications.Electricalcablingto supplypower to the sprinklerpumps should be of MICC
or fire rated type. Batteriesfor the diesel engine should be maintenance-freetype.
For sprinklerpumps protectinghigh rise buildings,the staticpressurebetweenthe pump and the

lowestsprinklerhead shouldbe added to the above pump pressurerequirement.
The sprinklerpumps should be under positivehead as far as possible,protectedfrom fire and

away from locationslikelyto be flooded.Sump pumpsshall be installedwhere the fire pump room
is locatedin the basementbelow externaldrainagelevels.lt should also be ventilatedby natural
or mechanicalmeans and providedwith the necessarysignage.A carbon dioxidetype portable
extinguishershouldbe providedas well.
Where fire pumps are provided for hydrant systems, the water supply for the sprinkler system
can be taken off from the fire mains providedthe fire pumps and tanks are sized for simultaneous
operationof the hydrantand sprinklersystems.Pressurereducingvalves should be providedin
such cases as the hydrantpressureis usuallyvery much higherthan that requiredfor the sprinkler
system.
1'|..2.4Pump Starter Panels and Gontrols

Pump starterpanelshouldbe compartmentedfor each of the duty,standbyand jockey pumps
and
completewith indicatorlightsas shown in the Figure11.2.Ventilationslotsshouldbe provided
with
insect screen to prevent entry of vermin. Power supply cables to the panel should be of mineral
insulatedcopper core (MICC) or fire rated type routed within areas with low fire risk.
The pump
starterpanelshouldbe placedwithinthe same room as the fire pumps it controls.
Three pressureswitchesshouldbe providedat each installation

for startingof the sprinklerpumps
with the followingsuggestedpressuresettings:
- startingthe duty pumpsetset at B0% of the systempressure;

- startingthe standbypumpsetset at 60% of
the systempressure;and
- s t a r t i n ga n d s t o p p i n gt h e j o c k e y p u m p s e t
s e t a t 9 O %a n d 1 1 O Yo f t h e s y s t e m p r e s s u r e
respectively.
Electricalinterlocksshouldbe providedso that the sprinklerpumps at each installationshould

not
operatein parallelsimultaneously.
A buzzershouldbe soundedshouldthe isolatorbe in the off or
manualposition,
Sprinkerpumpsetsshouldbe capableof automaticstartingbut shouldonly be stoppedmanually.
130
11.2.5Sprinkler Tanks
The sprinklerstoragetank not dependenton inflow should have a minimum effectivecapacity
depending on the hazard classificationand the height of the lowest to highest sprinklernot
exceedingthe following:
(a) LightHazard
- 15 metres: 9 cu. metres
- 45 metres: 11cu. metres
(b) OrdinaryHazardGroupI
- 45 metres: B0cu. metres
(c) OrdinaryHazardGroupll
- 30 metres: 125cu.metres
(d) OrdinaryHazardGrouplll
- 45 metres: 1B5cu. metres
(e) OrdinaryHazardGrouplllS
- 15 metres:160cu.metres
- 30 metres:185cu. metres
(f) High Hazard

Storagecapacityshall be dependenton the design densityof dischargein mm/min.
Sprinklertanks may be of pressedsteel,fibre reinforcedpolyester(FRP) or concrete.Pressedsteel

for corrosion protection.The water tanks should be compartmentedunless they are of reinforced
concrete and ball float valves, overflow pipes, drain pipes and water level indicatorsshould be
provided for each compartment.The external surface of the tank should be painted red or where
this is not desirable,a red band of minimum200mm shouldbe paintedto indicatethat this is a fire
tank.
The sprinklertanksnot dependenton inflowmay be locatedin any location.The sprinklertank may

be combinedwith hose reel tank in which cases,the tank capacityshould be the sum total of the
water storagefor both the sprinkleras well as for the hose reel system. The hose reel tap off level
should be above the sprinklertap off level so that the water reservedfor sprinklersystem is always
maintained.
11.2.6Breeching lnlet
Breechinginletsare providedso that the firemencan pump water into the sprinklertank to make
up for water used. The breechinginlet should be a 4-way type complyingwith M.S.1210:Part 3.
Where the breechinginlet is enclosedwithin a box, the enclosureshould complywith M.S.1210:
Part 5 and labelled'Sprinklerlnlet'.A drain should be providedat the bottomof the riser,todrain
the system after use.
131
Breechinginletsshouldbe locatedno more than 18 metresfrom the fire applianceaccessroad and
not more than 30 metres from the nearest externalhydrantouflet.
1'1.2.7Sprinkler Heads
Sprinklerheads are generallyof the conventionalpendantor uprighttype. The temperaturerating
of the bulb is selectedbased on minimum30"C above the maximumambienttemperatureof the
space protected.Typically,this will resultin a nominaltemperatureratingof 6B'C. In kitchenareas,
the sprinklerheads shouldhave a temperatureratingof 79.C.
The maximumspacingand coverageto be protectedby one sprinklerhead shall be as follows:
- 21 sq. m for lighthazardinstallationat not more than 4.6m

apart;
- 12 sq. m for ordinaryhazardinstallationsat not more than
4m apart;and
- 9 sq.m for high hazardinstallationsat not more than 3.7m
apart.
Generallyall areasof the buildingshould be protectedwith sprinklersexceptfor the following:
- Staircasesenclosures;
- Electricalrooms; and
- Toilets
Wherethe ceilingvoid exceeds800mm,sprinklersshouldbe providedwithinthis spaceunlessthey

are of non-combustibleconstructionand do not contain combustiblematerials.Electricalwiring
withinsuch ceilingvoid shouldbe containedin steel conduitunlessthey are of the fire ratedtype.
Sprinklerheadsshouldnot be subjectedto pressurein excessof 12 bars,especiallyin the case

of
high rise buildings.
11.2.8Installation Control Valve

Each sprinklerinstallationshould have installationcontrol valves comprisingmain stop valves,
alarm valves,drain line with stop valves,water flow gauges and pressuregauges.The maximum
no. of sprinklersto be feed from one set of installationcontrol valve shall be:
(a) Light hazard : 500 sprinkters

(b) Ordinary hazard : 1000 sprinklers
(c) High hazard : 1000 sprinklers
For sprinklersystemsdesignedfor life safety,the arrangementshall be a duplicatealarm

valveset
each with downstreamand upstreamstop valves,flow and pressuregauges,and alarm
test line.
Alternatively,the arrangementcan be a singlealarmvalveset with downstreamand upstreamstop
valves,flow and pressuregauges, alarm test line and a bypass with stop valve. All
stop valves
except for the bypassvalves should be locked in the open positionand its status
monitoredby
the fire alarm system.Flow switchesshould be providedabove the installationvalves provide
to
indicationof flow of water. The maximum no. of sprinklersto be feed from one
set of installation
controlvalve for life safety systemsshall be 200 sprinklersper zone, with no limit
on the no. of
zones.
For car parks, separateinstallationcontrolvalve shall be providedto serve not

more than 1000
sprinklerheads each.
132
where the sprinklersystem is sub-dividedinto zones,
each floor of the buildingprotectedshould
be designed as one or more zone' A flow switch should
be provided in the di"trioution pipe to
each zone to provideindicationof flow of water to sprinklers
withinthat zone. Electricalmonitored
subsidiarystop valve shouldbe also be providedfor each
zone to give monitoringatarmsignalon
the main fire ararmpanerwhenthe varveis not in the fuily open position.
11.2.9Sprinkler pipework
sprinklerpipeworkshall be of black steelor galvanizediron
to 8.s.13g7 (Mediumgrade) class B
minimumwhile undergroundpipeworkshould be heavy gauge
of class c. pipes lr ri.", g0mm
and belowshouldbe installedwith screwjoints and onrypipeJ
1oommand above may be welded.
welding proceduresand materialsshall be in accordance
with 8.s.2640 and 8.s.2g71 and should
be carriedout by qualifiedwelders.Radiographictests should
be carriedout where doubts exist.
Alternatively,mechanicalgroovedcouplingcan be used for jointing
for all pipe sizesup to 250mm.
sprinkler piping should not be concealedin the floor or ceiling

concreteslabs. All piping should
be painted with primer and finished with red gloss paint or
otherwise identifiedwith red bands of
100mmwidth minimumat elbows and tees.
For high rise buildings,the pressure loss through the

distributionpiping includingrisers and
droppersbetweenthe highestdesignpointin the installation
and the zone subsidiarystop valve at
the same floor shall not exceed 0.5 bars at a flowrate of 1000
l/min. This allowable pressure loss
may be increasedfor those sprinklersbelow the highest
design point but should not exceed the
statichead gain betweenthe sprinklerconcernedand the
highestsprinklerpoint.
11.3TEST REQUIREMENTS
The systemshouldfirstbe flushedto clearall debrisfromthe
insideof the riser.The riseris then
hydraulicallytestedto a pressure
of 14barsor 150%theworkingpressure, whichever is the higher
for 24 hours,measuredabovethe installationcontrolvalveani a checkis carriedout for leakage
at thejointsandlandingvalveconnections.
11.3.2FlowTest
Thetestvalveon thedrainlineof the installation
controlvalveshouldbe openedto permitfull flow.
Theflowrateand pressureshouldbe recordedand checkedagainst
the designflowraterequired.
Eachzoneshouldbe testedby openingthe isolation
valveon thetestline.Theflowswitchfor that
zoneshouldindicate
an alarmon thefirealarmpanel.
11.4MAINTENANCEREQUIREMENTS
\ flowtestshouldbe carriedout at the installation
controlvalveto ensurethat the pumpsare in
)roperworkingcondition.
Thepipework shouldbe checkedfor leakageandthe installationcontrol
ralves,sprinklers,
breechinginletsand drainvalvesshouldbe inspected as recommended in the
:hecklist
attached.
lhe zone flow switchesshouldbe testedand the alarm

shouldbe indicatedon the fire alarm
tanel.
133
1 1 . 5D E S IGNC H E C K L IS T
(a) Classificationof fire hazard : _

e Lighthazard
D Ordinaryhazard:
a Highhazard
D Processhazard:Type
O High piledstoragehazard:fype
C Portablespiritstoragehazard: Type
Q Oilandflammable liquidhazard:-fypE
fl Other:
(b) SystemType:
C Wet
D Pre-action
Q Deluge
C Other:
(c) For high piled storage hazard :

. Storagecommodity:
. Storageheight:
. Ceilingheight:
(d) Designdensity: (litres/min)/ rpz
(e) Designareaof operation

: m2
(f) Watersource:
D Pumpsuctiontank
fl Firewatermain
fl Gravitytank
C Other:
(g) Designwatersupplycapacity:
m3
(h) Durationof watersupply:

minute.
(i) Water tank high / low level monitoring.
0) Hydrauliccalculation:
Q Fullycalculated
fl Pre-calculated
(k) Sprinklertype :
fl Conventional
O Spray
tr Other:
(t) Sprinklertemperature
rating: ---*- .C
134
11.6.2VisualInspectionof Sprinklers
Spacingof sprinkler
heads.
- areaof coverage
- maximumandminimumdistancebetweensprinklers
- maximumandminimumdistancebetweenwalls/ partitions
- distancefrombeams,columnsand otherobstructions
- obstructionbelowsprinklers
- depthand combustibility
of ceilingvoid
- clearspacebelowsprinklers
Physicalcondition
of sprinkler
heads.
Temperature
ratingof sprinklerheads.
guards.
Sprinkler
Sparesprinklersand sprinklerspanners.
11.6.3Visuallnspectionof pipework
Typeof pipesused.
Protectionof underground
pipework.
Paintingof pipework
Numberof sprinklers
installed
on rangeanddistribution
pipes.
Pipehangersand supportsfor pipework.
Pipesleeves.
Fireseal.
Flowswitches.
Totallengthof pipeworkbetweenalarmvalveandwateralarmgong.
11.6.4VisualInspectionof Sprinklerpumps
Protectionof rotatingpartsof pumpsets.
Mounting
of pumpsets.
11.7TESTINGAND COMMISSIONING
CHECKLIST
11.7.1Testingand Gommissioning of WaterSupplies

Pumpoperatingcurrentand voltage.
Pumpoperatingpressureandflow rate.
136
Pumpoperating
RPM.
Pumpnotoverheating.
Vibrationand noiselevel.
Batteriesfor dieselpumps.

Hydrostatic
testingof pipework.
of pipework.
Flushing
Spraypatternof sprinkler.
Alarmgongoperating.
Flowswitchestest.
Zonemonitoring
(tamperswitch).
137
Table 11.1 Sample of Sprinkler Hydraulic Calculation
PROJECT
D"riS""d by Checkedbv Annrnvcd hrr

Job No
HMARD CLASS , OrdinaryCroup ltt I-'LOWRATE:
_ 1000L/min Date
VALVENO. ..
INSTALLATION 1 SIZEOFVALVE : 150mm Sheet
DesignPoint Bends
Pipe Pipe Total Static Total
Ref. Flow Friction
Dia. Length No. Equiv. Equiv. Head Loss less
Symbol Floor Grid Rate Loss
(mm) (m) off Length Length Gain StaticHead
Lines (dm3/min) ( m b )
(m) (m) (mb) (mb)
A 3RD c-D/3-1 E L O
65 3.5 1000
TE 122
80 E L O
7 1000
TE t l l
100 49 E L 2
TE 6 1000 240
473 0 473
B 3RD c-Dt3-2 E L O
65 1
7 1000
TE 243
BO E L O
1.9 1 0 1000 30
TE
t00 20 E L 1 '101
TE 23 1000
374 0 374
C 2ND c-Dt2-1 E L O
65 10.5 10.5 1000
TE 365
80 E L O
16.9 16.9 1000 268
TE
100 28.3 EL2
TE 6 I 34.3 1000 150
783 380 403

D 2ND c-Dt2-2 E L O
8.8 8.8 1000 306
TE
80 E L O
0 0 1000 0
TE
100 16.3 E L 1
TE
3 19.3 1000 B4
390 380 10
E GRD c-Dt1-1 '10.5 E L O
65 10.5 1000
TE 365
EL2
80 38.9 44.9 1000 712
TE
100 trLU
2.5 2.5 1000 11
TE
1088 760 328

F GRD c-Dt1-2 E L O
65 8.9 8.9 1000
TE 309
E L 1
BO 9.9 12.9 1000 205
TE
100 2.5 E L O
TE 2.5 1000 11
525 760 -235
Note : Pressurerossin a[ sectionsof distributionpipe

shourdnot exceeds00mbar.
138
Table 11.1 Sample of Sprinkler Hydraulic Calculation (Cont)
PROJECT
Designedby Checkedby Approveroy Job No.

HMARD CLASS : OrdinaryGroup lll FLOWRI\ TE : 1000Umin Date
INSTALATIONVALVENO. 1 SIZE OF VALVE 50mm Sheet
DesignPoint Bends Total
Ref.
Pipe Pipe
Equiv.
Flow Friction Static Total
Dia. Length No. Equiv. Head Loss less
Symbol Grid Length
Rate Loss
Floor (mm) (m) off Length (dm3/min) (mb) Gain StaticHead
Lines (m) (m) (mb) (mb)
E L O
G 3RD c-D/3-1 o3 3.5 1000 122
TE
E L O
BO 7 7 1000 111
TE
E L 2
100 49 o 55 1000 240
TE
473 0 473
E L O
H 3RD c-Dt3-2 65 1000 243
TE
E L O
80 1.9 1.9 1000 30
TE
E L 1
100 20 ? 23 1000 101
TE
374 0 374
E L O
2ND c-Dt2-'l 65 10.5 10.5 1000 365
TE
E L O '1000
BO 16.9 16.9 zo6
TE
E L 2
100 28.3 o 34.3 1000 150
TE
783 380 403

E L O
I 2ND c-Dt2-2 8.8 8.8 1000 306
TE
E L O
80 0 0 1000 0
TE
E L 1
100 16.3 19.3 1000 84
TE
390 380 10
K E L O
GRD c-Dt1-1 65 10.5 10.5 1000 365
TE
E L 2
80 38.9 o 44.9 1000 7' t2
TE
E L O
100 z-J 2.5 1000 11
TE
1088 760 328
L
E L O
GRD c-Dt1-2 8.9 8.9 1000 309
TE
E L 1
BO 9.9 J 12.9 1000 205
TE
E L O
100 2.5 2.5 1000 11
TE
525 760 -235
Note : Pressureloss in all sectionsof distributionpipe shouldnot exceed500mbar.
139
El
c
'=
o
o
c
o
E
o
ctt
c
G
IU
o
CL
E
o
at
o
-g
J
c
L
CL
o
- 9
i: i
O rii
F
=<
r o €s g
g& F i
JL U)
:E s e
Ê*F
( r q : E F 6 6
Fo, PG
6 > - ; i 2
s*SEEFeSsEgiE
Ei:?{gggE;sg#
53EFF,3F,F;F8,E!
r o ( o F - c o o r o r N ( ' t r o @ F -
- N C { C ! N e { N N N
, 6
2
uJ
z
-9
= : R i h
S = > P - E ^ 3 =
Ir f:F*is.xHEE
* B o A U "\ iI a=F (r i . or o
gf 3.*?EEEsb€
EHiF
s$5s$i#s5sfiTrsa
o
6 - c.r.. $ t', (o n-.o o, P : S P 3
140
6
a
v =
1
q
@ @
6@5oH
E E+E ilEIIFF * < +F'=o*mr=e
@ @
=@gog = @ 5 o Fr l l z r r B E
=
@E
- @ 5 o" g. - = E
'&5 = IFil=E
a$"g"rElgF
l3l
I Y I
o
tgl
c
.!
o-
o
E
o
o
ct q
E 3 -
5 € : o g
o. @ 8 t r 6 - g
o
T
!E95eE- _ __g
'tr ;5:'--E i
#: : F8; J [ b 6H
F.H. i' ! .-e,; : 3
o
CL
€s;[p€o p€EB# 5
.9 € e : € ; H E d e 6 6 f d
E . U = - +5 = E
(E
E '" @@@+
o
f
-l#::g
Zl;
$E$
oi
El
_91
c!
EM.3. $='$*"g*
o 6
f @+
.9
lr.
lFlc @ @ i
il\--4tE
"F=
'H'Eg"Fg d S H E F " + = @ E ort\-'4rE
e rEl = E
ra6Z 3 e EoF
.E'gg"
tu/lat;f 6
t9(9 a
rfi,F=
te*ill6 2
-=_5 d
lw4t1l4
sffio€e$'EE.F; F^'t=E
iltsiil ? x
il\-4tg E
e
@E OH . 6
-rgf E ==
t-9
t-l
\lJ =
-ts
E
= q
tdl
l>l < idt
tvl (a)5 og
IPI
L=r llFlls
llsllk
il\ 1|16
llr-\llc
ll-lll5
11 '=--z ll c
ll \--./ ll-
141
1 2 . 1D ES C R IP T ION
Carbon Dioxideextinguishingsystemconsistsof carbondioxidecylinders,steel piping,discharge

nozzles,heat and/orsmokedetectorsand a controlpanel,which monitorsthe space,activatesboth
visualand audio alarmsbeforereleasingthe gas.
The carbondioxideis dischargedafter a time delayupon detectionof fire to warn any occupantto
evacuatethe room.Such systemis usuallyprovidedfor electricaltransformerrooms,switchrooms
and standbygeneratorroomsand should not be installedfor rooms,which are normallyoccupied.
A typicalcarbondioxideextinguishinginstallationis shown in Figure12.1.
12.2.1Design Standards
The relevantclausein the UniformBuildingBy-laws1984,relatingto carbondioxideextinguishing
systemsis By-law235 and the applicablestandardis:
- M S 1 5 9 0: 2 0 0 3 .
12.2.2System Operation
The quantityof extinguishingagent should be sufficientto ensure rapid extinctionof any fire in
the protectedareas and with adequate spare capacity.The protectedarea should be flooded with
CarbonDioxidegas with flame extinguishingconcentrationof 50% at21'C and shall be based on
total floodingprincipleand/or local applicationwith a time delay periodof 30 seconds,adjustable
up to 60 secondsmaximum.The durationof total dischargeshall not exceed '1minuteexceptfor
deep seated fires where the total discharge shall not exceed 7 minutes or 30o/odischargewithin 2
minutes.
For local applicationusing high pressurestorage,the designquantityof carbondioxideshouldbe

increasedby 40% as only liquid portion of the dischargeis effective.
All devices shall be designed for the service encounteredand shall not be readily rendered
inoperativeor susceptibleto accidentaloperation.They shall be located,installedor suitably
protectedagainst mechanical,chemical or other damage, which may render them inoperative.
All devicesfor shuttingdown supplementaryequipmentshall be consideredintegralparts of the
systemand shallfunctionwith systemoperation.
The system shall operatefrom a supply voltage of 240 volts A.C., 50 Hz to the power charger
modulewithinthe controlpanel.This voltageis transformedand rectifiedwithinthe panelto 24 volt
D.C' A 24 volt D.C standbybatteryof the maintenancefree type shall be providedin case of mains
voltagefailure.This batterywill automaticallyand instantaneouslybe switchedinto use as soon as
the mains supplyfails.Such a failureshall be indicatedboth visuallyand audiblyat the panel. The
batteryshall be tricklechargedduringnormaloperatingconditions.
The space should be protectedby two or more heat or smoke detectors.When one of these
detectorsgoes into the alarm condition,the indicatorlight on the controlpanel should illuminate
and an audiblewarningsoundedvia the alarm bell.
ln order to dischargethe extinguishingagent automatically,at least two detectorzones must be

activated.This mode of operationterm as crosszoningwill obviatethe possibilityof falsedischarge
of the gas due to one detectoroperatingto conditionswhich are regardedas normal.
142
Also to be providedis the independentfacilityfor emergencyoperationby manuallydischarging
the
agent via a "breakglass" handletype manual pull box which should be mountedoutsidethe
exit
door to the protectedspace.
The detectorscircuitwiring shall be supervisedcontinuouslyfor line fault.A disconnectionto

this
circuitwould be indicatedas a fault at the controlpanel both visuallyand audiblyby a fault lamp
and buzzer.
12.2.3Carbon Dioxide Cylinders

The CarbonDioxidegas is storedin cylindersdesignedto hold the gas in liquefiedform at ambient
temperatures-The gas can be storedat low pressureof 2068 kPa with refrigerationor under high
pressureat 5171 kPa at ambienttemperatures.Most systemsuse high pressurestorage
due to
cost considerations.
Cylindersshould be suitablefor a workingpressureof 59 bars at 21"C and
pressuretestedat22B bars.
A reliablemeansof indicationby weighingshouldbe providedto determinethe amountof gas in the

cylinders.Each systemshouldhave a permanentname plate specifyingthe number,fillingweight
and the pressurisationlevel of the cylinders.All cylinderssupplyingthe same manifoldouilet for
distributionof agent should be interchangeable and of one selectedsize. Where more than three
cylindersare required,a pilot cylindershould be providedto activatethe dischargevalve from each
cylinder.
Each containershould be equipped with a discharge valve of the solenoid operated type to
dischargeliquidagent at the requiredrate. Containerswith top-mountedvalves should have an
internaldip tube extendingto the bottomof the cylinderto permitdischargeof liquidphase agent.
Gas cylinders should be located outside of the hazard which it protects wherever possible.
However,the risk of vandalismshouldalso be taken into consideration.
12.2.4Carbon Dioxide Control panel

The system controlpanel should indicatethe operationof the system,hazardsto personnet,or
failureof any superviseddeviceand complyingwith M.S.1404and B.S.7273.A positivealarm and
indicatorshould be providedto show that the system has operated.
Afarm should be providedto give warningof a dischargeor pendingdischargewhere a hazard

to personnelmay exist.Alarms indicatingfailureof superviseddevicesor equipmentshould give
prompt and positive indicationof any failure and should be distinctivefrom alarms indicating
operationor hazardousconditions.
A device should be incorporatedinto the system to shut down any exhaust fans and activate
solenoidoperatedcurtainsacrosslouvresbeforedischarge.
Sincea remotemanualcontrolshouldbe a manualpull box type,a pressureswitchin the discharge

pipe may be requiredto providethe signal back to the controlpanel that the carbon dioxidegas
has been discharged.
12.2.5Discharge Nozzle
Discharge nozzles should be selected for use with carbon dioxide and for their discharge
characteristics.For low pressurestorage,nozzlepressureshould be 1034 kPa minimumand for
high pressurestorage,the nozzle pressureshould be 2068 kPa. The discharge nozzleshould
consist of the orifice and any associatedhorn, shield or baffle. Dischargeorificesshould be of
corrosionresistantmetal.
143
Dischargenozzleshouldbe permanently markedto identifythe nozzleand to showthe equivalent
singleorificediameterregardless of shipe and numberoi orifice.Thisequivalent
referto the orificediameterof the 'standard'single diametershall
orificetype nozzlehavingthe sameflow rates
as the nozzlein question'The markingshouldreadily
be discernableafterconnection.Discharge
nozzleshouldbe providedwithfrangiblediscor blow
out ""f, *n"r" cloggingby foreignmaterials
is likely.
12.2.6AutomaticFire Detectorsand AudioA/isuarAtarm

units
The automaticfire detectionis usuallyby means
of eitherheator smokedetectors.The detectors
shouldbe resistantto corrosion
The audiounit shouldproducean audiblewarning

at least65dBnoiselevelor 5dB abovethe
ambientnoiselevel'Theaudioalarmunitof alarm
6ell typeshoulobe of the trembling
(notsingle
stroke)and shalloperatefromthe fire alarmpanel
batterysupply.All audio/visual
atarm circuitry
shallbe designedto be ableto functioncontinuously
duringthe fire.The bellsmaybe installed
in
any location
for alarmpurpose.
12.2.7Pipeworkand Fittings
Thematerialof pipingandfittings,etc.for the instailation
of the systemmustbe of non-combustible
heat resistingand must have capacityto maintain
its own shape in room temperatureduring
the outbreakof fire' All pipingshouldbe of API
schedule40 steelpipefor low pressurestorage
systems'For highpressurestoragesystems,piping
shouldbe of schedule40 for 20mmdia.pipes
andschedule80 for25mmdia'andabove.Flexible
piping,tubingor hoses(including
connections)
whereusedshouldbe ableto withstandthe pressure
ratings.
12.2.8WarningSigns
warningand instructionsignsshouldbe installed
at entrancesto and insideprotectedareasat
prominent
positions.
12.3 DESIGNCHECKLIST
(a) Hazardtypes:
tl Flammable liquidmaterials.
O Electricalhazard.
Q Ordinarycombustibles( paper,woodand textiles
I Hazardssolids. ).
Q Other:
(b) Type of fire to be protected from :

seated fire ( solids subjectto smoutdering
! ?""0 )
D Surfacefire ( flammableliquids,gas
and solids)
Q Other:
(c) Type of protection:

. Totalfloodingsystem
. Volume to be protected
:--.-- ms.
. Design carbon dioxide
"on""ntr"tion , o/
lo.
. Volumefactor:
. rtoootngtactor:
. systerniisJ;rg","r*
kg/minute.
144
Localapplication
system
Rateby areamethod
. Area to be protected :
7n2.
. Area per nozzle:
_ m2.
. Nozzledischarge
rate:_ kg /minutepernozzle.
O Rate by volumemethod
. Assumedenclosure:
ry13.
. Systemdischargerate : kg/minute.
. Nozzlespacing :
m.
(d) Totalnumberof nozzle:_ nos.
(e) Nozzletype: ; nominalsize

:
(f) Durationof discharge :
(g) Storagetype:
O Lowpressure( averagestoragepressure: 2,06gkpa
. Designnozzlepressure( minimum1,034kpa )
) : kpa.
' Pipematerial
shailbe minimumof schedule40 or equivarent.
A Highpressure( averagestoragepressure: 5,171kpa )
. Designnozzlepressure( minimum2,06g
kpa ) : --..- kpa.
' Pipematerialshallbe Schedule40 or equivalent
for nominalsizeup to 20mmand
minimumscheduleB0or equivalentfor nominalsizegreaterthan2omm.
(h) Totalquantityof carbondioxidecylinder: _--- nos ( _kg per cylinder)

(i) Additionalquantityof carbondioxide( to compensate for openingcannotbe closedduring
extinguishmentor specialcondition
) :_
* Forlocalapplication,
highpressurestorage,the desigur
quantityof carbondioxideshallbe
increasedby 40%due to onlyliquiddischargeportionis effective.
0) Designcalculations.
(k) Electricalclearance
:
. Systemvoltage:-.-- kV.
. Clearanceprovided
(l) Detection
type:
( m ) Actuationtype:
(n) Manualoperating
device:
145
CHECKLIST
12.4.1Visual inspection of cylinders

Capacityof cylinders.
Locationof cylinders.
Pilotcylinders.
Flexiblehoses.
Safety valve.
Support brackets.
Weighingfacility.
12.4.2Visual inspection of pipework

Type of pipes used.
Pipe support.
Pipe sleeves.
Fireseal.
Nozzles.
12.4.3Visual inspection of detectors

Physicalconditionof detectors.
Conduitfor allwiring.
12.4.4Visual inspection of panels

Protectionof panel.
Mountingof panel.
12.4.5Visual inspection of accessories

Flashinglights.
Trippingdevices.
Signage.
Visibleand audiblealarms.
Electricaland mechanicalmanualactivation.
146
CHECKLIST
12.5.'lTestingand commissioningof pipework

Pneumatic testingof pipework.
12.5.2Testingand commissioningof detectors

Detectortest.
Electrical
wiringtest.
Interfacing
of detectorsand controlpanel.
12.5.3Testingand commissioningof panel

LEDtest.
1 zonealarmtest.
2zonealarmtest.
Dischargetest.
Faulttest.
Connection
to mainfirealarm.
12.5.4Testingand commissioningof system

Simulated
automatic discharge
test.
Simulated
manualdischarge
test.
Actualdischargetest.
Bracketsupportduringactualdischargetest.
147
Table 12.1Sampleof Carbon Dioxide ExtinguishingSystem
PROJECT Date:
Job No. : C a l c .B y : Chkd.By : SheetNo. : 1
CARBON DIOXIDEEXTINGUISHING
SYSTEM
1. ROOM DIMENSIONS
Room Name : ElectricalSwitch Board Room
Room Dimensions(in feet) : 3.4m (L) x 3.0m (W) x 4.0m (H)
2. DESIGNCRITERIA
DesignCode : NFPA12:1985
HazardType : TotalFlooding- Deep Seated
DesignConcentration : 50o/o
Rate of Application : Completedischargein Z minutesor
30% dischargein 2 minutes(Minimum)
Room Temperature : 81oF(27.2oC)
3. AGENT DISCHARGE
Volumeof Space (V) : 40.8 m3
FloodingFactor(F) : 1.6 kg/m3
BasicCO, Quantity(W) : 40.8 (V) x 1.6 (F) = 65.28kg
4. TOTALAGENT QUANTITY
Basic CO, Quantity(W) : 65.28 kg
Safetyfactor (5%) : 3.264 kg
TotalCO, Quantity(Wr) : 68.5214kg
Agent Weight per Cylinder(W) : 45 kg
No. of Cylinders : 68.544(Wr) / 45 (Wc)= 1.5232Nos.
No. of CylindersProvided : 2 (Nos.)x 45 (kg)each
148
I
E')
'tc
(!
o
c
o
E
o
ct,
c
(U
(!
.9
q
E
o
o
o
ct)
.E
t
.9
cn
c
x
lrJ
o
p
x
.9
o
c
o
o
(u
o
rg?
N "
e Z
Eut
=<
tL/r')
.c
c
c) =
b a r 0 )
o = ; >
) o Y ; O
h
n
>n x
; =o c)
u ' ^ g q )
E : ' e o
= N o < o- Y --.Y
g ?
tY 5=
an =!ic r - Y ' B o
o
9 a o * Q o
Y .li 4.o o
0€:
t . 0 g g ' : b €J E X ; ! s .; ! .P= ;S i t
-.gSXt#'e,'E€--= ( D
2 * d b € E o ! ^ \'= := < F 6JCr
= F U u C v J f G . J
2 : e E ' . ;?a* l E 6 = ' ; - e F e E

E ! X F = t b . c - b q
H E E
>I(/)llltLQ
i e 6d d z d S d ; i i d i 5 >
a
6 6 X . ! c E o - i i o 6
OrNcr),frO
O-N (' )tro ( O F - @ O l r s
149
1 3 . 1G E N E R A L
13.1.1System Concept
Firedetectionandalarmsystemsaredesigned to providewarningof the outbreakof fireandallow
fire fightingactionto be takenbeforethe situationgetsout of control.As all systems
appropriate
are designedprimarily to protectlife,property,
this placesa greatresponsibilityon the designer
becauseeachbuildingwill presenta differentset of problemsin relationto the riskof fireandfire
spread.Eachfire detection and alarmsystemthereforemustbe speciallydesignedto meetthe
requirementsfor eachbuilding.
13.1.2DesignRequirements
(i) Codesand Standards
(a) AutomaticFireDetection
andAlarmSystemshallbe designedbasedon:
8.5.5839 : Part 1
- Code of Practicefor Design,Installationand Servicing.
8.5.5839 : Part 3
- Specificationfor AutomaticRelease Mechanismfor certain Fire ProtectionSystems.
8.5.5839: Part 5
- Specificationfor Optical Beam Smoke Detectors
M . S . 1 1 7 6: P a r t5
- Specification for Componentsof AutomaticFire DetectionSystems
Part 5 : Heat SensitiveDetectors- Point Detectorscontaininga Static ElementSystem
M . S . 1 1 7 6: P a r t 7
- Specificationfor Componentsof Automatic Fire DetectionSystems
Par17 : Specificationfor Power-typeSmoke Detectorusing ScatteredLight,Transmitted
Lightor lonization
M . S . 1 1 7 6: P a r tB
Part B : Specificationfor High TemperatureHeat Detectors
M . S . 1 1 7 6: P a r t9
Part 9 : Methodsof Test of Sensitivitvto Fire
M . S . 1 4 7 1: P a r t3
- Vocabularyon Fire Protection
Part 3 : Fire Detectionand Alarm
M . S . 1 7 4 5: P a r t1
- Fire Detectionand FireAlarm Systems
Part 1 : Introduction
M.S.1745:Part2
- Fire Detectionand FireAlarm Systems
Part.2: Controland IndicativeEquipment
152
M.S.1745 : Part3
- FireDetectionand FireAlarmSystems
Part3 : AudibleFireAlarmDevices
M.S.1745 : Parl4
Part4 : PowerSupplyEquipment
M . S . 1 7 4:5P a r t1 1
Part11 : ManualCallpoint
8.5.7273:Part1
- Codeof Practiceforthe Planning,
lnstallation
andServicing
of Electrical
Equipment
for
Actuationof GaseousFireSuppressionSystem
8.S.6266
- Codeof Practicefor FireProtection
for ElectronicDataProcessingInstallations
(b) Automatic
Firedetection
andAlarmsystemrequirements
shallbe basedon:
- By-law133- UBBL1984
- By-law225(1)- UBBL1984
- By-lawz4a @)- UBBL1984
- By-law246- UBBLi9B4
- - UBBLi9B4
Tenthschedute
(c) Otherrelevantstandards:
8.5.5588:Part1
8.5.5588: PartB
8 . 5 . 5 5 8 8P: a r t1 0
Type of Protection and Coverage

When designinga fire detectionand alarm system,the objectivehas to be established
whether it is for protectingthe buildingand its contentsor enhancingthe safety
of the
occupants.
(a) Manual
A systemwhich providesmanualalarmonly
(b) Automatic
A system that automaticallydetects a fire and initiatesan effectivealarm.
153
(c) Actuationof AncillaryServices
Firedetectionand alarmsystemshallalso be designedwith the provisionto closeor open
the circuitof ancillaryservicesby means of relaysor similardevices.The provision
shall be for fire suppressionsystem activationindicatorsor for activationof activefire
suppressionsystems.
(d) Life protection

This classificationprovidesfor the protectionof life, which is the safety of the occupants.
It caters for the detectionof a fire, initiatesan alarm of fire, and providessufficienttime
for the occupantsto escapefrom the building.
(e) Propertyprotection
This classificationprovidesfor the protectionof propertyand its contents.lt catersfor the
automaticdetectionof a fire, initiatesan alarm of fire, indicatesthe locationof the fire
withinthe premisesand summonsthe fire brigade.
(iii) ZoneConfiguration
One majorfunctionof a fire detectionand alarm system is to indicatethe locationof a fire as
preciselyas possible.Hence detectorsare groupedinto zones. For conventionalsystem,
each zone is connectedto the controllerby a separatecircuit. For addressablesystems,
one circuit may connect up to gg detectorsand protectseveral zones.
(a) Zones configuration

guidelines
- The maximumfloor area of a zone should not exceed 2OOm2
-
- The search distance - the total travel distance by a searcher within a fire zone to
determinevisuallythe positionof a fire should not exceed 30 metres.
- A singlezone may extend to cover severalfire compartmentsbut shall lie along

compartmentboundaries.
(iv) Type of Fire Detection System

There are four types of fire detectionsystems:
(a) Conventionalsystem
(b) Addressablesystem
(c) Analogueaddressablesystem
(e) Air samplingsystem
13.1.3Design Checklist
(i) Systemshall be designedin accordanceto UBBL and relevantstandards.
(ii) All requirementsand limitationsstatedwithin UBBL shall be observed.
a. Systemtype : Conventional/ Addressable/ AnalogueAddressable/ Air sampling
b. Totalfloorarea : m2
c. Buildingheight:
d. Totalnumberof Zones:
154
e. Max area per zones i m2
f. Max number of detector I zone-.
g. Numberof loops :
h. Alarmmode : Manual/Automatic
I3.2 CONTROLAND INDICATTVE

EQUIPMENT
13.2.1 Concept
lontrolandlndicative Equipment willcompriseequipmentfor thereception,
indication, controland
elayingof signalsoriginating
fromdetectorsor manualcallpointsconnected
to it, andfor activation
rf alarmsoundersand alarmsignalingdevices.
13.2.2
DesignRequirements
i) Codesand Standards
Controland Indicative
Equipment
for automaticfiredetectionandalarmsystemshallcomply
with:
8.5.5839:Part1
- AutomaticFireDetectionandAlarmSystemfor Buildings:
Codeof practice
for SystemDesign,lnstallation
and Servicing
8.S.1404:Part4
- Specification
for controland indicativeequipment
ii) OperationRequirements
( a ) T h e m a i nC o n t r o a
l n d I n d i c a t i v eE q u i p m e nst h a l lb e l o c a t e di n t h e b u i l d i n gf i r e
command/controlcentrein areaon the groundfloor.lf command/ controlcentreis not
available, it shallbe sitedwhereit can be underconstantobservation in a positionclearly
visiblefromthe mainentrance.
(b) Noiseor othersoundlevelsin the vicinityof the Controland lndicativeEquipment

shouldnot maskthe audiblealarmof sounderslocatednearthe controlpanel.
(c) Theambientlightlevelin thevicinityof the Controland lndicative

Equipment shouldbe
suchthatanyvisualindicationscanbe clearlyseen,andanyinstructions for usecan be
clearlyread.
(d) Controland IndicativeEquipmentshouldbe sitedin areasof low risk,so that the

equipmentis unlikelyto be involvedin a fire beforeadequatewarninghas beengiven.
(e) lf the systemusesautomaticdetectors,thenthe areawherethe Controland Indicative

Equipment is sitedshouldbe protectedby the detectionsystem.
(f) Thefirealarmsystemshouldindicatethe originof the fire.The indicationsshouldbe

suchthattheycan be easily,quicklyand unambiguously relatedto the positionin the
building
fromwhichthealarmhasoriginated.
155
(g) The primaryindicationof the originof the alarm should be an indicationof the zone of
origin.
(h) The method of identificationshould be developedto match the extent of the premises.
The methodused shouldensure rapid locationof the fire, and should enabledecisions
to be made as to which parts (usuallyfire compartments)need to be evacuated.
0) The locationmay be shown by one or more of the following:
- A displayof lettersand / or numbers,togetherwith a suitablekey

(whichmay be the planof a building).
- A permanentmimicdiagram.
Note: Printersare not consideredsuitableas a primaryindication,since in the eventof

ink, ribbonor paper being exhausted,the indicationwill be lost.They may, however,be
acceptanceas a backupto anotherdisplay.
(k) On or adjacentto the Controland IndicativeEquipmentshouldbe a completeset of the

latestarchitecturebuildingplans indicatingthe layoutsof all fire protectionsystemsand
equipment,the circulationarea and escaperoutes,and all fire alarm zones.
(l) All Controland lndicativeEquipmentshouldbe connectedto the nearestfire station

throughCMS system.
(m) The operationof all manualcontroland isolatingdevicesshouldbe limitedto authorised

personnel.Where controlsneed to be operatedduring afire, access should not be
controlledby a key - entered code.
(n) A logbookshallbe kept in whichdetailsof all alarm(genuine,practice,test or false)fault,

isolation,test and serviceshallbe recordedin this logbook.Whenthe fire alarmsystemis
equippedwith a printer,the printout informationmay be the event log record,but shall
be tagged and recorded in the logbook.A recommendedformat for the logbook is
describedin Table 13.1.
TABLE 13.1 Log record for Automatic Fire Detection and Alarm system.
156
13.2.3Testing and Gommissioning
(i) Checkand ensureControland IndicativeEquipmentis locatedin the controlroom on the i

groundfloor near the main entranceof the building.
(ii) Ensurethe ambient light and noise environmentwill not affectthe proper operationof the
Controland lndicativeEquipment.
(iii) Checkand ensurethat the Controland IndicativeEquipmentis locatedin the area of low risk.
(iv)- Check and ensurethat the controlroom is protectedby automaticfire detectionand alarm
system.
(v) Checkand ensurethat the Controland IndicativeEquipmentis testedto MS 1404 : Parl4 :

1996and is type approvedby the Fire and RescueDepartmentMalaysia.
(vi) Check and ensure that the facial featuresand the monitoringfacilitiesprovidedfor at the
Controland IndicativeEquipmentcomplywith the requirementsof the Fire Rescue
DepartmentMalaysia.
(vii) Check and ensurethat a completeset of the latestarchitecturebuildingplans indicatingthe

layoutsof all fire protectionsystemsand equipment,the circulationarea and escaperoutes,
and all fire alarmzones is kept in the controlroom.
(viii) Check and ensurethat a logbookis kept in the controlroom for loggingall eventsto-date.
(ix) Before initiatingtest, ensure that the back-up batteryis properlyconnectedand ensure main
power is beingsuppliedto the Controland lndicativeEquipment.
(x) With the Controland IndicativeEquipmentswitchedon, ensurethe " Mains On " and " DC
On" indicationsare illuminated.Ensurealso " MainsFail " and " ChargerFail " indicationsare
not illuminated.
(xi) The voltagereadingat the voltmetreat the Controland IndicativeEquipmentshould read

24 ! 4 volts.The amperemetre shouldregisterminimumor no readingat all.
(xii) "
lnitiate Test Battery"by activatingthe toggleswitch and ensurevoltmetrereadingis at24
volts,with the ammetrereadingcertainchargingcurrent.
ixiii) Initiatetests of detectorsand MCPs at differentzone respectivelyand ensurethe signal is

relayedbackto the correspondingzone thougheach respectiveindicationson the Control&
lndicativeEquipment.
ixiv) lnitiateauxiliaryequipmentand ensure the status is monitoredas per indicationon the

ControlIndicativeEquipment.
ixv) For addressablesystem,initiatetestsof detectorsand MCPsat differentdetectorsand MCPs

and ensurethat the signatureof each of them is correctlyprogrammedin accordanceto the
intendedzonings.
ixvi) For all auxiliaryshut down outputs,initiatetest on activatingdeviceand recordthe response

at the auxiliaryequipmentto ensurecircuitryis working.
157
(xvii) Initiatetest of detector/ MCPs to ensuretwo stagealarm is in correctoperatingmode.
(xviii) Initiatefault on detector/ MCPs and ensure signal is monitoredback to the Control &
IndicativeEquipmentat the respectivezone.
(xix) Disableindependentzone and initiatetest on detector/ MCPs and ensurethat even though
visualalarm indicationis registeredon the Controland IndicativeEquipment,there is no
audioalarm withinany partsof the building.
(xx) Initiatelamp test on the Controland IndicativeEquipmentand ensurethat all indicating

lightsare illuminated.
(xxi) Initiate" Evacuation"switchand ensuremasteralarmindicationis illuminatedand all system

sounderunitsare activatedfor full evacuation.
(xxii) For all tests conductedwhich involvedthe initialisation

of an alarm signal,ensurethat the
mastersounderdevice on top of the Controland IndicativeEquipmentis activatedas per
requirementstated in the standard.
(xxiii) For all tests conductedwhich involvedthe initialisation

of a fault signal,ensurethat the
buzzerwithinthe ControlandIndicativeEquipmentis activated.
(xxiv) Turn off mains power supply to the Controland IndicativeEquipmentand ensure that the
back-uppower supply is healthyand is able to sustainthe load as per the requirementin
accordanceto the standards.
a. Controland IndicativeEquipmenttestedto :
b. Controland IndicativeEquipmentApprovedtype :
c. BOMBA Approval Certificate:
d. Expiry Date of BOMBA Approval Certificate:
e. Zone Alarm Indication/ RockerSwitch
f. Zone Fault Indication/ Rocker Switch
g. Zone lsolateIndication/ RockerSwitch
h. MainsOn Indication
j. DC On Indication
k. MainsFailIndication
m. BatteryFail Indication
n. ChargerFail Indication
158
n. Bell Line Fault lndication
o. Lamp Test ToggleSwitch/ Full Indication
p. BatteryTest Toggle Switch
q. Buzzer SilenceToggle Switch
r. Bell SilenceToggleSwitch
s. System Rest Toggle Switch
t. Fire BrigadeToggle Switch
u. Duty Pump Run Indication
v. StandbyPump Run lndication
w. JockeyPump Run Indication
x. Pump ManualIndication
y. A.H.U.Trip Indication
z. Fire SuppressionSystemDischargelndication
13.3Audio & VisualAlarm
13.3.1
Concept
Duringa fire,if firealarmsystemis installed,activation
of an alarmsounderis to arousetheattention
of the occupantsso thatevacuation can be carriedout withoutcausingharmto the occupants.
(i) Godeand Standard
AudioandVisualFireAlarmSystemshallbe designed to:
8.5.5839: Part1
- FireDetection
andAlarmSystemForBuildings
Codeof Practice
and Servicing
(ii) DesignGuidelines
(a) A minimum soundlevelof 65 dB (A),or 5 dB (A)aboveambientnoiselevel(whicheveris
greater)sustainable
for a periodof minimum30 secondsshouldbe produced by the
SounderUnit.
(b) ForSounderUnitthatneedto arousesleepingperson,the minimumsoundlevelshould

be 75 dB (A)at bedheadwithall doorsclosed.
(c) Thetype,numberandlocation shouldbe thatthe alarmsoundis

of fireAlarmSounders
distinctive
frombackground
noise.
159
(d) AllAlarm Sounderswithina buildingshouldhave similarsound characteristics.
(e) In areaswhere a normaltype of soundermay be ineffective,visualalarmsignalneed to

be provided.ln general,visualalarmsignalshouldonly be usedto supplementaudible
alarm,and shouldnot be used on its own.
(i) Checkand ensureAlarm SounderUnit is properlysecured.
(ii) Checkand ensureAlarm SounderUnit wiring is properlysecuredto its terminals.
(iii) Check and ensure cable carryingconduitconnectedto the Alarm Sounder Unit is secured
with cable lug.
(iv) Check and ensure all circuitrycables of Alarm Sounders Unit are of correcttype and correct
size in accordanceto the requirementsof the Code.
(v) Alarmsounderunit shouldbe testedby activationusing ManualCall Pointof the same zone:
note the sequenceof the alarm.
(vi) Alarm Sounder Unit should be tested by simulationof activationof fire detectorsof the same
zone; note the sequenceof alarm.The same Alarm SounderUnit shouldalso be tested by
simulationof activationof fire detectorsof differentzone; note sequenceof alarm.
(vii) Other than A/C power supply,Alarm SounderUnit shouldalso be tested using back-up
batterypowersupplysimulatinga powerfailure.
(viii) Qualitativeassessmentof Alarm SounderUnit shouldbe carriedout in generalto assessthe

audibilityof alarmsignal.When in doubt,quantitativeassessmentshouldbe carriedout.
(ix) All visualalarmunitsshouldbe testedfor theirflash rate and theirfrequencies.They should

also be testedagainstbackgroundlightingconditionand ensurethere is no maskingof the
visualsignalby any other lightfittings.
13.3.4 Design Checklist

a. Alarm SounderUnittestedto :
b. AlarmSounderUnitApproved
type:
c. BOMBA Approval Certificatenumber :
d. ExpiryDateof BOMBAApprovalCertificate:
e. SoundLevelOutput@ 1m: dB(A)
f. Frequency/ FrequencyRange : - Hz - kHz
g. Type : Mechanical/Electrical/Electronic
h. Heightfrom floor level :
j. Type and size of cable used :
160
13.4 Manual Gall Points (MCP)
13.4.1Concept
Everyfiredetection systemmustincludecallpoints,so thatin theeventof a fire,helpcanbe called
immediately. All callpointsin the sameinstallation
shallhavethe samemethodof operation. All
call pointsshouldbe clearlyidentifiableand shouldnot requireinstructions as to their modeof
actuation.
'13.4.2
DesignGuideline
ManualCallPointshallbe basedon:
(a) B.S.5839 : Part1 : 19BB
- FireDetectionandAlarmSystemForBuildings
code of Practice for systemDesign,Installation
andservicing
(b) 8.5.5839: Part2 : 1983

- Specification
for ManualCall points
(ii) Design Guideline

(a) ManualCall Point shall be locatedon exit routesand in particularon the floor landings
or stairwaysand at exits to open air.
(b) ManualCall Point shall be locatedso that to raise an alarm, no person in the premises
need travel more than 30 metres.
(c) Manual Call Point shall be mountedat a height of 1.4 metres from the floor, easily
accessible,well illuminatedand conspicuouspositionsfree from obstruction.
(d) Manual Call Point shall be sited againsta contrastingbackgroundto assist in easy
recognition.
(e) The delay betweenoperationof a call point and the giving of the generalalarm should
not exceed 3 seconds.
(f) ManualCall Pointmay be flushedmountedwherethey may be seem readily.In locations

where they may be viewed from the side (eg. in corridor)they should be surface
mountedor semi-recessedin order to presenta side profilearea of not less than 750mm2.
(g) All coloursof the ManualCall Pointthroughoutthe entirepremisesshall be of the same

colour and shall be in brightred colourunlessotherwiseapprovedby Fire and Rescue
DepartmentMalaysia.
13.4.3Testing and Commissioning

(i) Checkand ensureManualCall point is properlysecured.
(ii) Checkand ensureManualCall Pointwiringis properlysecuredto its terminals.
(iii) Checkand ensurecablecarryingconduitconnectedto the ManualCall Pointis securedwith

cablelug.
161
(iv) Checkandensureallcircuitrycablesof ManualCallPointareof correcttypeandcorrectsize
to the requirements
in accordance of the Code.
(v) Testthe ManualCallPointusingtestingkey.
(vi) Testthe ManualCallPointphysically

andtimethe response
of theAlarmSounderUnitto be
within3 seconds.
(vii) FortwostageFireAlarmSystem,testthe ManualCallPointandensurethesequence

of the
FireAlarmis correctin accordance
to zoneconfiguration.
13.4.4Checklist
a. ManualCallPointtestedto :
b. ManualCall PointApprovedtype :
number:
c. BOMBAApprovalCertificate
d. ExpiryDateof BOMBAApprovalCertificate:
e. DistancebetweenMCP(30 metres):
f. Heightfrom floor level('1.4metres):
g. Type and size of cable used :
h. Surface/ FlushMounted:
13.5 Fire Detectors
13.5.1Goncept
of a fire- smoke,
(i) Firedetectorsaredesignedto detectone or moreof the threecharacteristics
heat and flame.No one typeof detectoris suitablefor all applications
and the finalchoicewill
dependon individual circumstances.
(ii) Most,if notall,fire detectorsare affectednotonlyby the detectedphenomena butalsoby the

behaviourof the phenomena withtime.However,all firedetectorswill alsorespondto someextent
to phenomena otherthanfire.
13.5.2DesignGuidelines
(a) 8.5.5839: Part5
- Specification
for OpticalBeamSmokeDetectors
( b ) M . S . 1 1 7 6: P a r t5
Part 5 : Heat SensitiveDetectors- Point Detectorscontaininga Static ElementSystem
( c ) M . S . 1 1 7 6P
: ar1.7
- Specificationfor Componentsof AutomaticFire DetectionSystems
Part.7: Specificationfor Power-typeSmoke Detectorusing ScatteredLight,Transmitted
Lightor lonization
162
( d ) M . S . 1 1 7 6: P a r tB
Part B : Specificationfor High TemperatureHeat Detectors
(e) M.S.1176 : P a r t9
Part 9 : Methods of Test of Sensitivitvto Fire
8.S.5839: Part 1
- Fire Detectionand Alarm Systemfor Buildings
Code of Practicefor SystemDesign,Installationand Servicing.
(f) AS 1603 : Part B

- AutomaticFire Detectionand Alarm System,MultipointAspiratedSmoke Detectors.
(ii) Types of Fire Detector

(a) Heat Detector
- FixedTemperatureHeat Detector
- Rate-of-RiseTemperatureHeat Detector
- Linear/Line Detector
(b) Smoke Detector

- lonizationSmoke Detector
- OpticalSmoke Detector
- AspiratingSmoke Detector
- Beam Detector
(c) Flame Detector

- Ultra Violet Flame Detector
- lnfra-redFlame Detector
(iii) DesignGuidelines
(a) Heat Detector(Point Detector)
- For open areas underflat horizontalceilings,the horizontaldistancefrom any point in
the area to the detector nearestto that point should not exceed 5.3 metres.
- In a corridorless than 5 metreswide, the horizontaldistancegiven in item a above may

be increasedby half the differencebetween5 metresand the width of the corridor.For
corridorwider than 5 metres,it shouldbe treatedas an open area.
- Undersame conditionstatedin a, for estimationpurposes,in any roomor compartment,

the number of point type heat detectorsfitted should not normally be less than the
room or compartmentarea dividedby 50m2.
- Heatdetectorshouldbe sitedso that theirsensitiveelementsare not lessthan 25mm or

morethan 150mmbelowthe ceilingor roof.
- For pitchedroof or north-lightroof,heat detectorsshouldbe installedwithineach apex.
- Detectorsshould not normallybe mountedon ceilingshigherthan the general limits

statedin Table 13.2.
163
( b ) Smoke Detector(PointDetector)
- For open areas underflat horizontalceilings,the horizontaldistance
from any point in
the area to the detectornearestto that pointshouldnot exceed2.5 metres.
- In a corridorlessthan 5 metreswide,the horizontaldistancegiven

in an abovemay be
increasedby half the differencebetween5 metresand the width of the corridor.For
corridorwiderthan 5 metres,it shouldbe treatedas an open area.
- Undersameconditionstatedin a, for estimationpurposes,

in any roomor compartment,
the numberof pointtype smoke detectorsfittedshould not normallybe less than the
room or compartmentarea dividedbv 100m2.
- Smokedetectorshouldbe sitedso that theirsensitive

elementsare not lessthan25mm
or more than 600mm belowthe ceilingor roof.
- For pitchedroof or north-lightroof, heat detectorsshould

be installedwithin each apex.
- Detectorsshould not normallybe mountedon ceilings

higherthan the generallimits
in Table13.2.
Table 13.2 Limits of Ceiling Height
Ceiling Heights
Detector Type
General Limits Rapid Attendance
Heat detectors
BS 5445 : Part 5 Grade 1 9.0 13.5
Grade 2 7.5 12.0
Grade 3 6.0 10.5
Point Smoke Detector 10.5 15.0
High TemperatureHeat Detector
BS 5445 : Part 8 6.0 10.5
OpticalBeamDetector 25.0 40.0
(c) AspiratingSmoke Detector

- Dependingon the sensitivityof the aspirateddetectors
and the responsetime required,
the area coverageof each aspiratedsmoke detectorshould generallybe limitedto
'1000m2.
- Each air samplingpointor capillaryheadsetshould

be sitedso that is not less than
25mm or more than 600mm belowthe ceilingor roof.
- Aerodynamicdesignedfittingsshouldbe used
to ensuresmoothtransportation
of
smoke particlesfrom the fire source to the detectionchamber.
- For open areas underflat horizontalceilings:

- Samplingholes of 2 mm diametershould be
separatedby intervalsas specifiedin
AS 1670 : 1995 and typicallyin the rangeof 2 to 8 metresintervalsalongthe length
of the pipeworkas well as betweeneach adjacentair-samplingpipework.
164
- Each Samplinghole shallbe identifiedin accordancewith AS 1670 : 1995.
- For low ceilingheightor raisedfloor void protection,the horizontaldistancebetween

air-samplingpoint shouldbe as per itemed.The horizontaldistancebetweeneach i
adjacentair-sampling pipeworkshouldbe reducedto coincidewith the angleof incident
of the smoke Particles'
- All air-samplingpipeworkshouldcomplywith BS 6099 or AS 2053 of 25mm nominal

overalldiameterand should be identifiedas a Fire DetectionSamplingPipe with
imprintat intervalsnot exceeding2 metres'
- All air-samplingpipeworkshould be supportedwith properbracketingat intervalsnot

more than 1.2 metresand shall be installedin accordancewith AS 3000.
(d) Optical beam detector

- Optical Beam Detectorshould be installedin accordancewith the manufacture's
instructions,with not more than 3 metresof the beam within 500mm of any wall or
partitionexcept those part of the beam within 500mm of the beam's transmitter,
receiveror reflectors.
- The maximumlength of the area protectedby a singleopticalbeam detectorshould not

exceed 100 metres.Withinthis limitation,the manufacture'srecommendationshould
be followed.
- lf thereis a possibilityof peoplewalkingin the area of the beam,then the beam should
be at least 2.7 metres above the floor.
- When optical smoke detectorsare used in roof void areas having dropping smoke
curtains,the beams shouldbe so arrangedso that they are not brokenby the smoke
curtainswhen theYare droPPed'
(e) Flame detector

- Flame detectorsshould be chosenfor applicationwhere there is the likelihoodof rapid
flame development,so that an alarm is requiredbeforeproductsof combustionor heat
will reacha thresholdlevelto raisean alarm'
- Flame detectorsare essentially"line of sight" deviceswhich can sensethe presenceof

flames in a set field of view. This field is generallydescribedby the cone of vision angle
and the maximumperpendicularsensitivityin metres,althoughother considerations
are imPortant.
- Considerationshould be to providefull coverageof the area to be protectedwith

maximummultiplecoverageto accountfor any detectormalfunction.
(i) Checkand ensureDetectoris properlyinstalled'
(ii) Check and ensureDetectorwiringis properlysecuredto its terminals'
(iii) conduitconnectedto the ManualCall Pointis securedwith

Checkand ensurecable-carrying
cablelug.
165
(iv) Check and ensure all circuitrycables of Detectorare of correct type and correct size in
accordanceto the requirementsof the code.
(v) Test the detectorusing standardtesting procedurein accordanceto the recommendationof

the standards.
(vi) ForAspiratedSmokeDetector,the criteriafor testingthe systemis the responsetime.The

responsetimeis definedas the timeregistered fromthe momenttestsmokeparticlesare
introduced at the leastfavorablepointto the timetheyare detectedat the smokedetector
chamber. Themaximum responsetimeshouldnotexceed90 seconds. Theresponse registered
at the controllershouldbe at least30%of the sensitivity
of the detectorsystem.
13.5.4Checklist
(i) PointDetector
a. Detectortestedto :
b. Detectortype : R.O.R i lonization/ Optical/ Infrared/ UV
c. DetectorMode : Conventional/ Addressable
d. BOMBAApprovalCertificatenumber:
e . ExpiryDateof BOMBAApprovalCertificate
:
f. Manufacture
:
g . Countryof origin:
h . Distancebetweendetector:
j. Heightfromfloorlevel:
k. Distancefromthe slab:
t. Typeand sizeof cableused
m. Typeof conduitused:
(ii) AspiratedDetector
a. Detectortestedto :
b. Detectortype :
c. BOMBAApprovalCertificate
number:
d. ExpireDateof BOMBAApprovatCertificate
:
e. Manufacturer:
f. Countryof origin:
g. Type of air-samplingpipe :
166
j. Types of pipe fittings :
k. Distancebetweensamplingpoints:
l. Distancebetweensamplingpipes :
m. Heightfrom floor level :
n. Distancefrom the slab :
o. Type and size of cable used :
p. Typeof conduitused:
13.6.Power Supply
13.6.1Concept
A vast majorityof the fire alarmsystemrelieson electricalpowerfor theiroperation.No electrical
powersourceis totallyreliable;everypowersourcewill fail sometimes,even if it is for a limited
periodonly.
The requirements for fire alarm systempowersupply is generallybasedon the principlethat

the unreliability
of its mainsuppliessourceshouldnot affectthe reliability
withwhicha firealarm
respondsto a fire.
In general,high reliabilityof the powersupplyof fire alarmsystemcan be realisedby a normal

supplyfrompublicmains,backedup by readilyconnected batteryback-upsupplyin caseof main
supplyfailure.
(i) Gode& Standard
PowerSupplyshallbe designedbasedon:
M.S.1745:Part4
Part4: PowerSupplyEquipment
(ii) General
(a) Any cablesdirectlyconnectedto a publicor privatedistribution
boardshouldbe in
accordance
witha currentissueof IEEWiringRegulations.
( b ) C o n n e c t i o on f m a i np o w e rs u p p l yt o f i r e a l a r mp a n e ls h o u l db e v i a a n i s o l a t i n g
protection device(eg.isolating fuse)reserved solelyfor thatpurpose. Thecovershould
be colouredredand labeled"FireAlarm:Do NotSwitchOff'.
(c) Arrangement shouldbe madeso thatthe continuity powersupplyto the

of theelectrical
firealarmsystemis ensured. careshouldbe takenwherethereis a tendency
Particular to
switchedoff power supplyto a switchboardeg. Duringmaintenance when
of machinery,
unoccupied or for economyin theconsumption of electricity.
167
(iii) Types of Power Supply
(a) Normalsupply
- Normalsupplyshallbe from the publicmains,through private
a switchboard.
In the
absenceof publicpower supply,privategeneratedpower may be used.
(b) Secondarybatteries
- T h e m o s t c o m m o n l yu s e t y p e o f s t a n d b ys u p p l y
i s a s e c o n d a r yb a t t e r yw i t h a n
automaticcharger.
- Wheresucha batteryis used,it shouldbe of

a type havinga lifespanof at least4 years
underthe conditionof use likelyto be experiencedinsidethe fire alarm panel.
- Since the life of the batteryis frequentlydependent

on its chargingconditions,care
shouldbe takenthat the batterychargersatisfiesall requirementsspecifiedby the battery
manufacturer.
- where replacementbatteriesor battery capacities,

refer to (iv) and (v)
- The chargingrateof the batteryshouldbe such

that, havingbeen dischargedto its final
voltage,the batterycan be chargedsufficientlyto comply with the recommendations
of
(v), after a chargingperiodof 24 hours.
(c) SecondaryBatterieswith StandbyGenerator

- In most premises,other than suppliestaken
from the publicmains,an emergency
generatoris providedwhich startsautomatically
on failureof the normalsupply.
- Sincethereis a time delaybetweenthe mainspower

failureuntilthe generatorcranked
into life to provideemergencybackup power supply,the secondarybatteriespower
supplyis essentialto providecontinuousoperationof the fire alarm system.They
are
also essentialshouldthe emergencygeneratorfail to be activated.
(iv) Maximum Alarm Load

(a) The maximumalarm load is the maximumload imposedby the automatic
fire alarm
systemon a powersupplyunderfire conditions.lt includesthe powerrequiredto
operate
all the sounderssimultaneously,togetherwith any visibleor audibleindications
at the
Controland IndicativeEquipment,any power drawnfor the operationand/ or indication
of ancillaryservicesand the transmission of signalsto remotemannedcentres.Becauseof
the possibilityof spreadof fire throughoutthe building,the systemshould
be able to
s u p p o r tt h e m a x i m u mn u m b e r o f d e t e c t o r st h a t c a n s i m u l t a n e o u s l yg i v e
signals
indicatingfire, and the operationof manualcall pointat all zones.
(b) Mrmal and standbypowersupplyshouldeach be capableof supplying

the maximum
alarm load irrespectiveof the conditionsof othersupply.
(c) The load imposedon the power supply by the simultaneousoperation

of detectorsand
/ or manualcall pointsshouldnot cause an existingfire alarm to cease.In system
using
microprocessors or storedprograms,the impositionof the maximumalarm load should
not cause incorrectoperation.
168
(v) Duration of the Standby Supply
(a) The standbypowersupplyshouldbe capableof automatically maintainingthe systemin
normaloperationfor a periodof not less than 24 hours after the detectionof a fault in the
normalsupplyand the initiationof remedialaction.
(b) lf the buildingis likelyto be unoccupiedand the fire alarm systemunsupervisedfor

periods longer than 24 hours, so that on reoccupation,the standby supply could be
exhaustedand the system inoperable,then facilitiesshouldbe providedto give protection
for a period of at least 24 hours after reoccupation,with sufficientcapacityat the end of
that time to sound an evacuationalarm in all zonesfor at least30 minutes.
( c ) F o r i t e m 1 3 . 6 . 2V . b . , n o r m a l l yt h e a s s u m p t i o nf o r t h e l o n g e s tu n o c c u p i e da n d
unsupervisedperiodis taken over a long weekend,which is 72 hours.
(vi) Baftery Charger

(a) To preservethe life of the Standby backup batteries,the proper selectionof the battery
charger is very important.
(b) Incorrectselectionof batterychargerand chargingmethodwill causethe batteryto be

overchargedthereby causingdeteriorationof the electrodesand hence the performance
and the life span of the battery.
(c) For maintenancefree sealed Lead-acidBattery,the Constantvoltageconstantcurrent

charge methodis recommended.As chargingproceeds,there is a rise in batteryvoltage,
the constantvoltagechargerwill detectthe voltageincreaseand controlof the charger
amount.
(d) The constantvoltageconstantcurrentchargerhas currentlimitationto preventthe initial

current (at low batteryvoltage)from increasing.
(vii) Battery Installationand Servicing

(a) standby batteriesshould be secured from excessivevibrationor impact.
(b) All standbybatterieswhen housedwithinthe Controland IndicativeEquipmentshould

be compartmentand positionedaway from any heat generatingbody (eg. transformer).
Batteriesshould be stored in upright positionwith batterycompartmentwell ventilated.
(c) Batteriesmay producea combustiblegas. Avoid installationof closedequipmentnear

sparks(i.e.near a switchor fuse).
(d) Usingvinylchloridesheathedcableor a vinylchloridesheetmay inducecrackon battery

containeror cover.
(e) Avoid usingbatteriesin the followingareas:

- Area exposedto directsunlight
- Area where there is excessiveradioactivity,infra-redradiation,or ultra-violetradiation
- Area filledwith organicsolvent,vapor,dust, salt,or corrosivegases.
- Area of abnormalvibration
(f) When connectingthe batteryto a charger or a load, keep the circuit switch OFF and
connectthe battery's(+) pole to the (+) pole of the chargeror the load and the (-) pole to
the (-) pole of the chargeror load.
169
(g) Neveruse batteriesof differentcapacities,batteriesof differentperformances,or new and
old batteriestogether.
(h) Inspectand checkfor the followingabnormalities,discoverthe cause and replaceany

defectivebatteries:
- Any voltageabnormalities
- Any physicaldefects (eg. crackedor deformedcontainer)
- Any electrolyteleakage
- Any abnormalheat builtup
(viii) BatteryCapacityCalculation
(a) For batterycapacitycalculation,referto Table 13.3
13.6.3Testing and Commissioning

(i) Ensure batteriesare properlyconnectedto each respectiveterminal.
(ii) Check batterycapacitywith volt metre to ensure the batteryis fully charged.Healthybattery
should record 24 volts.
(iii) Recordthe date of commissioningon the batterieswith markerpen.
(iv) Turn off the mains power supply of the fire alarm indicatingand control panel, the volt metre
on the panel surfaceshouldregister24 volts t 4 volts.The amperemetre should registerlitle
or no readings.
(v) Usingthe facilitiesprovidedon the Controland IndicativeEquipment,initiatea mainspower

failure.
(vi) Initiateall sounders,manualcall points,selecteddetectors,ancillaryoutputsand any other

power consumptiondevicesfor 30 minutes.
(vii) Monitorthe performanceof the batteriesand comparewith the power curve providedby the
manufacturerto ensure compliancewith the specification.
(viii) Rechargedthe batteriesto fully charged status before conductingthe standby power test.
(ix) For standbypowertest, repeatctauses 13.6.3(ii), 13.6.3(iv) and 13.6.3(v)
(x) Recordtime of conductingtest and lock and seal the Controland lndicativeEquipmentand
controlpanelincludingthe batterycompartment.
(xi) Record the battery72 hours later with volt metre. Initiateall soundersfor 30 minutes,the
batteryshouldbe able to sustainsuch operation.
(xii) Turn the mains power supplyback on and ensurethe durationrequiredto rechargethe
batteriesthe batteriesto full charge capacity is within the duration specified by the
manufacturerand as stipulatedby the standards.
, (xiii) Check each batterywith voltmetreto ensure batteriesregistered24 volts.
170
13.6.4Ghecklist
a. BatteryManufacturer:
b. Makeand Model:
c. :
Countryof manufacture
d. :
TestStandard
e. Lifeexpectancyof Battery: Years
f. BOMBAapprovalcertificatenumber:
g. :
ExpiryDateof BOMBAapprovalcertificate
h. BatteryCapaci$:- AH
j. BatteryVoltage: Volts
k. TypeofCharger:
l. Methodof charging :
m. ChargerCapacity:
n. (charger):
o. No of zoneson FireAlarmPanel:
p. :
No of Sounders
q. No of ManualCall Points:
r. No of Detectors :
s. on panel:
No of Indications
t. No of Ancillaryoutput:
171
Table 13.3 Battery Standby Power RequirementCalculation
FireControlandlndicativePanel zones_ rype
1. MasterController 1 x-
2. C.M.S.to FireBrigade 1 x
3. ZoneUnit _x_
4. SmokeDetectors X
5. HeatDetectors
6. Smoke/ HeatDetector
7. l.R./U.V.Detector _x_
8. AudioFireAlarmUnits _x_
9. VisualFireAlarmUnits X
10. Audio/ VisualF.A.Units

Points
11. ManualCall
12. PumpIndications
13. A.H.U.Tripping
FireSupp.Sys. _ x _
14. Energized
WarningLg.
15. GasDischarge X
DropCurtain
16. Energized
17. B.A.S.
18. RollerShutter _x_
DoorHolder
19. Magnetic _x_
20. SmokeExtractSystem X
21. Interface
Units
22. OtherAncillaryOutputs x =
TotalAlarmLoad Amp
172
B Standby Load Ampere Ampere
1. MasterController 1 x_
2. C.M.Sto FireBrigade 1 x-
3. ZoneUnit _x_
4. SmokeDetectors X
5. HeatDetectors _x_
6. Smoke/ HeatDetectors _x_
7. l.R./U.VDetectors X
8. AudioFireAlarmUnits
9. VisualFireAlarmUnits
1 0 . Audio/ VisualF.AUnits _x_
' t 1 . Manual
CallPoints X
12. InterfereUnits
1 3 . OtherAncillary
Outputs _x_ =
Total StandyLoad Amp

==============
BatteryCapacitySizing= (A x 1 H) + (B x 24 H) AmpereHour
=_ X 10%(SafetyFactor)
=_ A.H (AmpereHour)
=_ A.H (ToManufacturer's
Requirement)
Note:Batterycapacitysizinghasto be selectedbasedon the manufacturer's

availablesize.The
selectionshouldonlybe basedon selecting the nextsizeup fromthe manufacturer's
tableif the
exactsizecalculated
is notavailable
on the market.
13.7 Cables & Wirings
13.7.1Concept
ForfireDetection
andAlarmsystemto functionsatisfactorily
duringa firecondition,
all interconnections
betweencomponents shouldbe intactandshouldbe operational.
'l3.7.2 DesignRequirements
(i) Codeand Standard
Cablewiringshallbe designedbasedon:
8.S.5839: Part1
- FireDetection
andAlarmSystemForBuildings
- Codeof Practice
and Servicing.
173
(ii) General
A wide varietyof cablescan be used in variouspartsof a fire alarmsystem.However,because
of their varyingabilitiesto resistsfire and electricalor mechanicaldamage,many of these
cables may be restrictedin their suitabilityfor specificapplications.The applicationis
cfassifiedaccordingto the need for fire protectionas in Clauses7 .24 and 7.25.
(iii) Application
(a) Prolongoperationduringa fire is required:
- Cablesusedfor the interconnectionof components of a firedetectionand alarmsystems
and requiredto continueto operateaftera fire is discovered,eg. Controland Indicative
Equipment,sounders,power supply.
- Cablesusedwithinthe protectedpremisesfor the transmission

of the alarmto a remote
centreshouldbe includedin this class.
(b) Prolongoperationduringa fire is NOT required:

- Cableswhich are not requiredto continueto appreciatedperiodsafter the fire is
discoveredor they are attacked by fire.
- Thesecableswill usuallybe only thoseto detectorsor manualcall points,but may also

includethoseancillarydevices(suchas door holders)in whichfailureof the cabledue to
a fire will not lead to a dangerouscondition.
(iv) Recommended Cable Types

Types of cables recommendedsubjectedto the restrictionon their use and the
recommendationsfor further protectionin Clauses7 .24 and 7 .25.
(a) Mineral-insulated
copper sheathed cable complyingwith BS 6207, with or without an
overallPVC sheath.
(b) Cablescomplyingwith BS 6387, meetingat leastthe requirements

for categorisation
as
AWX or SWX.
(c) Cablescomplyingwith BS 6387, meetingat leastthe requirementsfor categorisationas A

or S.
(d) PVC-insulated
and sheathedcablescomplyingwith BS 6004.
(e) PVC-insulated
non-sheathedcablescomplyingwith BS 6004.
(f) PVC-insulated
cablesof type BK, BR and BU complyingwith BS 6231.
(g) PVC-insulated
and sheathedsteel-wire-armoured
cable complyingwith BS 6346.
(h) General- purposeelastomer-insulated polyethylene

textile-braided or hard ethylene
propylenerubberinsulationcomplyingwith BS 5467.
0) Polyethylene-insulated
PVC-sheathedcoaxialcable,with a centralconductorof not less
than 16 strandsI 0.2mm in diameter,but otherwisecomplyingwith the dimensional
requirementsof BS 2316 : Part 3 for UniradioSheetM210.
174
(k) Cablesdesignedfor the detectionof heat.
(v) Gable Protection from Fire

(a) Prolongoperationduringa fire is required:
- Cablesrequiredto continueto operateduringexposureto a fire shouldbe type Clauses
and 13.7.2.(ivXb).
13.7.2.(iv)(a)
- Other cables may be used if they are buried in the structureof the buildingand
protectedby the equivalentof at least 12mm of plaster.
(b) Prolongoperationduringa fire is NOT required:

- Where prolongedoperationduring a fire is not required,any cableslistedin Clauses
13.7.2.(iv)can be used withoutany additionalfire protection.
Note:Cableslistedin Clauses13.7.2.(v)(a) (a.2)shouldstillcomply

(a.1) and 13.7.2.(v)(a)
with the requirementsin Clause 13.7.2.(vi)
(vi) Cable Protection from Electrical or Mechanical Damage

(a) ElectricalProtection
- M.l.C.C.cablesshouldbe electricallyprotectedby ensuringthat associatedequipment
complieswith the cable manufacture'srequirementfor voltage surge protection.
- Polyethylene-insulatedcoaxial cable should not be used with nominalvoltages

exceedinq50 volts.
- CablesOl.ign"O for the detectionof heat shouldbe used withintheir manufacturer's

ratings.
(b) MechanicalProtection
- Some of the cableslistedin Clause 13.7.2.(iv)are not sufficientlyrobustto withstand
mechanicalhazards,such as impact,abrasion,etc. In order to protectsuch cablesfrom
damage both during and after installation,it will be necessaryto providemechanical
protectionsby installationin conduit,ducting or trunkingor by layingthe cables in a
channel.
- Recommendations for mechanicalprotectionare as follows:

. C a b l e si n C l a u s e s1 3 . 7 . 2 . ( i v ) ( a ) , 1 3 . 7 . 2 . ( i v ) (ahn) ,d 1 3 . 7 . 2 . ( i v X j m
), ay be used
without mechanicalprotection.
. Cablesotherthan Clause 13.7.2.(vi)(a)

shouldalways have mechanicalprotection.
(vii) Conduit, Ducting and Trucking
(a) Metalor high impactrigid PVC conduitmay be used for cabling.High impactrigid PVC
conduitshouldcomplywith classification40511or 42511of BS 6099 : Section2.2.
(b) lf fire alarmcablesare run in trunkingor ducting,then eithermetaltrunkingor ducting;

or non-metallicductingor non-flamepropagatingtrunkingcomplyingwith BS 4678:
Part4 shouldbe used.
(c) All bracketingfor conduits,trunkings,ducting should be properlyconstructedand

securedat recommendedspecificintervals.
175
(i) Checkand ensurethat cableselectionfor each partof the Fire Detectionand Alarmsystemis
correct.
(ii) Ensureall cablesmet relevantfire, electricaland mechanicalprotections.
(iii) Ensureall conduits,trunkings,ductingcomplywith relevantstandard.
(iv) Ensureproperelbowsand tees with inspectionopenings,junctionboxesare usedwith conduit

for cabling.
(v) Ensureconduitsare properlysecuredto junctionbox,elbowand tees to preventcablingbeing

severedby dislocationof the fittings.
(vi) purposesand for ease of maintenance.

Ensureall cablesare colourcodedfor easy identification
(vii) Check and ensurebracketingat recommendedspecificintervals.
13.7.4Checklist
a. Type of Cablesused :
b. Size of cable :
c. Countryof Manufacture
:
d. MakeandModel:
e. StandardTested to :
f. BOMBAApprovalCertificateNumber:
g. ExpiryDateof BOMBAApproval:
h. Type of Conduit:
j. Size of Conduit:
k. Countryof Manufacture
:
l. MakeandModel:
m. Testedto :
Standards
n. BOMBAApprovalCertificate
Number:
o. Expiry Date of BOMBA Approval Certificate:
p. Type of Trunking:
q. Size of Trunking:
176
r. Countryof Manufacture
:
s. Makeand Model:
t. StandardTested to :
u. BOMBAApprovalCertificateNumber:
v. ExpiryDateof BOMBAApprovalCertificate:
13.8 VOTCEALARM SYSTEM (VAS)
13.8.1Goncept
(i) A voicealarmsystemis intendedto be usedin conjunctionwith a fire detectionand alarm
systemto controlthe safeevacuation
of buildingoccupantsbe providing:
(a) A clearandunambiguous
spokeninstruction
for evacuation
of the areaof immediate
risk
(b) Voicemessages
andsignalwhichcontribute
to the management
of an emergency.
(ii) VoiceAlarmSystem(VAS)linkedto FireDetectionandAlarmSystems(FDAS)mayalsobe

usedto givewarningof otherincidents,
eg.bombalert,chemical
spillageandextinguishing
agentdischarge.
(iii) Thesystemmayalsobe usedfor otherfunctions,

suchas broadcast
of music,pagingor general
announcementprovidedthat suchfacilitiesare alwaysoverriddenin the eventof an
emergency.
(iv) Oncea fireis detected,it is essentialthatpeoplebe evacuatedfromthe areasof immediate

dangeras quicklyas possibleto minimizeriskto life.This may presentfew problemsif
occupantsare familiarwiththe layoutof the site and has undergoneevacuationprocedure
drill.Forpublicassemblyareaswhereoccupantsare notfamiliarwiththe layoutof the siteor
haveno experience in evacuationprocedure, preciseverbalinstruction
will be necessary
on
the actionsrequiredof them.
(i) Codes& Standards
(a) VoiceAlarmSystem(VAS)shouldbe designedbasedon:
8 . S . 5 8 3 9P: a r t1
- FireDetection andAlarmSystemForBuildings
Codeof Practice for SystemDesign,lnstallation
andServicing.
B.S.5839: PartB
- FireDetection
andAlarmSystemfor Buildings
Codeof Practice
for the Design,Installation
andServicing
of VoiceAlarmSystem.
(ii) General
(a) Componentsof VASshouldbe compatible
to ensuretheeffectiveness
andintelligibility
of
broadcast
messages.
177
(b) Compatibility
shouldbe ensuredbetweenmicrophones, amplifiers,loudspeakersand
interconnectingcablesfor optimumperformanceof the system.Care shouldbe takento
withcableparameters,
ensurecompatibility suchas capacitanceand signalcharacteristics.
(c) The VAS should"latch"on when receivinga signalfrom the FDAS untilde-latchedby a
separatecommandfrom the FDAS.
(d) The interfacebetweenthe FDASand VAS shouldbe such that any delayin the automatic
transmissionof the relevantpre-recordedmessageis minimised.
(e) The delaybetweenoperationof a manualcall pointand the startof VAS broadcastshould

not exceed 3 seconds.
(0 lf the automatictransmission of the pre-recorded

messageis in responseto a signalfrom
an automaticfire detector,the broadcastshouldbeginwithin 10 secondsafter the detector
responded.
(iii) Loudspeaker Circuit

(a) The integrityof VAS should be equivalentto that recommendedby BS 5839 : Part 1 for
sounderunits.
(b) lt is recommendedthat the wiringof the speakercircuitsshould be arrangedthat, in the

event of a short-circuitdevelopedduring a fire, a minimum of one speaker should
continueto operate.
(c) All loudspeakercircuitsshouldbe protectedagainstfire and mechanicaldamage.
(d) An open-circuitor short-circuitfault on one loudspeakercircuit should not affect the

operationof any othercircuitor loudspeakerzone.
(e) A short-circuit
fault on a loudspeakercircuitshouldnot cause damageto the associated
amplifier.
(f) Any failureof a loudspeakercircuitshouldresultin a fault warningat the FDAS Control

and IndicativeEquipment.
(g) Additionalloudspeakercircuitsshouldbe providedin the followinghuge assemblyarea

(typicallywithina singlespace):
- Transportation
- Mall areas of coveredshoppingcomplexes.
- Publicareas of
. cinemas,theatresand other placesof entertainment
. large departmentalstores
. lecturetheatres.centers
- Any uncompartmented publicspaceswithina buildingif the space is:

. Greaterthan 4000m2in area or
. Designedto accommodatemore than 500 membersof the public
178
(iv) VisualAlarm Signal
(a) In areas with high backgroundnoise or where occupant is wearing
car protectorsor
impairedin hearing,the broadcastmessagesshouldbe supplementedwith visual
alarm
signals.
(b) Visualalarmsignalsshouldalwaysbe providedif backgroundnoiselevelsexceedgOdBA.
(v) lnterfacedwith Other Sound Systems

(a) lf thereare other independentsystemon site eg. publicaddress,pipedmusic
systemor
soundreinforcementsystem,pipedmusicsystemor sound reinforcementsystem,
switchingoutputshouldbe providedfor automaticallymutingsystems.
(b) Cancellation
of the mute shouldonly be possibleat the Controland IndicativeEquipment
of FDAS.
(vi) Gombined Use with Fire Atarm Sounder

when the VAS is supplementaryto the fire alarm system, it is recommendedthat:
(a) The operationof the fire alarm soundersshould not cause the intelligibility
of the voice
broadcastto be below the recommendedvalue.
(b) Attention-drawingsignal for introducingvoice messageshould be the same

as those
producedby the fire alarm soundersfor a similar stage of alarm.
(c) The procedurefor operatingsuch systemsshould be such as to avoid confusion

in an
emergency.
(d) lf it is necessaryto silencethe fire alarm soundersin order to broadcastthe

voice
messages,restartingof the fire alarm soundersshould be automaticwithin 10 seconds.
(vii) LoudspeakerZoning
(a) The VAS should be capableof being subdividedinto loudspeakeremergencybroadcast
zones determinedby specificevacuationprocedure.
(b) Loudspeaker
zonesneed not necessarilyfollowor be the sameas otherfire detectionzones.
(c) Loudspeaker emergencybroadcastzonesshouldbeiselectedso that an effectiveevacuation

of the building can be carried out without confusionor misinterpretationof the warning
message.
(d) Loudspeakerzone boundariesshould,where possiblecoincidewith compartmentation

walls,permanentpartitionsor doorswithinthe buildingfor distinctivezone separation.
(e) For loudspeaker

zonings,careshouldbe takento ensurethata singleloudspeaker zonings
may containone or more fire detectionand alarm zonings but NO single fire detection
and alarmsystemzone shouldcontainmore than one loudspeakerzone.
(viii) Protection of Loudspeaker

(a) To ensurethat failureof the associatedcircuitis unlikelyto occur if the loudspeakeris
exposedto fire beforeevacuationis completed,the designmeasuresshould include:
179
use of materialblockswith a meltingpointof not lessthan 650'C eg. ceramicmaterial,
or
use of terminalblocksof a lower meltingpoint but protectedwith thermalinsulation.

or
- designof the terminalblocks such that, on melting,an open-circuitor a short-circuit

does not occur.
(b) ln order to preventinadvertentcontact and damage by falling objectsor any other

accidentaldamages,everyflush-mountedceilingloudspeakersshouldbe fittedwith a rear
enclosure.This shouldbe constructedfrom non-combustible materialwith a melting
pointat least800"C,eg. steel.
(ix) Fire Microphone

(a) Fire microphoneshould be providedas a means of overridingpre-recordedemergency
broadcastmessages.
(b) As the microphoneis commonto all areasof broadcast,which may have variedambient
noiselevel,it shouldbe of a suitablegrade to achievethe requiredintelligibility
of sound
reproductionthroughoutthe entireinstallation.
(c) The recommendedtypes of microphoneare as follows:
- u n i d i r e c t i o n am
l , o u n t e do n a f l e x i b l eo r f i x e d w i t h b u i l t - i nw i n d s h i e l dt o p r e v e n t
"popping"
noisewhilstspeaking.The recommendedminimum+- 5 dB frequencyrange
for this type of microphoneis 200H2to 3kHz.
- hand-heldclose-talkingnoise-cancelling,
with an integralpress to talk switch.The
recommendedminimum+- 5 dB frequencyrangefor this type of microphoneis 250H2
to SkHz.
( d ) The sitingof fire microphone(s)

shouldbe agreedwith the Fire and RescueDepartment
( e ) Care shouldbe taken in locatingmicrophoneto avoid:
- soundcolouration
- feedbackfrom system loudspeakers
- pick-upand amplificationof backgroundnoise
- reverberantacousticconditionsat microphone,all of which can reducethe quality
of
the signal
(f) Fore accessibility,

the fire microphoneshouldeither:
- be dedicatedpurelyto the broadcast

of emergencymessages- careshouldbe takento
preventits use for non-emergencyfunctions.
- be used for emergencyand non-emergency

functions- care shouldbe exercisedand
meansshouldbe providedto preventnon-emergencybroadcastfrom overridinga pre-
recordedemergencybroadcast.
180
(x) Message Generator
(a) For an effectiveVAS, the reliability
and integrityof associatedmessagegeneratoris vital
as the sourcefor providingand deliveringpre-recordedemergencymessages.
(b) Messagegeneratorshouldbe designedto use solid-stateelectronic

exclusively for message
storageand control.Apart from relays(associatedwith statusor fault indication),there
shouldbe no moving parts;tape playeror disk drives,for exampleshouldnot be used.
(c) The recordingshould be storedin non-volatilememoryand the recordedmessages(s)

shouldbe protectedfrom unauthorizedchanged.
(d) The broadcastvoice shouldsoundnaturalwith high qualityrecording.No synthesised

voiceshouldbe used unlessthe resultantbroadcastsoundis indistinguishable
from that
of a humanvoice.
(e) Each messagegeneratorshouldbe monitoredcontinuouslyto ensurethe availabilityof

audio output.
(xi) Messages
(a) Everymessageshouldbe precededby an attention-drawing signal.This is a non-speech
signalin accordancewith 9.4.1.and 9.4.5.of BS 5839: Part 1 : 1988.The attention-
drawingsignalused for Alertand Evacuatealarmsshouldbe identical.Wherethis is not
the case,the signalshouldnot be in accordancewith 9.9 of B.S. 5839 : part 1 : 19gg.
(b) The messageshouldbe clear,concise,intelligible

and deliveredin a calmand commanding
manner.
(c) Live messagesshould be broadcastonly by operatorstrainedin the proper use of the

microphone.
( d ) E x c e p tw h e r e a F i r e O f f i c e ro r t r a i n e d p e r s o n i n a u t h o r i t yn e e d t o m a k e s p e c i a l
announcements in an emergencysituation,the operatorshouldbroadcastagreedstandard
messages,readingfrom a script.
(e) For pre-recorded messages,the recordingshouldbe madeby personstrainedin the proper

use of the microphone.The recordingsshouldbe made in a recordingstudioor a room
with a controlledacousticenvironmenthavingan ambientnoiselevel no greaterthan 30
dB and a reverberationtime no greaterthan 0.5 secondsfrom 150 Hz to 1OkHz.
(0 For EvacuationBroadcast,the time sequenceand formatof the broadcast.from startto

finish,shouldbe : -
Attentiondrawing signal - lasting4 secondsto 10 seconds

followedby
-,"r1,,',ly"loTfro
Brief$ilence to2 secol.rds
.
"T;l"tJ[";"n"
, Silence- lasting2 seconOs,to
S seconds
181
- Greenfor indicationof energisationand selectionof loudspeakerzone
- Any other indicationswithinVAS shouldnot be Red or Green
(d) The Controlequipmentshouldbe designedto functionreliablywheneverservicedand

maintainedin accordanceto the manufacturer'sinstructions.Equipmentshould be
designedto have a servicelife of at least 15 years.
(xiii) Power Supply

(a) The operationof VAS is more complexthan that of alarm sounders,where the power
supplyshouldbe in accordancewith BS 5839 : Part4 and followthe recommendations
for life safetysystemsof BS 5839 : Part 1 : 1988.
(b) The standbybatterycalculationsshould be as follows:
= 1.25i(Dr x Tr x tr) + (DzX Tz x lz))

Cmin
Cmin(AH) is the minimumcapacityof the batteryal20'C when new

[in amperehours(AH)]
Tr is the batterystandbyperiod[in hours]
lr (Amp) is the batterystandby(quiescent)load current[in amperes]lr is measured
or calculatedas the sum of the quiescentcurrentof all the componentsof
the VAS, based upon operationsat the nominalvoltage(V), including
contributionssuch as the currenttaken by the fault monitoringcircuits
Tz (hr) is the alarm conditionperiod[in hours]
lz (Amp) is the total batteryload currentwith all loudspeakerzones in full alarm
condition[in amperes]
Dr is a de-ratingfactorderivedfrom the manufacturer's data,based upon the
standby quiescent currentlrand the discharge time Tr. This factor is the
de-ratingfrom the 20 hours rate
Dz is a de-ratingfactorderivedfrom the manufacturer's data, based upon full
alarm load currentlz and the dischargedtime Tz. This factor is the de-
rating factor from the 20 hours rate and takes into account that the
dischargetime is not greaterthan 20 hours
1.25 the multiplying factoris includedto allowfor some ambienttemperature
variationand batteryageing
13.8.3Testingand Gommissioning
(i) Documentationshouldbe providedwithinor adjacentto the controlequipment:
(a) OperationInstruction(Ol) for the correctactionin the eventof an emergencyor fault

indication.
(b) Systemlogbook,similarto the fire detectionand alarmsystem.
(ii) Drawingsshouldbe providedto the user, showingthe positionsof the variousitems of

equipment,the size and routesof all cablesand wiringfor maintenanceand recordpurpose.
(iii) The completedinstallationshouldbe inspectedto ensurethatthe work has beencarriedout in

a satisfactorymanner,that the methods,materialsand componentsused are in accordance
with BS 5839 : PartB : 1998.
toJ
(iv) The systemshouldbe testedto ensurethat:
(a) The soundlevelproducedby the loudspeakers
is audiblethroughoutthe areaof coverage.
(b) Each loudspeaker zone shouldbe testedto ensurethe correctalarmmessageis given in

responseto bothautomaticinitiationand manualcontrols.Simulationof the automatic
initiationshouldbe conductedvia the Fire Detectionand Alarm svstem.
(c) Each loudspeakerzone shouldbe testedfor all othermessagesthrougheach and every

mode of initiationsimulatedthroughthe normaloperatingprocedure.
(d) Ensurethe interfacewith the Fire Detectionand Alarmsystemand any signalto ancillary
equipment,such as visualbeaconsare operatingsatisfactory.
(v) The installershould supply to the submittingperson and the Authoritya certificatestating
that the installationis in accordancewith the recommendations
given in relevantstandards.
(vi) Shouldtherebe any deviationfrom the standards,and providedthesestandardshave been

agreed and approvedby the Fire and Rescue DepartmentMalaysia,statementsof these
deviationsshould be given by the installertogetherwith the submissionsof the complete
certificate.
13.8.4Checklist
(i) Voice AlarmSystem
a. VASmanufacturer:
b. MakeandModel:
:
d. VASTestStandard:
e. BOMBAApprovedCertificateNumber:
f. ExpiryDateof BOMBACertificate:
(ii) Back-upBattery
a. Backupbatterymanufacturer:
b. Make and Modelof Batterv:
:
d. BatteryTestStandard:
e. BOMBAApprovalCertificateNumber:
f. ExpiryDateof BOMBAApproval:
g. Lifeexpectancy
of back-upBattery : Years
184
h. Back-upBatteryCapacity:
j. Voltageof Batterypercell: Volts
(iii) BatteryCharger
a. Chargermanufacturer
:
b. Type and Methodof Charging :
c. Chargercapacity:
d. Countryof chargermanufacturer
:
(iv) Loudspeaker
a. Loudspeaker
Manufacturer
:
b. Type of Loudspeaker:
c. Make and Model of Loudspeaker:
d. LoudspeakerTest Standard:
e. Dynamicrange of Loudspeaker: _ Hz to k{z
f. No of Loudspeaker
Zones:
g. Countryof Manufacture
:
h. BOMBAApprovalCertificateNumber:
j. Expirydateof BOMBAApproval:
(v) Fire Microphone
a. Fire Microphonemanufacturer:
b. Make and Modelof Fire Microphone:
c. Countryof Manufacture:
d. Type of Fire Microphone:
e. FireMicrophone
TestStandards
:
f. DynamicRangeof Fire Microphone: _ Hz to kHz
g. BOMBAApprovalCertificateNumber:
h. Expirydateof BOMBAApproval:
185
(vi) Cable
a . CableManufacturer:
b . Sizes of Cable/Cables:
:
d Make& Model:
e . CableTest Standard:
g. Expirydateof BOMBAApproval:
(vii) Conduit
a . Conduit
Manufacturer:
b. Sizesof Conduits:
c . Countryof manufacture
:
d . Make& Model:
e . ConduitTest Standard:
g. Expirydateof BOMBAApproval:
(viii) Trunking/Ladder
a . Trunking/Ladder
Manufacturer
:
b . Sizesof Trunking/Ladder
Countryof manufacture:
d. Make& Model:
e . Trunking/Ladder
Test Standard:
+ BOMBAApprovalCertificateNumber
g . Expirydateof BOMBAApproval:
186
systemis intendedto keep protectedescaperoutesof a buildingclearof smokeby

A pressurisation
meansof introducingsufficientfresh air to maintaina positivepressurein protectedescaperoutes
againstaccommodationarea.Protectedroutesmay includestaircases,lobbiesand in some cases,
the corridor.
Pressurisationsystem may be omitted if there is sufficientprovisionof natural ventilationin

protectedescape routesin accordanceto the UniformBuildingBy-lawsrequirementsand/orother
acceptablestandards.
1 4 . 2D ES IGNR E QU IR E ME N T S
systemshall be designedin accordanceto:
Pressurisation
(i) B y - l a w1s 9 6 ,1 9 7 , 2 O O , 2 a
On1d 2 O 2
o f t h eU B B L1 9 8 4
(ii) M51472
(iii) AS1668
14.2.2Methods of Pressurisation
(i) Method1 - PressurisingStaircaseonly
The protectiongiven by this method is entirelyconfinedto the verticalpart of the escape

route. lt shouldbe used only when a staircaseis approacheddirectlyfrom the accommodation
spaceor througha simplelobby. Each stackof staircaseshall be servedby an independent
pressurisation system.
(ii) Method2 - Pressurisingthe Staircaseand Lobby
lf a lobbyseparatingthe staircasefromthe accommodation spaceis otherthana simplelobby,

this lobbyshallbe pressurised of the staircase.The pressurelevelat the lobby
independently
shall be about 5 Pa less than the oressurelevelat staircase.
(iii) Method3 - PressurisingStaircase,Lobbyand Corridor
lf a corridoris of 30 minutesfire resistanceor more and forms part of a protectedescape

route,this corridorshallbe equippedwith eithera pressurisationsystemor smokeextraction
system.The pressurelevelat the lobby/corridorshallbe about5 Pa lessthan the pressurelevel
at staircase.
'l4.2.3 Detailed Design Requirements
The pressurisation
systemsshall be designedin accordanceto the followingparametres:-
(i) Method1 - PressurisingStaircaseonly
(a) The pressurelevel at staircaseshould be 50 Pa higher than the pressurelevel at

accommodationspace.
(b) A minimumegressvelocityof 1.0 m/s is requiredwhen 1 no. of staircasedoor is opened.

The no. of openeddoors shall be based on minimum2 nos. of doorsor no. of doorsfor
10ohof the totalfloors(worstcase condition),whicheveris higher.
188
(ii) Method2 and 3 - PressurisingStaircase,Lobbyand Corridor(whereapplicable)
( a ) T h e p r e s s u r el e v e l a t s t a i r c a s es h o u l db e 5 0 P a h i g h e rt h a n t h e p r e s s u r el e v e l a t
accommodationspace.
(b) The pressurelevelat lobby/corridor

shallbe higher(up to 45 Pa)thanthe pressurelevelat
adjacentaccommodationspace,but less than the pressurelevelat staircase.
(c) A minimumegressvelocityof 1.0 m/s is requiredwhen one lobbydoor and one staircase
dooron the samefloor are opened.The no. of openeddoorsfor bothstaircaseand lobby
shall be based on minimum2 nos. of doors each or no. of doors for lOYoof the total
floors(basedon worst case condition),whicheveris higher.
Worstcaseconditionrefersto the 10%floo(s) that havethe mostnumberof egressdoors.
14.3SYSTEMCOMPONENT
The installationand equipmentassociatedto a pressurisation

systemshallaccountfor:
14.3.1Air Intake Arrangement

Air intakeshallbe arrangedin a mannerthat it has minimumeffectfrom wind velocityand direction
and is at least5m away from any contaminatedexhaustoutlet.
14.3.2Fan Gapacity and Operation

(i) 10o/oor 25% of additionalvolumeflowrateshall be allowedfor sheet-metalor builders'work
ducting (masonryshaft) respectively.
(ii) Essentialpowershall be providedfor the operationof pressurisation

fan.
(iii) Pressurisationfan shallautomatically

startunderfire mode.Manualcontrolshall be provided
at bothfire commandcentreand on fan controloanel.
14.3.3Supply Air Outlets

(i) Air outletsshall be installedat not less than every 3 floorsin a staircase,in order to provide
efficientdistributionand even pressurefor the entirestaircase.
(ii) Thereshallbe at least1 no. outletper floorfor lift lobbypressurisation

system.These outlets
shall not be locatedcloseto the main leakagepath.
14.4TYPESOF STAIRCASE
PRESSURISATION
SYSTEMDESIGN
14.4.1
FixedAir SupplywithPressure
ReliefDampers
Fresh air is continuouslypumped into staircaseregardlessof the differentialpressurebetween
the staircaseand accommodationarea.The controlof differentialpressurebetweenstaircaseand
accommodation area relieson the operationof pressurereliefdampers.
Pressurerelief dampers shall open or close to maintaina 50 Pa differentialpressure between

staircaseand accommodationarea, when none of the doors are opened. Pressurereliefdampers
shall be providedat not more than 15 metres vertical intervalto maintain an even pressure
throughoutthe entirestaircase.
189
14.4.2VariableAir Supply with MotorisedBy-PassDamper
For such application,the air quantityflow into staircaseshallbe controlledby a motorisedby-pass
damper locatedat ductworkconnectingthe fan and the staircase.A differentialpressuresensor
shall be installednear the bottom of the staircaseand shall measure the pressuredifference
betweenaccommodationarea and the staircase.
In the event that the differentialpressureis more than 50 Pa, the motorisedby-passdamper will
bleedthe excessair into the atmosphereto maintainthe pressurelevel.
14.4.3Variable Speed Fan

The operationof this type of pressurisationsystem is similarto Clause 14.4.2except that this
system is equipped with variablespeed fan instead of having motorisedby-pass damper. The
speedof the fan will vary in orderto maintaina differentialpressureof 50 Pa betweenstaircaseand
accommodation area.
14.5 TYPES OF LIFT LOBBY PRESSURISATION SYSTEM DESIGN
14.5.1FixedAir Supply with PressureRelief Dampers

This systemis similarto Clause 14.4.1exceptpressurereliefdampersare locatedat everyfloor,in
orderto maintaina differentialpressurebetweeneach lift lobbyand adjacentaccommodationarea
at every floor. Fusiblelink fire dampersshall be installedwith the relief dampersto maintainfire
integritybetweenlobby and accommodationareas.
14'5.2VariableAir Supply with Motorised Fire DamperControl and Motorised By-pass Damper
Each lobby is equippedwith a motoriseddamper air outletand differentialpressuresensor. All
motoriseddampers shall be controlledin a manner that the differentialpressurebetween each
lobby and adjacentaccommodationarea is maintainedat up to 45 Pa. Excessair will be relieved
into the atmosphereby the motorisedby-passdamperat the fan discharge.
14.5.3VariableAir Flow with Motorised Damper Control and Variable Speed Fan
This system is similar to Clause 14.5.2except the motorisedby-pass damper is replacedwith
variablespeedfan.
14.6.1Duct Pressure Test

The entire pressurisationductwork shall be tested in accordanceto SMACNA HVAC Duct
ConstructionStandards- Metaland Flexibleand manufacturer's
recommendation.
This is to ensure
that air leakageis lessthan 10%.
14.6.2Flow Test
Each outletshall be balancedand testedto achievethe requireddesiqnairflow.
14.6.3 Performance Test

(i) A simulationtest shallbe carriedout with the no. of opendoorsas per design.The velocity
acrosseach openeddoorshallbe not lessthan 1.0 m/s.
(ii) Differentialpressurebetweenstaircaseand accommodationspace and betweenlobby and

accommodation spacewhen all doorsare closedshallbe measuredby usinga manometeror
digitalpressuremeteror analogytype pressuremeter.
190
14.7 DESIGN AND INSTALLATION CHECKLIST
14.7.1Design Gode and Standard Adopted

(i) Ms1472
(ii) AS1668
(iii) By-laws196,197,200,201,202of UBBL 1984
(iv) Other Standards,(to specify)
(i) No. of floors
(ii) No. of doors per floor
(iii) Determineno. of closedand openeddoors
(iv) Air leakagethroughcloseddoor
(v) Air flow throughopeneddoor
(vi) Fan sizing
14.7.3Visual Inspection Checklist

(a) Visual Inspectionof Ductwork& Fittings
(i) Sealant
(ii) Fusible-link
fire dampers
(iii) Motoriseddampers
(iv) Fire Rated Ductwork
(v) Fire Seal
(b) Visual Inspectionof Fan and Wiring

(i) Fan Installation
(ii) FlexibleConnection
(iii) Wiringtermination
(iv) Cablesize
(v) Fan controlpanel
(vi) Pressuresensor
(vii)Controlcomponents
14.7.4Testingand CommissioningChecklist
(a) Duct PressureTest
(i) Test pressure
(ii) Test Duration
(iii) Duct area
(iv) Theoreticalleakage
(v) Pressuredrop
(vi) Actualleakage
(vii)Test Apparatus
(b) Flow Test

(i) Currentand voltage
(ii) Flow acrosseach outlet
(iii) Totalflow
(iv) Theoreticalflow
(c) PerformanceTest
(i) Air speed acrossopeneddoors
(ii) Differentialpressurebetweenstaircaseand accommodationspace
19'1
(iii) Differentialpressurebetweenlobbyand accommodation
space
(iv) Differentiarpressurebetweencorridorand accommodationspace
(v) Operationof motoriseddampers
(vi) Operationof pressurereliefdampers
14.8CALCULATION
14'8'l Example of Staircase and Lift Lobby Pressurisation

System calculation
14.8.1,1GeneralDescriptionof Building
A 30 storey office buildingwith 2 staircasesconstructed
from ground floor up to roof level. Both
staircasesare connectedto fire fightinglift lobbies,which
in turn are connectedto accommodation
areas' There is only one singleleaf door per floor for staircase.
As for fire fightinglift lobby,there
is only one singleleaf door separatingeach lift lobbyand
the accommodationareas. There is one
door connectingthe lift lobbyto a serviceshaft. However,
this is not to be taken into accountas it
is opened into an enclosedarea. Therefore,there are 30
doors in total for both staircaseand fire
fightinglift lobbies.Referto Figure14.1
14.8.1.2Design Condition
(i) The staircaseand lift robbieswiil be independenflypressurised.
(ii) All pressurisation

shaftsare not providedwith sheet metalductwork.
(iii) Accordingto UBBL,the no. of openeddoorsshall be
minimum2 nos. or no. of doors at 10%
of the totalfloors(worstcondition),whicheveris higher.
Hence,for this case study,therewill
be 3 floorswhere all staircaseand lift lobbydoors=are
assumedto be opened.
(iv) The designof pressurisation
systemshallbe basedon constantspeedfan with pressure
relief
system.
14.8.2sample carcuration for staircase pressurisation

system
14.8-2-1Estimation of Air vorume Frowing past Doors
when Doors Are Grosed
(i) Designcriteriabasedon M51472
(ii) LeakageArea Calculation:

Basedon 50 Pa pressuredifferentialand interpolation
of data from Table 3 and 4 (MS1472).
CaseA Singleleafopeningintoa pressurised

space 2.0m(H) 210cmh
0.8m(W)
CaseB Singleleafopeningoutwardsfroma 2.0m(H) 420 cmh
pressurisedspace O.Bm(w)
CaseC Doubleleafopeninginto pressurised
space 2.0m(H) 630 cmh
1.6m(W)
No. of singleleaf doors openinginto pressurisedarea =
27
No. of singleleaf doors openingoutwardsfrom an pressurised
area = 0
No. of openedsingleleaf doors = 3
192
14.8.2.2Calculation of Air Leakage through Closed Doors
(i) (CaseA)
Air leakagefor 27 no. of door = 210 CMH x 27 = 5670 CMH
(ii) (CaseB)
(iii) (CaseC)
14.8.2.3Calculation of Total Air Leakage

T o t a la i r l e a k a g e= 5 6 7 0+ 0 + 0 = 5 6 7 0C M H . . . . . . . . . . ........ . . .(.A )
14-8.2.4Estimation of Air Flow Past 3 Opened Doors

(i) The size of each door is 2.00m (H) x 0.Bm(W)
(ii) Therefore,area of door is 1.60m2
(iii) Basedon designcriteriaof 1 m/s air flow throughdoor when the door is opened,air flowrate
= 1.60m2x 1.0 m/s x 60 sec x 60 min = 5760 CMH
(iv) For 3 openeddoors,the air quantity

= 5 7 6 0C M Hx 3 = i T 2 8 0 C M H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (. B )
'14.8.2.5Selection
of Capacity for Pressurisation Fan
(i) The minimumair required
= (A) + (B)
= 5670 + 17280CMH
= 22950CMH
(ii) Add 25% leakagefactor (masonry shaft)

= 28688CMH
Note: lf masonryshaft is of reinforcedconcrete,10% leakagefactoris adequate
(iii) The airflowof fan selected:

= 29000 CMH
14.8.3Sample Catculationfor Lift Lobby Pressurisation System
14.8.3.1Estimation of Air Volume Flowing Past Doors when Doors are closed
(i) Designcriteriabased on M51472
(ii) LeakageArea Calculation:

Based50 Pa pressuredifferentialandinterpolation
of data from Table 3 and 4 (MS1472).
193
TypeOf Door Size LeakagePer Door
(cMH)
CaseA Singleleaf openinginto a pressurisedspace 2 . 0 m( H ) 210
O.Bm(W)
CaseB Singleleafopeningoutwards
froma 2 . 0 m( H ) 420
pressurisedspace O.Bm(W)
CaseC Doubleleafopeningintopressurised
space 2 . 0 m( H ) 630
1.6m(w)
CaseD door2.0m(H)
Liftlanding 2.0m(H) ReferSection
2.0m(W) 5.3.2.3(MS1472)
No. of singleleaf doorsopeninginto pressurisedarea = 27

No. of singleleaf doors openingoutwardsfrom a pressurisedarea = 0
No. of openedsingleleaf door = 3
No. of lift landingdoors = 30
14.8.3.2Calculation of Air Leakage through Closed Lobby Doors

(i) (CaseA)
Air leakagefor 27 nos.of door = 210 CMH x 27 = 5670 CMH
(ii) (CaseB)
(iii) (CaseC)
14.8.3.3Calculationof Air Leakagethrough Closed Lift Landing Doors

Referto Equation(14)of sub-section
5.3.2.3of MS1472
E q u a t i o n : Q o = Qxc F
n
where,
Qo is the air leakagefrom one lobby past one lift door,
Q" is the air leakagefor an isolatedlift door (valuetaken from Table 4 or derivedfrom Qc =
0.0496x (Pr)1/2where PE is the pressurisation levelfor the lobby,
F is the factordependingon vent size in lift shaftand takenfrom the appropriatecolumnof
Table6 (MS 1472),
N is the numberof pressurisedlobbyopeningsinto the lift shaft
Hence,when appliedto;
(iv) (CaseD)
Qo (forone lobby) = Qc x F (assumelift shaftvent size = 0.16m2)

n
= 0.0496 x (50)1/2x 2.66m3/s

30
= 1 1 2C M H
194
Numberof lift(s) - 1
Totalleakage = 112 CMH x 30 landingsx 1 lift
= 3360 CMH
T a b l e6 ( M S 1 4 7 2 )
Valueof F for vent size

No. of pressurisedlobbiesopeninginto the lift shaft (=n)
0.1m2 0.16m2
1 0.860 0.94
2 1.280 1.60
3 1.460 1.99
4 1.540 2.22
5 1.580 2.35
6 1.610 2.44
7 1.620 2.49
I 1.630 2.53
I 1.640 2.56
10 1.645 2.58
12 1.650 2.60
14 1.655 2.62
16 1.660 2.63
above1 6 1.660 2.66
14.8.3.4Calculationof TotalAir Leakage

Total air leakage(beforeadjustment)= 5670 + 0 + 3360
= 9 0 3 0C M H . . . . . . . . . . (C)
14.8.3.5Estimation of Air Leakage through 3 Opened Doors

(i) The totalno. of doorsis 30. Therefore,the designcalculationshallconsider3 nos. of opened
singleleaf doors.
(ii) The sizeof the door is 2.00m(H)x 0.80m(W)
(iii) Therefore,area of door is 1.60m2
(iv) Basedon designcriteriaof 1 m/s air flow throughdoor when the door is opened:
= 1.60m2x 1.0 m/s x 60 sec x 60 min = 5760CMH
(v) For 3 openeddoors,the air quantity:

= 5 7 6 0C M H x 3 = 1 7 2 8 0C M H . . . . . . . . . . . , ( D )
14.8.3.6Selection of Pressurisation Fan Capacity

(i) The minimumair volumerequired
= (c) + (D)
= 9030 + 17280CMH
= 26310CMH
195
(ii) Allow leakagefactorof 25o/o(masonryshaft)
= 32888CMH
(iii) The airflowof fan selected

= 33000CMH
1 4 . 9 T E S T I N G A N D C O M M I S S I O N I N GP R O C E D U R E S
14.9.1
Each individualpressurisationsystem should be testedthoroughlyin terms of (but not limitedto)
staticpressureachievable,velocityof air throughdesigneddoors,operationand fail safe operation
of motoriseddampers(if installed)and activatedon receiptof the appropriatesignalingdevice.
14.9.2
The MasterControlPanelshouldprovidethe necessarypressurisation
fan switchesfor testingand
manualoverrideof fan operationby authorisedpersonnel.
14.9.3
All test data must be recordedand witnessedby the Client'srepresentativeand this information
must also be loggedin the O & M (Operation& Maintenance)Manual.
A full set of as-builtdrawings,systemsequencecontrol,schematicand servicingdata must also be

partoftheO&MManual.
14.9.4Example of Testing and Commissioning Record Sheet
14.9'4.1Function Test for Staircase/LiftLobby/Corridor Pressurisation System
Projecttitle:...........
Owner:
Consultant:
Contractor:
14.9.4.2Function Test for Staircase Pressurisation System
StaircaseNo.
(i) Measurethe differential

pressurebetweenaccommodation
areaand staircasewhenall staircase
doors are closed.
Item Description Requirement Measured Tick if Comply
1. Differential 50 Pa . . . . . . . . . . . .p. a
...
Pressure
196
(ii) Measurethe velocityacrossopenedstaircasedoorwhenthe no. of doorsequalto the designed
no.of openeddoorsareopenedrandomly:
1. VelocityAcross 1 m/s ................m/s

OoenedDoor
FunctionTest for Lift Lobby/CorridorPressurisationSystem
L i f tL o b b yN o . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . / C oNr or i.d o r
(i) Measurethe differentialpressurebetweenstaircase/lift

lobby/accommodation
area when all
lobbydoors and staircasedoors are closed.
1. Differential 50 Pa Pa
Pressurebetween
staircase/
accommodation
2. Differential 40-50 Pa Pa
Pressurebetween
lift lobby /
accommodation
(ii) Measurethe velocityacrossopeneddoor when the no. designedlift lobbydoorsare opened.
1. VelocityAcross 1 m/s ................m/s

OpenedDoor
TestCarriedout by:
Figure 14.1
W i t n e s s ebdy : . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Approveb
d y :. . . . . . . . . . . . .
Date:..........
197
Fig ure'l 4.2 Typical Pressu risation SchematicDiagram
o o
2
q r O
U E d a
a
b d YE H 95
oi d= g6
g E og?E * ? ,f r 2 EF
EE;
=, 32 =g HF Hg
o H-:
=Za
U l SI 6| P o =;;
5l ; -- t8=
s s $ s $ $ $ ss $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ s $ sssss $ $ $ $ $
a
I
E
l o o o o o o o o o o f o o o o o o o o o o o o o
Y E G t E e E E E E & d E e E t E d &
c o 4 d ! L o o L L L d c I c c c d
"rq *rq?q 2q =q --+ H43q #q *--qw =q 3q 3q H4iE 3q H4

frqw 3q
ctT fr
$4jb
dT
JQ ! l #q 3q
I
t
c
I
$
-=
I
s s { s s s s $ s
E
o o o o o o o o
E E t E E E E E
c d L c d
\fr
4 l
\fr ?q
- l ?a 3q
- l =fr - l ?q
- l 1q
- l
s { $
I
$$$$ s$ $ $ ss $ s$ $ $ s $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $
E
==
"6@
o 3 o o o o o o o o o
=
f, o o o o o o o 5 o o 3 o f o o o C)L
="+
'-+F+=+
t d E g g v t E t E E & t E Y E & t E Y E J U
o c
w
! L d d d L F =
5h E+
*E+ #45+3q w
6T -)t
\tb
r l
56
r l
ib
r l
\d w \b 3q =a tfr
J I J I o l
=q +Q=? jb =q ! l
O {
r'l
o l
dY
I
e
I
$
E
I
s s s s $ s $ $ $
;
a'{
o o o o o o l o
E & G K & E E e t E
d c L L !
-ff
\fr =fr =fr

- l ?q
- t *q
* l
5fr \fr =6 ?q
- l * l
I plelelelFlFlel:l glelFlFlFlslplplFlFlFlFlFlFlelelslFl:l elplFl

, . t
L l L l L I L l L l u
sl ElElFlElElFlRlRlkl ElElElElElElElElFlElEl*l *l *l El*l alel=lElBl
198
This chapterdescribessmoke controlby means
of natural(displacementof exhaust)ventilation,
powered(extractor exhaust and depressurrisation)
ventilationor a combinationof both. Smoke
controlby meansof pressurisation
is describedseparatet/unoertne chapteron pressurisation.
15.2 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS
Designshallconsiderthe followingStandards:
(i) UniformBuildingBy-laws1984
By-law244 - The use of additionardesignstandards
as appropriate.
By-law245 - standardsotherthan those listed
in UBBL 1984to be approvedby DGFRDM.
By-law249 - smoke ventingin windowless,undergrouno
structureand large area factories
for safe use of exit.
By{aw 250 - Naturaldraughtsmokeventsto be
openedautomatically by an approvedmeans
in the event of a fire.
By-law251 - smoke vents providedunder By-law
249, shall be adequatelydesignedwith an
By-|aw'5' if l"il,li,'ii:11
!r:}il: K5"il
ilT ['5r,,,,":";";; ; sys
rem
By-law2sr - MaraysianStandardsto supersede
ail otherstandards.
(ii) MS 1780
(iii) BS 5588 parts4, 7, 10, 11
(iv) BS 7346 parts j, 2, 3
(v) BS 4422 part 5
(vi) BR 186 and 258
(vii) OtheracceptableStandards
(viii) Fire SafetyEngineering_ performance
BasedApproach
15.2.2Design Concepts
(i) smoke obscuresvisibilityand can contributetowards
fatalitiesin a fire incident.In fact smoke
killsmore peoplein fires than heat,flamesor
structuralcottapse.lt is thereforeincreasingly
realisedthat occupantsafetyin a fire can
be greatryimproveoby providingefficientsmoke
controlsystems'Moreover,such systemscan timitp.p"rty
damage,both diiecflyby reducing
the spreadof smoke,and indirectlyby providing
betteivisibilityand thus easieraccessto the
seat of the fire for fire fighters.
'ii) smoke controlis one of the toolswhich the fire

safetyengineermay use to ensureadequate
fire safetywithin a building. As such it should
noi b" consideredin isolation,but as an
integralpart of the total packageof fire safety
rn"""rr", designedfor the building.Thus the
need for smoke controlin any buildingtu"ib"
oesignlo in conjunctionwith the means of
escape' compartmentationand active suppressioi
systems.Smoke controlshould be
consideredunderthe followingcircumstances.
(a) Smoke ControlforLife Safetv

smoke controlfor life safetyprrpor", is of
benefitin buirdingswhere meansof escapeto
the open air cannotbe achievedwithina short perioJ
of time and in which the meansof
escapecould be severelycontaminatedwith
smokeand becomeimpassable.Examples
includeshoppingmalls,atriumbuildingsand
highrisebuildingswith phasedevacuation
' i'e' when a proportionof the occupants
are expectedto stay in the buildingfor the
durationor part durationof the fire.
200
( b ) SmokeExtractionfor Fire FighterAccess
Smokeextractionfor fire fighteraccessis desirablefor buildingswhere either:
- fire brigadeaccess is difficult,eg. basementsand high rise buildings;or
- rapidattackon fire is necessaryto reducefire spreadand propertydamage.
Buildingswhere smoke clearanceby naturalmeans may be difficult(eg. basements,windowless

b u i l d i n g and
s buildingswithoutopenablewindows)will requirea poweredsmoke purging/dilution
system.
15.2.3Methods of Smoke Control

The efficiencyof the smoke control system may be adverselyaffected by wind or outside
temperatures.Pressuresgenerated by wind may affect operationof the extractionof smoke
by providinga positivepressureat the point of extraction.Internalclimaticconditionsmay also
affectthe movementof smoke particularlyin spaceswith large volumes,such as atriums.This is
becauseforcedair circulationmay preventthe smoke of low-buoyancyfrom reachinginitiallythe
pointof detection.The stack effectin tall buildingsand temperatureinversionmay also need to be
considered.
The varioustechniquescommonlyused for smoke controlare as describedbelow:
(a) SmokeContainment(passivemethod)
Smoke Containmentrelieson physicalbarriersto limitthe spreadof hot smoky gases from
one compartmentin a buildingto another. Passivecompartmentation such as doors,walls
and floorscan be usedto providesome protectionagainstsmokeingress.The extentto which
smokewill leakthroughthesebarrierswill dependon the sizeand shapeof leakagepathsand
the pressuredifferentialsacrossthe paths.
(b) Smoke Dilution

Smoke Dilutiondescribesany method of mixingthe smoky gases with enough clear air to
increasethe availablevisibilityand to reducethe threatfrom toxic productsof combustion.
Applicationincludescar parkingarea where the low ceilingheightand exhaustductwork
configurationmay make smoke reservoirprincipleimpractical.
(c) Smoke ReservoirExhaustVentilation(See also Clauses 15.2.4& 15.2.S)

This is a methodthat providesa separationbetweenan upperlayerof smokeand a lowerlayer
of relativelyclear air. This is achievedby continuouslyextractingsmoke from the buoyant
smokereservoir(or layer),usingeithernaturalextractventilatorsor poweredsmokeexhaust
fans.This air is then replacedby outdoorair, whichre-entersthe spacebelowthe baseof the
smoke layer.
(d) Depressurisation
Depressurisation involvesthe controlof smoke using pressuredifferentialsin which the air
pressurein the spacecontainingthe fire is reducedbelowthat in the adjacentspacesrequiring
protection.This methodcan be combinedwith a variationof othersystemdesigns. Examples
of applicationare internalroomsof an officefloor with a total floor area exceeding1,000m2
where the introductionof low level replacementair is impractical.
201
15.2.4Engineered Smoke Control System
EngineeredSmoke ControlSystemprovidesthe followingintent:
(i) The systemwill safelycontrolthe movementand spreadof smoke withinthe building.
(ii) The systemis designedto removesmoke producedby a fire type and risk associatedwith a
specificbuildinguse.
(iii) T h e c o n t r o la n d r e m o v a lo f s m o k e w i l l e n h a n c et h e c o n d i t i o n si n s i d et h e b u i l d i n gf o r
purposesof safe evacuationfrom the buildingand ingressfor searchand rescueoperation.
(iv) T h e c o n t a i n e da n d d e s i g n e dm o v e m e n to f t h e s m o k e w i l l e n h a n c et h e o p e r a t i o n a l
effectivenessof the sprinklers.
(v) The containmentof the smokewithinthe smokereservoirwill minimisethe spreadof smoke

throughoutthe buildingand thus reducethe costs associatedwith smoke damage to the
buildingfabric,stock and capitalitems.
(vi) The controland removalof smoke will maintainclearerand safer conditionsfor peopleto
evacuatethe premises.This is done by keepingthe movementlevel of peopleclear from
smoke and hot toxic gases and increasingthe visibilitylevelsto aid safe escape.
15.2.5Smoke Reservoirs/Zones
(i) A smokereservoirwill preventthe spreadof hot smokeand gasesthroughoutthe wholearea
of the building. lt will also assist in keepingthe smoke as hot as possibleand therefore
maintainmaximumbuoyancyand movementtowardsthe extractionpoint.
(ii) The reservoirservesas a collectionpointfor the smokeand the designneedsto ensurethe

smokereservoiris maintainedabovehead height,therebyensuringmaximumconditionsfor
breathingand visibility(and minimisingconditionsfor panic). Minimumsmoke layer base
(head heightclearance)shall be:
For the LowestFlooror SingleStorey

= 2.75m (naturaldisplacementventilation)
or
2.00m (powered extractionventilation)
UpperStorey
= 3.00m (naturaldisplacementventilation)
or
2.00m (poweredextractionventilation)
(iii) Smoke reservoircreatesa singlepositionfrom which smoke can be extracted.
(iv) For naturalsmoke ventilation,the limit of each smoke reservoir/zonewould be 2,000m2.

Also referto Clause '15.3.8.
(v) For poweredsmoke ventilation,the limitof each smoke reservoir/zone

would be 2,600 m2
Also referto Clause 15.3.8.
(vi) The maximumlengthof a smokereservoir/zonewould be in the regionof 60 metresunless

provenotherwiseby engineeredcalculation.
202
(vii) The amountof smokeextractionfrom the reservoirshouldbe sufficientto preventthe smoke
layerfrom buildingdown to belowthe design head heightclearance.
(viii) The rateof extraction(naturalor powered)must be sufficientto meetthe designrequirements,

in that it mustbe capableof extractingthe amountof smokewhichis enteringthe baseof the
smoke layer.
(ix) For any ventilationsystemto work effectivelythere must be an adequatesupplyof make up

freshair (replacement air)to'balance'thesystem.
(x) The replacement air must be introducedat the lowestpossiblelevel(at least0.5 metresbelow
the base of the smoke layer).This is to ensurethat the smoke layer is not disturbedby the
flow of air intothe building.The air velocityshouldbe minimisedto a value not exceeding
5 metres/second.
(xi) The preferenceis for the replacementair to be introducednaturally,for examplevia:
Louvres,doors,rollershutters,windows,or ventilators,all of which must open automatically

so that the supplyof fresh air is guaranteed.
(xii) Poweredreplacementair should not exceed 75o/oor be less than 50% of the extractedair
volume.
15.3 APPLICATIONS
15.3.1Basement Smoke Control System

(i) Wherethe totalaggregatefloorareaof all basementstoreysdoesnot exceed1,000m2,smoke
vents in accordancewith Clause15.3.1(iii)may be providedin lieu of engineeredsmoke
controlsystem.
(ii) Where the total aggregatefloor area of all basementstoreysexceeds1,000m2,engineered

smokecontrolsystemthat complieswith the requirements stipulatedin Clause15.3.8shallbe
providedfor all parts of basementwith the followingexceptions:
(a) Wherethe basementor a portionof the basementis used as carpark,Clause 15.3.1(iv)

can be adoptedfor the carpark,providedit is compartmentedfrom rest of the basement.
(b) PlanVequipmentroom with floor area not exceeding250m2and compartmentedfrom

the rest of the basement and providedwith two doors for better reach in fire fighting
. operation.
(c) PlanUequipment room with floor area exceeding250m2but not exceeding1,000m2,

smokeventsin accordancewith Clause15.3.1(iii)or smokepurgingsystemof at least10
air-changesper hour shall be provided.
(d) Serviceareassuchas laundries,officestoreroomand workshops(restrictedto staffonly)

whichare compartmented, smokeventingprovisionin accordancewith Clause15.3.1(iii)
or smoke purgingsystemof at least 10 air-changesper hour may be acceptedfor those
areasin lieu of the engineeredsmokecontrolsystem.Automaticfire alarm/extinguishing
systemshallalso be providedwhere requiredunderthe UBBL.
203
(iii) Smokeventsshallbe uniformlydistributed to induceand enhancecrossventilation adequately
alongperimeterof basementand theiroutlets(whichshalleffectivelydischargedirecly to the
outside)shall be easilyaccessibleduringfire fightingand rescueoperations.Installation
shall
complywith the followingrequirements:
( a ) The numberand theirsizesshallbe suchthatthe aggregateeffectivevent openings

shall
not be less than 2.5% of the basementfloor area served.
(b) The vent outletsif coveredundernormalconditionsshallbe breakable/openablein caseof

fire. Breakablecoversshouldbe capableof beingopenedby the fire servicefrom outside
the buildingand permanentnoticeidentifyingthe area they serveshouldbe providedon
or adjacentto the covers.
(c) The vent outletsare sited not less than 5 metresawav from exits.
(d) Where ducts are requiredto connectthe vent to outlets,the ducts shall be constructed
to
give at least t hour fire resistancerating.
(e) Separateducts and vent outletsor equivalentarrangementssuch as sub-ducts

shall be
providedfor each basementstorey.
(iv) Where poweredventilationsystemis requiredfor car parkingareas in basementswith

total
floorarea exceeding1,000m2,a smoke purgingsystemwhich is independentof any system
servingother partsof the buildingshall be providedto give a purgingrate of not less than
10
air changesper hour. lnstallationshall complywith the followingrequirements:
(a) The smoke purgingsystem shall be activatedautomaticaltyby the building

fire alarm
system. In addition,a remote manual start-stopswitch shall be located at the
fire
commandcentre,or at the mainfire alarmpanel.Visualindicationof the operation
status
of the smoke purgingsystem shall also be providedwith this remote control switch.
(b) Supply air shall be drawn directlyfrom the externaland its intakeshall
not be less than
5 metresfrom any exhaustdischargeopening.
(c) Wherethere is naturalventilationfor such basementcarparkbasedupon

openingsequal
to not less than 25% of the floor area of such storey,such naturalventilation
may be
consideredas a satisfactorysubstitutefor the replacementair of the smokepurging
system
for that storey.
( d ) Exhaustair shallbe dischargeddirectlyto the externaland shall

not be less
than 5m from
any air intakeopening.
(e) Separateductsor equivalentarrangements

suchas sub-ductsshallbe providedfor each
compartmentedbasementstorey.
(f) Whereductsare usedfor the basementcarparksmokepurgingsystem,

they shallcomply
with the requirementsof the DGFRDM.
, (v) Whereengineeredsmokecontrolsystemis preferred,it shallbe providedas specified

under
C l a u s e1 5 . 3 . 8 .
204
15.3.2Smoke Controlsystem forAbove Ground premises
(i) where the totalnon fire compartmented
aggregatefloorarea exceeds1,000m2or the volume
exceeds7,000m:,a smoke controlsystemshall be provided.
(ii) Wherenaturalsmokeventilationis provided,the smokeventsshall

be in accordancewith
Clause15.3.2.(v)
(iii) Where poweredsmoke controlsystemis provided,thisshallcomply

with Ctause15.3.2.(vi)
(iv) Whereengineeredsmokecontrolsystemis provided,this shallcomply
with the requiremenrs
as stipulated
in Clause15.3.g.
(v) Smokeventsshallbe positionedat high levelabovethe smoketayer

baseand conformto the
requirementsspecifiedbelow:
(a) The numberand theirsizesshallbe such that the aggregate

effectivevent openingsshall
not be less than 2.5% of the floor area served.
(b) The vent outlets(whichshall effectivelydischargedirectly

to the outside)shal be of the
permanentlyopenedtype or will open automaticallyunder
a fire mode conditionwithout
human intervention.
(c) Replacementair shall be by meansof naturalventilation.
(d) Conformanceto Clause 15.2.s
(vi) EngineeredSmoke ControlSystem design shall be applicable

only for ceiling heights
exceeding2 or 3 metres(SeeClause15.2.5)for the smokereservoirprinciple
to be effective.
Below2 or 3 metres(See Clause15.2.5)ceilingheights,powered
smoke purging/dilution
systemof at least 10 air changesper hour shall be providedto suit the
conceptsadopted.
Make up or replacementair shail be providedin the foilowingmanner:
(a) For smokedepressurisation concept,no purposeprovidedreplacementair is necessary.

However,pressuredifferentialbetweendepressurisedzone and the adjacent
zone shall be
maintainedat between10 to 50 pa.
(b) For smoke dilutionconcept,replacementair may be introduced

at any level but, if
powered,shall be limitedto not less than 50% and not greater
than75% of the exhaust
air volume.
15.3.3Smoke Control System for Fire Fighting Access Lobby

(i) Firefightingaccesslobbywhere not mechanicallypressurised,
shall be smoke ventedin
compliancewith the requirementsspecifiedbelow:
(a) The openableareaof windowsor areaof permanentventilation

shallnot be less than 2s%
of the floor area of the lobby, and if ventilationis by means of openabte
windows,
additionalpermanentventilationhavinga free area of q64 cm, shall be provided.
(ii) A smoke lobbyshall be treatedas a protectedstainrvay

as describedunder Clause 1s.3.4.
205
Stairway
15.3.4SmokeControl System for Protected
where not pressurisedshouldbe providedwith either:
mechanically
(i) Protectedstainruay
levelhavinga clearopenablearea not
(a) openablewindowsat each upperstoreyor landing
|essthanSo/oofthecrosssectionaIareaofthestairway;or
(b)Anopenab|eventout|etatthetophavingac|earareaofnot|essthan1m2.
15.3.5Smoke Control of Hotel Internal Corridors

(i)Whereinterna|corridorsinhote|sarenotmechanical|ypressurised,suchcorridorssha|lbe
smokepurgedatapurgingrateofnot|essthanl0airchangesperhour.
(ii)Engineeredsmokecontro|systemmaybeappliedon|yforcorridorsexceeding2or3metres
height(Clause1 5'2'5)'
( i i i ) N a t u r a l v e n t i | a t i o n i s p e r m i s s i b | e o n | y i f i n d u c e d c r o s s v e n t i l a t i oserved
n i s a vcan
a i l abe
b|eandthe
than 2'5% ol the floor area
aggregateeffectivevent openingsof not less
provided.
Theaters etc)
15.3.6Smoke Control for Auditorium (Cinemas'
of not less than 2'5o/oof the floor area served shall be
(i) Smoke vents with effectiveopenings
to auditoriahavingf|oor area
providedfor auditoriawhich "," not sprink|erprotectedand
more than 500m2if sprinklerprotected'
preferred,it shall conformto clause 15'3'8'

(ii) where engineeredsmoke controlsystemis
15.3.7Atrium Smoke Control System

where the requirementfor compartmentation specifiedin UBBL 1984 are relaxedfor atrium
(i)
providedfor a steriletube atriumtype as
spacesin a building,smoke controlsystem shall be
sPecifiedbelow:
less and the volume of the atrium is

(a) where the heightof the atriumis 17 metresor
19 m3/sor 6 air changesper hour'
17.000nior less,the smoke exhaustrate shall be
whicheveris greater'
( b ) W h e r e t h e h e i g h t o f t h e a t r i u m i s l T m e t r e s o r | e s s a n d t h e v o | u m e o f t hper
e ahour'
triumismore
be 19 m3/sor 4 air changes
than 17,000m3,the smoke exhaustrate shall
whicheveris greater'
(c)WheretheheightoftheatriumismorethanlTmetres,thesmokeexhaustratesha||beat
a minimumof 4 air changesPerhour'
(d)Whereengineeredsmokecontro|systemispreferred,itsha||beprovidedasspecifiedin
Clause15.3.8.
controlsystemcomplyingwith the
(ii) For a non steriletube atriumtype, engineeredsmoke
requirementsasstipu|atedinC|ause15.3.Bshal|beadopted.
(iii) The smoke controlsystemshall be activatedby:

adjacentto each returnair-intake
(a) smoke detectorslocatedat the top of the ittlutn and
levels;
from the atriumor beam detectorsat the appropriate
206
(b) the automaticsprinklersystemservingthe atriumzone/s;
(c) automaticdetectorsystem(but not manualcall point);
(d) manualcontrolsreadilyaccessibleto the Fire Brigade.
15.3.8EngineeredSmoke Control System

(i) Engineered systemby natural
smokecontrolsystemshallbe in the form of a smokeventilation
or poweredextractiondesignedin accordancewith:
(a) BR 186 - Designprinciplesfor smoke ventilationin enclosedshoppingcentres;or
(b) BR 258 - Designapproachesfor smoke controlin atriumbuildings;or
(c) Otheracceptablestandards,such as:
- WarringtonFire ResearchConsultants(WFRC)
- Societyof Fire ProtectionEngineersPublication(SFPE)
- AmericanSocietyof Heating,Refrigerating Engineers(ASHRAE)
and Air-Conditioning
(NoteBR 186 and BR 258 are reportspublishedby the Fire ResearchStation,Building

ResearchEstablishments,UK).
(ii) The buildingto be providedwith engineeredsmokecontrolsystemshallhave a smoke layer

temperaturenot exceeding250'C.
(iii) Capacityof the smokeventilationsystemshallbe calculatedbasedon the incidenceof a likely

maximumfire size for a sprinklercontrolledfire as recommendedin the followingtable:
Fire Size
Occupancy(Sprinklered)
HeatOutput (MW) Perimeterof Fire (m)
Shops 5 12
ffices 1.5 12
HotelGuestRoom 0.5 6
HotelPublicAreas 2.5 12
AssemblyOccupancywith fixingseating 2.5 12
Warehouse 10 1B
BasementServiceArea (LorryParks) 7 15
Car parks 1.5 13.5
(iv) The capacityof a smokeventilationsystemshall be capableof handlingthe largestdemand

for smokeexhaustunderthe worst case scenario'
(v) The designsmoke layer base shall be abovethe headsof peopleescapingbeneathit. The
minimumheightshallbe as describedunderClause15.2.5.
(vi) to preventthe lateralspreadof smokeand to collectsmokefor removalshall

Smokereservoirs
constructioncapableof withstandingsmoke temperatures'
be of non-combustible
207
(vii) For cases where smoke is removedfrom the room of originthe smoke reservoirsize for a
smoke ventilationsystemshouldnot exceed:
(a) 2,000m2for naturalsmokeventilationsystem
(b) 2,600m2for mechanicalsmoke ventilationsystem
(viii) For cases where smoke is removedfrom the circulationspace or atrium space the smoke
reservoirsize for a smoke ventilationsvstemshouldnot exceed:
(a) 1,000m2for naturalsmoke ventilationsystem
(b) 1,300m2for poweredsmoke ventilationsystem
(ix) For cases where smoke is removedfrom the circulationspace or atriumspace, the rooms
dischargingsmoke into the circulationspace/atriumspacesshouldeither:
(a) have a floor area not exceeding1,000m2(for naturalventilationsystem)or 1,300m2

(for powered ventilationsystem) or
(b) be subdividedsuchthat smoke is ventedto the circulationspaceor atriumonly from part

of the room with floor area not exceeding1,000m2for naturalventilationsystem or
1,300m2for poweredventilationsystem, that are adjacentto the circulationspace or
atrium.However,the remainderof the room needsto be providedwith independent
smoke ventilationsystem/s.
(x) The maximum length of the smoke reservoirshould not exceed 60 metres,unless proven
otherwise.
(xi) Adequatearrangement(s)shall be made in each smoke reservoirfor the removalof smoke

in a way that will preventthe formationof stagnantregions.
(xii) Replacementair shall be drawn directlyfrom the externalor adjacentspaces,and;
(a) The design replacementair dischargevelocityshall not exceedSm/sto preventthe

escapees being affectedby the air flow.
(b) Replacementair intake shall be sited at least 5 metres away from any exhaust air
discharge.
(c) Replacement air shallbe dischargedat low level,at least0.5 metresbeneaththe designed
"fogging"
smoke layer,to prevent of the lowestclearzone.
(d) Where the inlet cannot be sited at least 0.5m belowthe smoke layer,a smoke curtain
or a baffleshall be used to preventreplacementair distortingthe smoke layer.
(e) Where replacementair is takenthroughinletair ventilatorsor doorurays,

devicesshallbe
incorporatedto automaticallyopen such inletventilatorsand doorsto admit replacement
air upon activationof the smoke ventilationsystem.
(xiii) For caseswherethe smokereservoiris abovethe falseceiling,the ceilingshallbe of perforated

type or evenlydistributedair inletswith at least 10% openings.
208
(xiv) The smoke ventilationsystemshall be providedwith secondarysourceof power supply.
(xv) In conjunctionwith Clause 15.3.7(iii),the smokeventilationsystemshall be activatedby

smoke detectorslocatedin the smoke controlzone. Use of smoke detectorsfor activation
must be carefullydesignedso that accidentalor prematureactivationof smokedetectorsat a
non-firezone due to smoke spillor spreadfrom otherareas is avoided.
(xvi) A remote manual activationand controlswitchas well as visual indicationof the operation
statusof the smokeventilationsystemshallalso be providedat the fire commandcentreand
where there is no fire commandcentre.at the main fire indicatorboard.
(xvii) Exceptfor ventilationsystemsfor escaperoutesand smokelobbies,all otherair conditioning

and ventilationsystemswithin the areas servedshall be shut down automaticallyupon
activationof the smoke ventilationsystem.
(xviii) Fans shall be capableof operatingat 250'C for 2 hours.
(xix) The fans and associatedsmokecontrolequipmentshallbe wiredin protectedcircuitsdesigned

to ensurecontinuedoperationin the eventof the fire.
(xx) The electricalsupplyto the fans shallbe by meansof cablesof at least2-hoursfire resistance.
(xxi) Smoke ventilationducts (bothexhaustand replacementair ducts) passingthroughanother

fire compartmentshall be constructedto have fire resistanceratingnot less than that of the
compartment.
(xxii) Non-motorised
fire dampersshall not be fittedin the smoke ventilationsystem.
(xxiii) The time takenfrom the smokeventilationsystemwithina smokezone to be fullyoperational

shall not exceed 60 seconds from system activation.
(xxiv) For naturalsmoke ventilationsystemthe naturalventilatorsshall be:
(a) defaultedin the "open"positionin the eventof power/systemfailure;and
(b) positionedsuch that they will not be adverselyaffectedby positivewind pressure.
(xxv) Naturalexhaustventilationshall not be used togetherwith poweredreplacementair or

poweredsmoke exhaustventilation.
(xxvi) All smokecurtainswhere required,unlesspermanently

fixedin position,shallbe broughtinto
positionautomaticallyto provideadequatesmoke{ightnessand effectivedepth.
(xxvii)Smoke curtainor other smoke barrierat any accessrouteformingpart of or leadingto a

meansof escapeshall not in theiroperationalpositionobstructthe escapeof peoplethrough
such route.
(xxviii)Whereglasswalls or panelsare used as smoke screensto form a smoke reservoiror as

channelingscreens,they shall be able to withstandthe highestdesignsmoke temperature.
(xxix) All smoke controlequipment(includingsmokecurtains)shall be suppliedand installedin

accordancewith the acceptedstandardssuch as BS 7346.
209
(xxx) To minimisethe phenomenaof plugholing,multipleinletsshouldbe (calculated or modelled)
usedfor poweredsmokeextractionsystem. Also,the maximummass flowratethrougheach
exhaustinletmust be limitedto suit the depth of smoke layer belowthe exhaustinlet.
(xxxi) The ceilingjet producedwhen smokeplumehitsthe ceilingcan impactthe effectiveness

of a
poweredsmokeventingsystem.To containthis impact,smokeextractionshouldbe designed
for a minimumsmoke layerdepthof 10% of the floorto ceilingheight.
15.4 CALCULATION
15.4.1Examples of Basement Carpark Smoke Gontrol System
15.4-1.1Descriptionof Building
A 12-storeyofficebuildingconsistingof 3 basementcarparklevels.
15.4.1.2 Design Consideration

The 3 levelsof belowgradecarparkshallbe independently
smoke controlledby meansof powered
exhaustsystemwith naturalreplacementsupplyair.
The carparkventilationsystem is designedwith low and high level exhaust inletsto ensure the
removalof heavierthan air toxic carbon monoxideand dioxide gases as well as rising hot air.
Under smoke spill mode,the principleof smoke reservoirmay not be practicaldue to the low <3
metres headroomas well as the need to remove the heavierCO and COz gases at low level.
Hencethe dilutionmethodof smokeextractionwill be more practical.
Each level of carparkshall be compartmentalised

by meansof fire rated rollershuttersinstalledat
the ingressramps to limit its volumeto 42,000m3per compartmentedzone to complywith UBBL
1984.
The ventilationrate shall be 6 air-changesper hour (ACH)for normaloperationand 10 ACH for fire
mode operation.
15.4.1.3Design Calculation
Each Carparklevel
Nett FloorArea = 13,000mz

Floorto FloorHeight = 3 m
Volume = 39.000m3
10 ACH = 108.3m3/s
4 Fan rooms located at 4 cornersof each carparkfloor.
2 ReplacementAir Shaftslocatedat oppositeends.
Referto Figure15.4.1
15.4.1.4 Design Specification

For each carparklevel
Under normalmode,fans in operation(to provideminimum6 ACH)
- 8-off @ 9.1 m3/s= 72.8 m3ls
Under Fire mode,fans in operation(to provideminimum10 ACH)

- 12-off@ 9.1 m3/s= 109 m3/s
210
15.4.2Example of Smoke Control System for Office Floors
15.4.2.1 Description of Building

A 12-storeyofficebuildingconsistingof 3 basementcarparklevels,3 publicarea podium
levels,5
officelevels,a Mechanical& ElectricalPlantroomleveland incorporating
a 7 storeyatrium.
15.4.2.2 Design Consideration

The smoke controldesign for the office floors adopts the guidelinesissued by Warrington
Fire
ResearchConsultants(WFRC)as well as the "Designof Smoke ManagementSystems"published
by American Society of Heating, Refrigeratingand Air ConditioningEngineers(ASHRAE)
and
Societyof Fire ProtectionEngineers(SFpE).
Fig. 15.4.2 illustratesthe concept of the Office Floor Smoke Control system. A sandwiched
pressurisation- smoke extract system is adopted, whereby the floor on
fire will be under a
negativelypressuredsmoke spill mode whilstthe floor immediatelyabove and below
the fire floor
are positivelypressurised.
15.4.2.3 Description of Engineering Design

Each officefloor contains6 Air HandlingUnit (AHU) rooms. Replacementair is delivered
into the
AHU rooms by primaryAHU's (6 nos.) locatedat Level 6 (L6) plantroom.6 nos. smoke
spill fans
locatedat L6 plantroomare ducted into each AHU room and connectedto the return
air ducts.
By means of a series of motorisedsmoke dampers,smoke is extractedfrom the fire
floor and
dischargedabove the roof line. The positivelypressurisedfloors are achievedby actuating
the
respectivefloor AHUs to operate under pressurizationmode - Refer Fig. 15.4.21or
clarity.The
smoke spill mode for each office floor is activatedby any of the followingdevices:
(i) Smokedetectorsmountedwithinthe raisedfloor plenum,ceilingand returnair intake
(ii) Sprinklerflow switchesservingeach officefloor
(iii) Remotemanualcontrolsfrom the Main Fire control panel
15.4-2.4Calculation
TypicalOfficeFloorarea = 3.610 m2
Raisedfloor height = 0.4 m
Slab to raisedfloor ht = 3.475 m
Ceilingto raisedfloor ht = 2.7 m
DesignFireSize HeatOutput,e = 1.5 MW (Clause1S.3.8)
P = 12m (Clause15.3.8)
FirePerimeter,
M = 0.19 Pytrz
UsingWFRC Guidelines,
Where M = mass of smoke (kg/s)
y = heightfrom floorto smoke layer base (m)
ThereforeM = 0.19x 12 x 3.13t2

= 12.44kgls
211
Temperatureof smoke layerabove ambient,
0 = Q= 1500 = 120.6"C
M 12A4
Ambienttemperature,
To =273+33 = 306K
Smoke Temperature,
Tc =306+120.6 =426.6K
SmokeVolume,
V =MxTc = 1 2 . 4 4 x 4 2 6 . 6= 1 5 m 3 / s
3545 3545
Basedon volumetricspace,this translatesto 4.3 ACH
15.4.2.5 Design Specification

6 nos. smoke spill fans are specifiedto divide the smoke reservoirinto 6 zones, each less than
2.600m2.
6 fans each of 2.5 m3/sare selected,to give a total capacityof 15 m3/s
Thesefans can also be utilisedfor the followingfunctions:

(i) Smoke purgingafterfire
(ii) Normalmode air flushingfor avoidanceof Sick BuildingSyndrome
15.4.3Examples of Smoke Control System for Atrium
15.4.3.1Descriptionof Building
A 12-storeyoffice buildingconsistingof 3 basementcarparklevels,3 publicarea podiumlevels,5
a 7-storeyatrium.
officelevels,a Mechanical& ElectricalPlantroomlevel and incorporating
15.4.3.2 Description of Atrium

The atrium consistsof 7 levels (LG1 to L5). Level LGI which is the base of the atrium extends
beyondthe foot printof the atriumvoid to enclosecommonarea lobbiesand foyers.The occupied
roomsadjacentto thesecirculationareas are separatedby barriers(wallsetc).
The ground floor level can be classifiedgenerallyas being opened directlyto the atrium from
the exterior.The office levels(L1 to L5) are separatedfrom the atriumvoid by glass enclosures.
However,each office level incorporatesa perimetercirculationbalconyoverlookingthe atrium.
Escape routes for office tenants into the 4 protected lobbies/staircasesneed not transversethese
exposedbalconies.
The buildingis fully sprinklered.The glasswalls separatingthe balconiesand the officespaceare

protectedwith closerangedsprinklersspaced1.Bmapart.However,the atriumvoid whichexceeds
17m height,is not sprinklered.
The arrangementof this atriumcan be classifiedas a fully open atrium due to the open access
balconyon each level.ReferFig. 15.4.3.
212
15.4.3.3Descriptionof EngineeringDesign
The atriumvoid smokespillfans are installedat the L6 Plantroom
withthe air extraction points
locatedabovethe highestoccupiedoffice(L5) level.The extractedair is directedto discharge
at
theroofopeningsby meansof fire-ratedducts.
The smoke spillfans are activatedby any of the followingdevices:

(i) Smokedetectors(beamtypes)locatedat L6 and L1 heightsfor detectionof the void area
(ii) Smoke detectorslocated at each office level balcony ceiling
(iii) Smokedetectorsservingunenclosedpublic/commonareas of the Groundand LG1 floors
(iv) Smoke detectorslocatedat the returnair intakeof the atriumair handlingunits.
(v) Sprinklerflow switch serving the atrium balcony floors
(vi) Remotemanualcontrolsat the Main Fire Controlpanel
15.4.3.4Calculation and Assumptions

(a) Basedon Clause 15.3.7.1(i) (c) for steriletube Atriumtype (for comparisonpurposesonty).
(i) Heightof atrium = 34.475m
(ii) Volumeof atrium= LG1:1125m2x 4.025m = 4528 m3

= GF: 1300m2x 6.3 m = 8 1 9 0m 3
= L1 to L5: 919 m2x 4.025m x 5 = 18495m3
= L6 void: 919 m2x 4.025m =___3699_rn1
34,914m3
Smoke extractionrate at 4 ACH = 39 m3/s
(b) Basedon Designof "SmokeManagementSystems"publishedby ASHRAE and SFpE.
The worst case scenariois for a fire located in the centre of the atrium floor with an
axisymmetricplume.
213
UsingEquation10.9of the SFPEGuide
Zt = 0.166Eco'1
WhereZ = limitingheightabovefuel
E = convectiveheat releaserate of fire = 1.5 MW
E" = effectiveheat releaserate of fire = 0.7 x 1.5 MW
ThereforeZ = 0.166(0.7x 1500)o'1

= 2.68m
Sincethe limitingheightis less than the clear smokeheightot 29.43m, the latteris used for
subsequent calculation.
UsingEquation10.8of the SFPEguide
m = 0.071Eclr:Zs + 0.0018Ec
where m = massrate of smokeproduction
Z = heightfromtop of fuel surfaceto bottomof smokelayer
Thereforem = 0.071(0.7x 1500)1/329.43vs + 0.0018x 0.7 x 1500

= 2O4.25kg/s
AppfyingEquation1O.12ot the Guide

V =Cm
e
whereV = Volumetricsmokeproductionrate
C = entrainmentconstiant= 1
e = densityof plumegas = 1.2 kg/m3
ThereforeV = 1 x2M.25= 170.2m3/s

1.2
15.4.3.5DceignSpecification
in thisinstance,as the said
Clause15.3.7(i) (c) is clearlyinadequate
Fromthe abovecatculations,
4 ACH methodappliesto steriletube Atriumtype only.
Hence,usingthe ASHRAE/SFPE method

(i) Calculatedsmokeextractionrate = 170.2m3/s
Specifiedsmokespillfans
24 nos.each7.1 m3/s = 170.4m3/s
214
(ii) Freshair intakefrom
(a) LG1lowlevelsuppliedby AHU/L6/1Aand 1B
(b) GroundfloorMainentrancedoors(automatically
opened)
(iii) check:
Plugholing
Vcnr =2(gxdsx0xTo)o's
Tc
MinNo.of extractpoints= V
Vcrit
Where
d = Centrelineof extractto smokelayerbase
0 = Temperature of smokelayeraboveambient("C)
=
To Ambienttemperature (K)
Tc = Smoketemperature = To + 0
g = 9.81m2ls
15.4.4Exampleof SmokeControl Systemfor a Warehouse

'15.4.4.1
Descriptionof Building
A singlestoreyairconditioned withoutjackroofor permanently
warehouse openedroofventilators.
Warehouse is fullysprinklered.
15.4.4.2DesignConsideration
Thesmokecontroldesignadoptsthe guidelines issuedby Warrington Consultants
FireResearch
(WFRC).Figure15.4.4showsthe variouscriticaldimensions.
15.4.4.3DesignCalculation
Warehouse = 200m L x 20 m W x 15 m H.
dimension
Floorarea = 4000m2
the maximumsize= 2,000m2

smokereservoir,
Fornaturalventilated (Clause15.2.4).
Hence,thewarehouseneedsto incorporate or dropdowntype)

a smokecurtain(eitherpermanent
to dividethe smokereservoirinto2 zonesof 2,000m2each.
Firesizeshallbe,Q = 10 MW heatoutputand P = 1Bmperimeter

of fire(Clause15.3.8)
heightto lifesafetydesign
Minimumsmokeclearance
y = 3m (Clause15.2.4)
Massflowrateof smoke.
m = 0.19ey3/2(xg/s)
Hencem = 0.19x 18x 3 3/2kg/s= 17.8kg/s
of smokelayeraboveambient,
Temperature
215
0 " c = Q = 1-T7E-
0 , 0 0 0= 5 6 1 . 8 . c
m
This calculated smoke layer temperatureexceeds 250"C, which is deemed as the highest
temperaturesuitablefor safe escape below the smoke layer. However,for a fully sprinklered
building, the maximum smoke layer temperature is assumed as 250'C due to the cooling
providedby the activatedsprinkler/s.Hence,this calculatedsmoke layertemperatureis meantfor
unsprinkleredbuildingconsideration.
This worked example will demonstratethe calculationfor both sprinkleredand unsprinklered

applicationfor comparisonpurposes.
For unsprinkleredbuilding,to limit the smoke layer temperatureto 250'C maximum,then if the
ambienttemperatureis 33"C, the temperaturerise shouldnot exceed250"C - 33'C = 217"C.
Next,allowfor the buildingstructureto absorb up to one thirdof the energyof the fire,then
e - ZI_ :C =3 2 3 .9 " C
0 .6 7
Theny =n O )lr"
I o . t s x e x o1 r , .
= ll 1o,ooo ;lzs
[oTsxrBx323qlz,a
= 4 . 3 3m
andm =0.19xPxy3r2
= 30.8kg/s
Smoketemperature,
Tc = To (Ambienttemperature)+g
= (273+ 33 + 250)K = 556Kfor sprinkleredwarehouse
or
= (273+ 33 + 323.9)K = 629.9Kfor unsprinklered
warehouse
Smokevolume,V m3/s
=mxTc
354.5
= 17.8x 556 = 27.9 m3/sfor sprinklered

warehouse
354.5
= 30.8x 629.9 = 54.7mr/sfor unsprinklered

warehouse
354.5
Vent Area (wherevent area (Av) = inletarea (Ai) is derivedfrom:

ffy = mT os (2BB+ T)o.smz
54(Oe;os
WhereT=288+0
d = distancebetweencentreline of vent and base of smoke layer
216
05 0'5 = 4.01 m2of ventilationper smokezone
ThereforeAv = 17.8 x 538 (826) m2
54 11t+s1 2501o's for sprinkleredwarehouse
or
05 per zone
Av = 30.8x 611.905 899.9 m2 =7.2 m2of ventilation smoke
141i154331 32ag o s for unsprinkleredwarehouse
if the maximum size of the

Note that for powered smoke extractionsystem in this example'
for both zones shall be activated
smoke reservoirzone is not preferred,then smoke spill fans
simultaneously and all fans shall be under emergencypowersupply'
15.5 TESTING AND COMMISSIONING PROCEDURES
15.5.1
with temperaturesproduced
Smoke Controlsystemsare designedfor use duringa fire condition
conditions'Therefore'the use of
by the fire that are significantlyhigherthan ambienttemperature
of the smoke control system as designed'
cold smoke tests ooJs not reflectlhe efficientoperation
potentiallyinduced by the smoke extract
What it will do, is to show the airflow patternsthat will be "cold
shoppingcentres states
equipment.BR 186-Designprinciplesfor smokecontrolin enclosed
smoke ventilationsystems. Whilst
smoke tests are sometimesused for the acceptancetesting of
and therefore activate allthe
this cold smoke can be used to operate the smoke detectionsystem
that sincethe smoke itselfis cold it
componentsof the smokeventilationsystem,it shouldbe noted
would have, and cannottherefore
would not have the buoyancythat smoke in a true fire condition
adequatelytest the ventilationefficiencyof the system"'
'foggingmachine'at floor
producedby a
This is particularlyrelevantin high buildingswhere smoke
pointof extraction'
level,has very littletemperaturein itselfto rise quicklyto the
low levelexhaust(eg. carparks)
Designutilisingthe techniqueof smoke dilutionand incorporating
During such test, the smoke spill
can be adequatelytested with cold smoke (foggingmachine).
visibilityshouldbe maintainedfor
fan/s shouldbe allowedto activateunder its automaticmode and
evacuationPUrposesat alltimes.
and efficiencyof the equipment
There have been realfire tests usingfull sizefires to assessthe effect
necessary,should be limitedto projectsof high
and parametresfor design. However,such tests, if
Fluid Dynamics/Modulation analysis is
complexity.Verificationusing establishedcomputational
also applicablefor such projects.
thereforebe able to show that the

The designerand installer(who may be differentpeople),must
whilst the equipmentalso conformsto
design follows acceptedand publisheddesign principles,
equipment'ln this way there can
the test and certificationproceduresrequiredfor smoke control
and in the equipmentto meet
be confidencein the abilityof the design to meet the requirements
the design.
'15.5.2
signaling
receiptof the aPProPriate
The systemshouldbe testedthoroughlyand the activationon
is required.The abilitYof the
device (from whicheverdetectionmethod chosen and approved)
systemio fail safe to the designpositionshouldalso be checked.
15.5.3 sequenceand
and operational
The MainFireAlarmPanelshouldprovidethe correctinformation
withotheralliedsystemsshouldbe checked'
the interfaces
217
15.5.4
and this informationalso
Alltest data must be recordedand witnessedby the client'srepresentative
loggedin the O & M Manual.A full set of as-builtdrawings,systemsequencecontrol,schematic
and servicingdata must also be part of the O & M manual.
15.5.5Example of Testing & Commissioning Record Sheet

FunctionTest for Smoke ControlSystem
ProjectTitle:..........
Owner:
Consultant:
Contractor:
A. (Firemodesimulatedon this Floor)

Floor:................
Item Description Requirement Tick if Comply
1. Units
Air Handling Run
2. ReturnAir DamPer Close
3. SmokeSpillDamper Open
4. FreshAir Damper Open
B. to
Flooraboveand belowFireFloori.e. .....................
1. Units
Air Handling Run
2. ReturnAir Damper Close
3. SmokeSpillDamper Close
4. FreshAir Damper Open
C. GeneralFireAlarmactivatedafter5 minutes
1. AHU'son all Floorsexcept- and-. Trip
2. SmokeSpillDamperson all Floorsexcept- Close
powersupply
NOTE:Testwithbothnormalandemergency
Testcarriedout by:
Witnessedby:
Approvedby:
D a t e .: . . . . . . . .
218
c
E.
Jlt
E
g
a
t E
a, oqt
utG
E F
o E
E)-
P
F
o
f
c f,
o u? -
o
o
I
x
ul
s* E6 x
UJ
! uJ
o J
E J
o
o &
tI
o. t E.
I a
o F
z
F
z
tr t! u.t
a lu
E u,
() o
o
I
G 5 5
o-
o c uJ
ul E
E
tro
E
tJ t
l-
-9 F
o a
IL f D
I -
x x
UJ lu
t
o
o
J
I
ll-
E
o,
F
219
Figure 15.4.2Office Floor Smoke Control
OFFICESPACE AHU ROOM AIR RISERS
FRESH
AIR
NOTE:
1 ) U N D E RF I R EM O D E ,
OTHERAHU'S
SHALLTRIPAND
AIR-COND MSD'SAND
SUPPLYAIR MFD CLOSED
f + + LEGEND:
+ + +
_____l__--_L-----.r MSD - MOTORSED
SMOKEDAMPER
MFD - MOTORSEDFIRE
DAMPER
FA- FRESHAIR
?777V777,- FIRERATEDDUCT
MODE
1. NORMALAIR-CONDITIONING
OFFICESPACE AHU ROOM AIRRISERS
FRESH
AIR
REPLACEMENTAIR50 TO
OR SMOKE EXTRACT
+ + +
____1____J-____1
2. F|REMODE (THISFLOORON FIRE)

AIR PURGINGSYSTEM
THIS SMOKESPILLSYSTEMCAN DOOBLEUP AS 1OO%
OFFICESPACE AHU ROOM AIR RISERS
FRESH
AIR
+VE
REPLACEMENTAIR50 TO
OR SMOKE EXTMCT
+ + +
L____1____
____J____
3. FIREMODE( FLOORNOT FIREBUT lS ONE FLOORABOVEOR BELOWFIREFLOOR)
220
z-$
=ff
>()
&3
5?
+
ul
F
E.
uJ
(L
o
a
z
L
=
"^ ; n; u JU
Y ruh-
- v =
E >69
l
L 1 1 . n
d A Y J
o
E=?
z l 4
= t J
rrr l- -J
E E<<
o
o tr G6
î
o
6
c
o
o ll,.l
a' Y --.r
..Y
o 9 c')#
E UJ \Cr)
o a
\.u
e lll E tu
a tr
:)
a
? L
7 o
o
rJ) v)
H)
L
IIJ
o & uJ
ofi
3 f P
- <Ut )
.9 > l
lt
; a
i ) @ o
<HTU
8o
86= Y z d
LL rrr -
9 ?i
ur<<
o = a
^ < E
J t O
\bx H
i- q
=:;
ErLtU
LIJ ul bouF
ul 'ai
llj u.J + o
U)
I t
L t\ E ;i"<
I f (o ro
U) N
-6clz
U) o
J ct ci ci i " r l O
o IrJ L t tr v. zo X 2,!)
& o o Y < ?
() I (') o
E Y N
z t x E E.
F J J J UJ UJ uJ I.JJ &.4)<
z fi Lu ul = 3 =
llJ [!
= tr G'66
J(L ul ul tlJ UJ E o o
_)
J J J J
221
- E o
E 5^ i
-e e:: g
Fi B€g+E
€i
g;
3Eg,
Ef
€ E EeEEE
o
6
o
E
o
L
IU
3
o
E
o
o
o
I
o
o 6
A E
r?=
utb
- )
EE
e€
tr=
15m
222
16.1DESCRIPTION
In a buildingwhere the topmostoccupied

floor is over 18.5 metres above fire appliance
level'fire lifusshallbe provided.A penihouse access
occupyingnot more than 50% of the area
immediatelybelowshall be exemptedfrom of the ftoor
this measurement.
liftscapableof beingcommandeered
for excrusive
!fi:rffiJean use by firemenduringan
desisned
andinstalled
rorverticattransportation
orriremen
;ffi il]il'.f,[H|,',]lT inaccordance
(i) UniformBuildingBy_taws
1984
(ii) Factories
and MachineryRegulation1967
(iii) Occupationat
SafetyanOtteattnAct 1994
(iv) BS 265s
(v) OtheracceptableStandards
Buirdingrayoutpranindicatingthe rocationof fire riftssharlbe submitted

Malaysiafor approvaland/orrecord. to FRDM and DOSH.
16.2.2Location of Fire Lifts

Fire lifts shall be located at not more than
61 metres traver distancefrom the furthermost
the floor' The fire lifts shall also be located point of
not more than 61 metres travel distance
entranceof the buildingon the designated from the main
floor or the fire controlroom whicheveris
nearer.
A fire lift shall be locatedwithin a separatelyprotected
shaft if it opens into a separate tobbv.
16.2.3Number of Fire Lifts
Fire lifts shall be provided at the rate
of one.lift in every group of lifts that discharge
protectedencrosureor smoke robby into the same
containingthe rising;mar;s.
16.2.4Number of Ftoors to be Served

Fire lifts sha, serve at floors incruding
the topmost occupied froor.
16.2.5 Lift Weil/Shaft
Fire lifts shall be located in protected
lift shafts of at least 2 hours fire resistanceprotection
(FRp).
No piping' conduit or equipment other
than that forming part of the lift or
maintenanceshail be instailedin any rift necessaryfor its
shaft or riftshaft encrosure.
16.2.6Landing Doors
Landingdoors shall have a FRP of not
less than half of the FRp of the lift shaft
minimumFRp of halfan hour. structurewith a
No glass shall be used for landingdoors exceptfor vision in which case any vision panel shall be
glazedwith wired safetyglass,and shall not be more than 0.0161m2and the total area of one or
morevisionpanelsin any landingdoorshallbe not morethan0.0156m2.Eachclearpanelopening
shall rejecta sphere 150mmin diameter.
Provisionshall be made for the opening of all landing doors by means of an emergencykey
irrespectiveof the positionof the lift car.
16.2.7Wiring and Gabling

All wiringand cablingfor fire liftsshallbe of fire resistingcables,routedalongareasof leastfire risk.
The cablesshall be sizedto continuouslycarry currentrequiredby the equipmentit is supplyingto
withoutfailure.
16.2.8Other Requirementsfor Fire Lifts

Lift Speedshall be such that it will run its full traveldistancein not more than 1 minute.
Lift Lobbywidth shall be as a minimumtwice the car depth.
Lift lobbyshall have a floor areaof not less than 5.57m2.
Fire lifts shall have an effectiveplatformarea not less than 1.45m2and be capableof carryinga
load not lessthan 550k9.The liftsshall have poweroperateddoorsgivinga minimumclearopening
width of 800mm.
16.2.9Fire Lift Switch

A fire lift switchshallbe installedadjacentto the lift openingat fire controllevel.The switchshall be
of the type that does not require a key for operation.
16.2.10lllumination
Approved self containedemergency light shall be provided in fire lifts. Such emergency light
shall be activatedwhen there is a power failure.The emergencylight shall be of the following
specifications:
(i) B watt fluorescenttube,

(ii) providea minimumof 3 hoursof emergencylightingafter12 hoursof recharging,
(iii) approvedby FRDM and EC (EnergyCommission)
16.2.11Fire Mode Operation

The fire mode operationshall be initiatedby a signal from the fire alarm panel which may be
activatedautomaticallyby one of the alarm devicesin the buildingor activatedmanually.
lf mains power is available,all lifts shall return in sequence directlyto the main access floor,
commencingwith the fire lifts,without answeringany car or landingcalls and at the same time
overridingthe emergencystop buttoninsidethe car, but not any otheremergencyor safetydevices,
and park with doorsfully open.
All landingcall pointsand controlswitchesshall be renderedinoperativeand sole controlvestedin

the car controlstationensuringthat any collectivecontrolbecomesinoperative.
All fire liftsshall be availablefor use by the fire brigadeon operationof the fire lift switch. Underthis
mode of operation,the fire liftsshall only operatein responseto car callsbut not to landingcalls.
'Fire at the liftconsole.
A sign indicating Mode'operation
shallbe illuminated
225
16.2.12Emergency Power Supply Mode with and without Fire Mode Operation
On failure of mains power, all lifts shall return in sequence directly to the designatedfloor,
commencingwith the fire lifts, without answeringany car or landing calls and park with doors
open.
After all liftsare parked,the liftsconnectedto emergencypowershall resumenormaloperation.
Providedthat where sufficientemergencypower is availablefor operationof all lifts,this mode of

operationneed not apply.
ln the event of fire mode operationunder mains power supplyfailure,there shall be emergency
power supplyprovidedto all the lifts,to operatethe fire liftscontinuouslyand to bring all the other
lifts to park at the designatedfloors.
When liftsare operatedunderthe'Mains Power FailureMode'a sign indicatingthis mode shall be

illuminatedat the lift console.
16.3TESTINGREQUIREMENTS
The system shall be tested for but not limited to the following:
(i) Full system performancetest under power failure and fire mode.
(ii) The test shall be recordedin the test form attached.
16.4 MAINTENANCE
REQUIREMENTS
16.4.1
lnspection
AndTesting
The system performanceunder power failure and fire mode should be tested half yearly.A log book
of the testingactivitiesshall be maintainedin the motorroom for inspectionby FRDM.
16.5 DESIGNCHECKLIST
UniformBuildingBy-laws1984
Requirementsof DOSH
BS 2655
FireLiftrequirement
shallfulfillthefollowing
conditions;
a. ln a buildingwherethetopmostoccupiedflooris over18.5metresabove O
fireappliance accesslevelfireliftsshallbe provided.
A penthouseoccupying
notmorethan50%of the areaof thefloorimmediately belowshallbe exempted
fromthismeasurement.
b. Fire lift is locatednot more than 61 metresfrom the buildingmain entrance A

or the fire control room whicheveris nearer.
c. Fire lift is located not more than 61 metres travel distancefrom the furthermost O
pointof the floor.
226
d. Thereis a fire lift allocatedin everygroupof liftsthatdischargeintothe El
sameprotectedenclosureor smokelobbycontaining the risingmains.
e. Fireliftsserveallfloors B
f. Fire lift is locatedwithina separatelyprotectedshaftif it opensintoa separatelobby. D
g. Cable& wiringmaterial:
h. Fireliftcar platformareais sq. metres
i. Widthof fire lift lobbyis - timesthe depthof cardepth.
k. Firelift dooris of an openingwidthof
l. Fire lift switchis locatedat
m. is provided
Emergencylllumination
16.6 TESTINGAND COilIMISSIONINGCHECKLIST
PerformanceTestfor PowerFailureand Fire Mode- SampleRecordSheet
ProjectTitle:
Project Location:
Owner:
Consultant:
Gontractor:
Lift Manufacturer:
Lifi ldentification No:

1. FireMode All liftsretumin sequencedirectly D

Operation to the designated floor,commencing
UnderMains withthe fire lifts,
without answering
PowerSupply any car or landingcalls,overriding
Situation the emergencystopbuttoninsidethe
car and ParkwithdoorsoPen.
Fire liftsoperatein responseto fire lift B

switchoperation.
227
2. Fire Mode All lifts return in sequencedirecfly
o
Operation to the designatedfloor,commencing
Under Standby with the fire lifts,without answering
Power Supply any car or landingcalls,overriding
Situation the emergencystop buttoninsidethe
car and park with doors open.
Fire lifts operate in responseto fire lift

a
switchoperation.
3. Fire Lift Switch On operationof the fire lift switch,

D
the fire lift is operationalunderfire
mode operation
Test carried out by: Date:
Witnessedby: Date:
Approved by: Date:
228
An emergencypowersystemshallbe providedto supplyelectricalpowerautomatically

in the event
of failureof the normalsupplyto equipmentessentialfor safetyto life.
The supplysystemfor emergencypurposesshall comprisea generatorset drivenby prime mover

and of sufficientcapacityto supply circuits carryingemergency loads with suitable means for
automaticstartingof the primemoveron failureof the normalservice.
A typicalemergencypowersysteminstallationis as shown in Fig. 17.1
1 7 . 2D ES IGNR E QU IR E ME N TS
The installationshall be designedand installedfor supplyingof electricalpower in case of mains
power failure in accordancewith the latest editionof:
UniformBuildingBy-laws1984
ElectricityRegulation
Requirementof the EnergyCommission
Emergencypowersystemshallprovidepowerfor the followingemergencyloadsthat are associated

with fire protectionsystem:
(i) pressurisation system

(ii) smoke controland managementsystem
(iii) fire alarm and monitoringsystem
(iv) pumpsetsfor fire fighting
(v) emergencypublicaddresssystem
(vi) fire lifts
(vii) emergencylighting
(viii) other emergencyfire systems
The main schematicdrawingshall be submittedfor FRDM approvaland/orrecord.
17.2.2Standby Generator Set

The generator shall provide adequate capacity and rating for the emergency operationof all
equipmentconnectedto the systemincludingsimultaneousoperationof all fire lifts.
The engine of the generatorshall be capable of meeting all the specifiedrequirementswhile

operatingon 'ClassA'fuel to BS 2869.
In the event of failure of normal power supply to or within the building or group of buildings
concerned,100% of the emergencypowershall be availablewithin 30 secondsof interruptionol
the normalsupply. When normalsupplyis restored,the generatorshallcontinueto run for not less
than 3 minutes.
17.2.3Automatic Mains Failure Board (AMF Board)

An automatic mains failure board (AMF board) shall be provided to control and monitor the
generator. This AMF board shall be locatedwithin the same compartmentas the generatorset
The AMF board shall includethe followinofeatures:
230
(i) faultalarmbell
(ii) batterychargingstatus
(iii) emergencystopbutton
(iv) generatorstarUstopindication
(v) temperaturetripindication/alarm
(vi) oil pressure tripindication/alarm
(vii) overspeedtripindication/alarm
(viii) lowfuellevelindication/alarm
(ix) extralowfuel levelalarm/alarm
(x) failto startindication/alarm
Underany circumstance shouldthe generator

fail to start,a signalshallbe sentto the mainfire
consoleindicatingsuchan event.
17.2.4FuelTank
A fuel tankwith cover-platehavinga minimumcapacitysufficientfor 4 hourscontinuousduty for
emergency useshallbe provided. Thisfueltankshallbe locatedwithinthe samecompartment as
the generatorset.
A kerbof notlessthan100mmheightand '100mm widthshallbe constructed

continuously
around
the fuettankto containthe full volumeof fuel shouldtherebe a tankleakage.
17.2.5Wiring& Cabling
All wiringand cablingfor emergencysystemsshallbe in metalconduitor of fire resistingcables,
routedalongareasof leastfire risk.Thecablesshallbe sizedto continuouslycarrypowerrequired
by the equipmentit is supplyingwithoutfailurein thecaseof normalserviceinterruption.Thecables
shallbe sizedin accordance with BS 7671-Requirements for Electricallnstallation:
IEE Wiring
Regulations.
17.2.6Batteryand Gharger
A storagebatterywitha chargershallbe providedwithsufficientcapacityto providesix successive
abortivestartsof the enginewithoutrecharging,
comprising 15 secondscrankingand 15 seconds
rest betweeneachcycle.The batteryand chargershallbe locatedwithinthe samecompartment
as the generatorset.
The batterychargershall be of constantchargingtype and shall be suitablefor continuous

operationat full ratedloadoutputwithoutthetemperature
riseof thetransformer
chokeor anyother
componentexceeding55'C. The batterychargershallbe sizedsuchthat the batteriescan be fully
chargedwithin18 hoursof charging.
17.2.7TotalGas FloodingSystem
TotalGas FloodingSystem(suchas CarbonDioxide)whereprovidedfor the generatorroomshall
be configured suchthat in the casewhenthe generatorroomis on fireor the gas (suchas carbon
dioxide)is discharged,
a signalshallbe fed to the generator
fromthe TotalGas FloodingSystem
controlpaneltostopthegenerator.
17.3 TESTINGREQUIREMENTS
Thesystemshallbe testedfor (butnotlimitedto)thefoilowing:

' Batteryperformance
testfor six successive
abortivegeneratorstarting
. Fullsystemperformancetest underpowerfailureand fire mode
Thetestshallbe recordedin theformatas perFormt herein.
231
17.4 MAINTENANCEREQUIREMENTS
17.4.1lnspectionand Testing
Thecoolant,battery,batterycharger,
fuelsupply,automatic
change-over
deviceandgenerator
set
shouldbe inspected
at leastmonthly.
The generatorset shouldbe testedregularly

on testmodewithandwithoutload,to ensureit can
be runup and provideemergency powerwhenthe needarises.
A log bookof the inspection

and testingactivitiesshallbe maintained
in the generatorroomfor
inspection
by FRDM.
1 7 . 5D E S I G NC H E C K L I S T
Emergencypower system is requiredbased upon the following:
. Fire lifUs,if installed

. Pressurisationand/or Smoke Control System,
if installed
' Electricfire pumpsets,if installedfor fire fighting
systems(i.e.hydrant,hose reel,sprinkler
and wet riser)
. Other life supportsystems,if installed,and
as requiredby FRDM
b. The capacityof generatoris KVA
. load sheddingschemeis designed

.
o
load sheddingschematicsubmitted o
. main schematicsubmitted D
. generatorcapacitycalculationsubmitted (Form 2) D
. load sheddingschemeis acceptable tr
. generatorcapacityis acceptablebased on the calculation D
The followingfeatures are provided:
. automaticchange over device

.
a
fault alarm bell o
. alarm indicationlights
.
o
battery chargingstatus a
. emergencystop button
.
o
generatorstarUstopindication a
. temperaturetrip indication D
. oil pressuretrip indication
.
o
over speedtrip indication E
. low fuel levelindication
.
e
extra low fuel level alarm/alarm a
. fail to start indication/alarm
.
tr
indicationat main fire alarm panel
, d . Fuel tank capacitysufficientto run engineat full load for hours.
e. Cable & wiringmaterial:
232
CHECKLIST
17.6.1Visual Inspection of Standby Generator Set
Generatorset is locatedwithina fire ratedcompartment
e
17.6.2Visual Inspection of Automatic Mains Failure Board
The followingfeatures are provided:
. automaticchangeover device o
. fault alarm bell a
. alarm indicationlights tr
. batterychargingstatus a
. emergencystop button a
. generatorstarUstopindication D
. temperaturetrip indication tr
. oil pressuretrip indication tr
. over speed trip indication o
. low fuel level indication tr
. extra low fuel level alarm/alarm a
. failto start indication/alarm D
. indicationat main fire alarm panel
17.6.3Visual Inspection of Fuel Tank

' Fuel tank is locatedwithinthe same compartment
. The volumeof the tank is
as the generatorset o
_ mm x mm x mm a
. Fueltank is toppedup to the;equired level
' Min. 100mmx 100mmcontinuouskerb a
aroundthe fueltank is provided o
17.6.4Visual Inspection of Wiring & Cabting
' cable materialis eitherfire resistingtype
. Cableis installedin accordanceto relevant
or in metalconduits a
. Cables is terminatedin accordancewith
code of practice o
code of practice o
17.6.5Visual Inspection of Battery Charger
. Batterycapacityis AH
. Batteryvoltageis o
volts (DC or AC) o
. Charger setting is acceptable
a
17.7TESTINGAND COMMISSIONING
CHECKLIST
Form 1: PerformanceTest for Power Failure and Fire Mode - Sample Record Sheet
Project Title:
Project Location:
Owner:
Consultant:
233
Contractor:
GeneratorManufacturer:
AlternatorEngine
Model& SerialNo:
Test SimulationGondition:Powerfailuresimulated by shuttingdownpowersupplyat the intake

point.At the sametimea fire modeshallbe simulated (in orderof
preference)by eithersprinkler
activated
alarmor heator smokedetector
activatedalarmor manualbreakglassactivated alarmor others.
1. GeneratorStarting 100% load in less than 30 seconds 0

and Change-
Over Time
2. The generator Yes fl

started
withoutany
interruption?
3. Lift Homingunder - All lifts homed to main accessfloor and tr

gensetmode doors remainfully open.
(whereapplicable)
- Fire lifts homed to main access floor and A
doors remainopen.
- Fire lifts becomeoperationalwhenfire lift O

switch is activated.
4. Pressurisation
and - All affectedPressurisation
and o
Smoke Control System Smoke Control System activated.
(whereapplicable)
5. Fire pumpsets - All affected fire pumpsetsactivatedand a

(where applicable) performingto requirements.
6. PublicAddressSystem - Able to performpublicpagingclearly. a

(whereapplicable)
7. Emergencylights - llluminated o
B. Fire ControlConsole - Remainoperationalwithout
disruption D
9. Air-conditioning - Shut down (wheredesignated)on D

System fire mode operation
10. Load Shedding - Able to load shed certainessential o

(whereapplicable) (but non emergency)loadssupplied
by generatorset underfire mode
operation(if the schemeis designed)
234
11. Total Flooding - The generatorset stops upon alarm e
(CarbonDioxide) from the Total Gas Floodingsystem
System controlpanelfor the generatorroom
12. Batteryperformance - Able to providesix successiveabortive o

test generatorstartingand generatorstarted
on the seventhstart
Testcarriedout by: Date:
Witnessedby: Date:
Approvedby: Date:
Form2: GeneratorSizingForm
TableI TotalConnectedLoad Of EmergencySystem
ItemNo. SystemDescription Total ConnectedLoad At 0.85 Lagging p.f.
1 PressurisationSystem KVA
2 SmokeControlSystem KVA
3 FireAlarmAnd MonitoringSystem KVA
4 SprinklerSystem KVA
5 HoseReelSystem KVA
6 Wet RiserSfstem, KVA
7 HydrantSystem KVA
8 PublicAddressSystem KVA
I Fire Lift kVA KVA
10 OtherLifts*(referto note 1) KVA
11 OtherLife SupportSystems(to list)
a) KVA
b) KVA
c) KVA
Total ConnectedLoad of EmergencySystem kvA

(Totalsum of items 1 to 11)
*Note 1: Connected
load of non-firelifts (numberof lifts as per lift homingrequirement),if the non-
fire lifts depend on the generatorfor homingduring normal power outage.Otherwise
these need not to be included.
235
Table2 Loadof Essential(but Non Emergency)System
Item,No. SystemDescription TotalGonnected

LoadAt 0.85Laggingp.f.
1 lllumination KVA
2 Escalators KVA
3 Travellators KVA
'4
OtherEssentialSystems(to list) KVA
a)
b)
c)
TotalConnectedLoad of EssentialSystem KVA

(Totaisum of itenrs t to 4)
MaximumDemandof Essentialsystem kvA

at a diversity factor of _
'
Table 3 Load of Essential System Shed off During Fire Mode Operation
ItemNo. SystemDescription TotafConneptedLoadAt 0.85 Laggingp.f.

1 KVA
KVA
b) KVA
c) .KVA
KVA
tlaximum Demandof Essential System kvA

at a diversity factor of
Generator Capacity Sizing

The followingshall be the minimumtotal generatorcapacityat a powerfactorof 0.85 lagging:
(i) for installationwhere no load sheddingis designed
The GeneratorCapacity= TotalConnectedLoadof EmergencySystem(Table1) + Maximum

Demandof EssentialSystem(Table2)
(ii) for installationwhere load sheddingduringfire mode operationis designed^
The GeneratorCapacity= TotalConnectedLoadof EmergencySystem(Table1) + Maximum

Demandof EssentialSystem(Table2) - MaximumDemandof Load Shedding(Table3)
^ The schematicof load sheddingschemeshall be submitted.
236
>l >l
ulI utl
FI F-.1
al al
>l >l
ol (Dl
el
uJl uJI
al JI
YI
(l zl
FI nl
tll I o-l
=l al
@r
il= v
= j -
L a
<)a
zu)
_t!JU)
N.E
uJo
>o
E uJ<
o,
o
o ul
F >l
o o9 JI
] zu) &l
o-l
o { . n
L fl
>> @l
o zl
o l o al
o) <t >l
u z
o to
tr>
ul
!-
(,
L
a o
.9
tJ-
>l uJ
UJI
FI -a
9l
@l a
JI z
ol o
trl r
FI
zl I
ol t
ol f
uJI
YI a
ul
z >l v
tlj al 0-
n :
= 2 E . 9 - . _ >
d
Lll
d P 8 e a + I 9
^ - o ( 5 0 )
or'6@; F
r; vi l S'
2+,69.g€ft-' v tr
u r b . g E E j E , 7 = @ i 7o ; i o = . : i -
<r-r
=tILIoiI<>oo->
e-:E+=
H E E6 E € E E = ;
O r N c r ) $ r O ( o F @ O )
sc$g€F
I =S
237
1 8 . 1C ON C E P T
The Fire Engineering- PerformanceBased Approach (FE-PBA)

is a methodologyfor design,
evaluationand assessmentoffice safety in buildings.lt identifies
an engineeringapproach to
buildingfire safety,and gives guidanceon the applicationof scientific
and engineeringprinciples,
to the protectionof people and propertyfrom unwantedfire. Additionally,
it ouilin"s a structured
approach,to assessmentof total buildinqfire safetysystemeffectiveness,
and to the achievement
of pre-identified
designobjectives
The methodologyfacilitatesperformance-based design that meets the fire safety objectivesof

Building Codes. Many factors, including a building'sform of
construction,,""n, of escape,
occupancyfactors,smoke management,detection,alarmand fire suppression
facilities,contribute
to the achievementof fire-safetyobjectives.The guidelinesof
Fire Engineering- performance
Based Approach,are based on the premisethat all these measures,
form part of an integrated
fire safetysystemfor the building,which must respondto any fire
developingwithin that building.
consequently,it is requiredthat designersrecognisethe interactions
betweenelementsof a fire
safetysystemand that they developcompleteand integrateddesign
solutions.
The basicprinciplesof Fire Engineering- PerformanceBased

Approachmay be appliedto speci1c
types of buildingsand their uses. However,the principleand the guidelines
developeddo NoT
cover buildingswhich are used for bulk storage or processing
of flammable liquids, industrial
chemicalsor explosivematerials.The intrinsicrisksassociatedwith
such buildingswillnecessitate
specialconsiderationand is beyondthe scopeof this chapter.
The Fire Engineering- PerformanceBased Approachconcept is

intendedfor applicationduring
the conceptualphaseof buildingfire safetysystemdesign,prior
to the detaildesign,specification
and documentationphase of selected fire-safetysub-syst,ems(or
elements).Fire Engineering
procedures require early consultationand co-operation
between the project manager, Architect
and other membersof the designteam, togetherwith the Fire and
RescueDepartmentMalaysia.
The detaileddesignand specificationof fire-safetysub-systems(which
will followagreementof the
conceptualdesign)may not be specificduringthis stage.But it
is imperativethat when executed,
these strictlyadhereto the decisionsand agreementsreachedduring
the conceptualphase.
18.2.1Codes and Standards

(i) Fire SafetyEngineeringGuidelinepublishedby the AustralianBuilding
CodesBoard(ABCB)
(ii) Bs 7974: Applicationof Fire SafetyEngineeringPrincipteto the
Designof Building- Code
of Practice
1 8 . 3F I R ES A F E T YE N GIN E E R EQUIREM ENTS
The Fire Engineering- PerformanceBased Approach study

should only be carried out by e
qualified,and experienceand accreditedFire Safety
Engineer(FSE) whln acting as part of e
designteam' This will permitachievementof the requisitelevel
of fire safetyfor a buildingwithou
imposingunnecessaryconstraintson otheraspectsof its design.
The qualificationand capabilityof a FSE should be accredited

by an appropriateprofessiona
institutionor by FRDM' The criteriaof an appropriateFire safety
Engineershall be a person,whc
by educationtrainingand experienceis:
240
(i) familiarwith the natureand characteristics
of fire and associatedproductsof combustion.
(ii) one who has understanding of how fires originate,spreadwithinand outsidebuildinqs/

structures,and/orextinguished
(iii) ableto anticipate the behaviourof materials,

structures
equipmentand processesretatedto the
protectionof life and propertyfrom fire.
(iv) able to use appropriatequantitative

fire engineeringmethodology
as well as understanding
all
the techniquesutilisedin respectto assumptions,limitationsand uncertainties.
(v) awareof mattersof fire safetymanagement,includingthe role of fire preventionand the risks
to buildingfire-safetyassociatedwith construction,installation,
operationand maintenance.
(vi) familiarwith relevantBuildingCodes,Standards,Codesof Practice,legislation,etc.
(vii) is registeredwith the Boardof Engineers,Malaysiaas a ProfessionalEngineeror Boardof

Architects,Malaysiaas a ProfessionalArchitect.
- PERFORMANCE
18.4SCOPEOF FIREENGINEERING BASEDAPPROACH
The applicationof FE-PBAshall be restrictedas follows:
(i) NormalBuildingCategory(referto UBBLT1984 Tenth Schedute).
- ShallfollowUBBL 1984requirements
eg. schools,shop houses,factories
(ii) High Rise BuildingCategory

- ShallfollowUBBL 1984requirement
- FE-PBAshallbe appliedonly to specificarealspacesnot coveredby
UBBL 1984
eg. Kuala LumpurCity Centre,MenaraKuala Lumpur
(iii) Mega Projectand SpeciatUse

- FE-PBAmay be apptied
eg. Kuala LumpurInternational
Airport
1 8 . 5E X C L U S ION . PERFORMANCE
OF F IR EE N GINEERING BASEDAPPROAC H
APPLICATION
The followingtype of buildingsshall be excluded from the applicationof Fire Engineering-

PerformanceBased Approach:
(i) Buildingsused for bulk storage
(ii) Buildingsused for processingof :

(a) flammableliquids
(b) industrialchemicals,
(c) explosivematerials.
The intrinsicrisks associatedwith such buildingswill necessitatespecial considerationand is

beyondthe scopeof this study.
241
- PERFORMANCE
18.6FIREENGINEERING BASED(FEPB)REPORT
The format of the FEPB Report may depend on the nature and scope of the Fire Engineering-
PerformanceBasedstudy and shall containthe followinginformation:
(i) Objectiveof the Study
(ii) Descriptionof the buildingand type of occupancy
(iii) Membersof the DesignTeam
(iv) Resultsof the designoverview

(a) Fire safety objectives
(b) Resultsof hazardidentification
(c) Basis for selectingfire scenariosfor analysis
(d) Acceptancecriteria
(e) Trial conceptdesign
(f) Redundanciesbetweenand within sub-systems
(g) Influenceof Fire Safety Management
(v) Analysisof Results

(a) Assumptions
(b) Engineeringjudgement
(c) Calculationprocedures
(d) Validationof methodotogies
(e) Sensitivityanalysis
(0 Evaluationof the resultsof the analysisagainstthe acceptancecriteria
(vi) FinalConceptualDesign& Conclusion

(a) Fire Protectionmeasuresrequired
(b) AppliedManagementissuewhich is integralto the design
(vii) Reference
(a) Drawings
(b) Designdocumentation
(c) Technicalliterature
Based on the contents of FEPB Report, it is desirable that the main body of text provides an
overviewof the study The calculations,computeroutputs,detailedanalysisand other documents
shouldbe includedin the appendices.
It is also important that the FEPB Report draws a clear distinctionbetween life safety, property
protectionand environmental protection,so that the buildingowner,managerand Fire and Rescue
DepartmentMalaysiaclearlyunderstandthe purposeof the proposedmeasures.
18.7APPROVAL
Fire Engineeringis a developingdisciplineand some of the judgementneededmay be subjective.

' Therefore,the Fire and RescueDepartment
Malaysiamust be consultedfor priorapprovalof the
overall conceptbeforefinal parametersand assumptionsare laid down for the Fire Engineering
designusing PerformanceBasedApproach.
242
Fire Engineeringdesign begins with QualitativeDesign Review During the QualitativeDesign
Review,the scope and objectivesof the fire safety design shall be defined,performancecriteria
establishedand one or more potentialdesignsolutionsproposed.
QuantitativeAnalysis shall apply the fundamentalfire science and engineeringmethodology

to evaluatethe potentialsolution proposed in the QualitativeDesign Review The Quantitative
Analysisshall includethe followingcriteria:
(i) Fire initiationand developmentwithinthe enclosure

(ii) Smoke Developmentand Managementwithinand beyondthe enclose
(iii) Firespreadand managementbeyondthe enclosureof origin
(iv) Firedetectionsuppression
(v) Occupantavoidance
(vi) Communication and responseby Fire and RescueDepartmentMalaysia
All the results from the quantitativeanalysis shall be compared with the, acceptancecriteria
identifiedduringthe QualitativeDesignReview
Three types of approachesmay be considered:
(i) Deterministic
(ii) Probabilistic
(iii) Comparative
The FEPB Reportsshall be certifiedby a FSE for presentationto the DirectorGeneralof the Fire
and RescueDepartmentMalaysia
18.8PEERREVIEWER
A FEPB Reportshallbe supportedby a Peer ReviewReportconfirmingits findings.
The Fire SafetyEngineerpreparingthe Peer ReviewReportshall be independentand shall NOT

be engaged by the same Fire Safety Engineerwho is conductingthe FE-PBAor by the project
managementteam or by the owner of the said project or anyone who is related to the same
project.
The Fire Safety Engineerpreparingthe Peer Review Report shall be appointedby the Fire and
RescueDepartmentMalaysia,and the cost incurredshall be borne by the owner
The Peer Review Report shall be submittedindependentlyto the DirectorGeneralof Fire and
RescueDepartmentMalaysiaas a basisof comparisonof the assumptionsand criteriaset forth by
the FEPB Report.
The requirementsof a Peer Reviewershall be as follows:
(i) in accordancewith the requirementsas stipulatedin section18.3

(ii) shall have at least 15 years of relevantworkingexperience
(iii) shall be currentlyinvolvedin or has accessto researchand developmentactivitiesin the fire
engineeringfield
(iv) shall be an approvedProfessionalEngineeror ProfessionalArchitect
243
1 8 . 9D E C tS ION
The Decisionof the DirectorGeneralof Fire and Rescue DepartmentMalaysiashall be final in

accordanceto UBBL 1984,By-law245.
1 8.1O LEGAL IMPLICATION
The applicationof Fire Engineering- PerformanceBased Approach is a complex exercisethat

involvespublic safety. Hence, the qualified,competentand experiencedprofessionaladopting
Fire Engineering- PerformanceBasedApproachshall be responsibleand accountableshouldthe
designdeviatefrom the UBBL 1984 and subsequentlyfail during a fire. For the professionalwho
practicesFire Engineering- PerformanceBasedApproach,noticeshall be takenwhereby:
"Judicialnotice"
(i) underthe EvidenceAct 1950 is not accordedto the responsiblesubmitting
Architectand/orEngineer.
(ii) Underthe Law of Negligence,generallyif there is professionalnegligence,pursuantto the

EvidenceAct '1950,the burdenof provingnegligenceis on the partywho wantsjudgement
from the court and the standardof proof is generallyof balanceof probabilities.
(iii) Shouldthe professional BasedApproach,whereby

adoptingthe Fire Engineering-Performance
the engineeringdesignis withinthe knowledgeof the designer,then the doctrineof res rpsa
Iquidorwill apply wherebythe burdenof provingnegligenceassertedby the plaintiffwill be
shiftedto the professionalto provethat he is not negligent.
(iv) ln normal negligencesuit, the legal burden is on the plaintiffto prove the existenceof
negligenceon the part of the professional.
244
Two thousand five hundred year ago, a Master military strafegisf said;
"in peace prepare for war, in war prepare for peace"
- MasterSun Tzu, Art of War, 506 B.C.
Similarly in time of normalcy prepare for disaster, in time of disaster prepare for quick return
to normalcy.
1 9 . 1I N T ROD U C T ION
The submittingperson is requiredto submit the Fire OperationManual (FOM) before Certificate
of Fitnessis issuedto a building.The Fire OperationManualessentiallyconsistsof the overallas-
built Fire ProtectionSystemsand the EmergencyResponsePlan (ERP).In the past the FOM only
consistslittle informationon the ERP for the building.Howeverprofessionalsmust now update
their knowledgeon ERP. The Fire and RescueDepartmenthave establisheda Malaysianincident
CommandStructure(MICS) for the protectionof plants.This standardis based on the National
Fire ProtectionAssociation12 - IncidentCommandStructure(lCS)which is widelypractisedby all
hazardousindustriesin many developedcountries.
The ERP is a detailEmergencyPlanningsystemwhich involveslife safety,evacuation,mitigation,

fire fightingand rescue,etc. and will requirea qualifiedand experiencedpersonto draft the plan,
taking into considerationvariousaspectssuch as anticipatedstrategiesbased on some logicalor
variablescenarioin a particularbuilding,the type of risks (fire risk assessment),and many other
factorsdependingon nature,size,occupancy,etc of the building.
1 9 . 2U N I FIE D
C OMMA N D
A N DC ONTROL
The Big Picture

' The incident Command Structurewas developed by a multi-agencytask force after a major
wildlandfire which destroyeda large portionof SouthernCalifornia,USA in 1970.
' The ICS is designedas a systemwhich can be usedfrom the initialstagesof any incidentuntilthe
situationreturnsto normalcy.lt is also applicableto bothdailysituations(non-emergency)
as well
as very largeand complexincidents.lt is designedto be used in responseto emergenciescaused
by fires, earthquakes,floods, riots, explosionor hazardouschemicalspillsand other naturalor
man-madeincidents.
' The structureof the ICS is not restrictiveand operateslikea numberof boxes,whereit can expand
or contractdependingon the demand and changingconditionof an incident.However,it should
be staffedand operatedby trainedand qualifiedpersonnelfrom any emergencyserviceseg. Fire
and RescueDepartmentMalaysia,Police,army, hospital,etc.
' As such,thisstrategicsystemcan be usedfor any typeor sizeor emergencyinvolvingsingleagency

to multipleagenciesand from 5 hamburgerto 500,000hamburgerrequirements.
' The ICS establishesproceduresfor controlof personnel,facilities,equipment,communications,

commont'erminology and operatingprocedures.lt will also ensurethe timelycombinationof
resourcesduringan emergency.
. This systemwill ensuredifferentagenciescouldwork togethertowardsa commonobjectivein an
effectiveand systematicmanner.
19.3THEMAIN"ICS''OPERATION
REQUIREMENTS
structureof respondingagenciesadaptableto any emergenciesor incidentto

ls an organisational
whichthe Fire and RescueDepartmentMalaysiawould be expectedto respond.lt must providefor
the followingkindsof operations:
. Singlejurisdiction/single
agencyinvolvement
. Singlejurisdictionwith multi-agencyinvolvement
. Multijurisdiction/multi-agencyinvolvement
It must be applicableand acceptableto users both nationallyand cross boarder operation,if

necessary- eg. IndonesiaForestFires,Turkeyand Taiwanearthquakes,etc.
It should be easilyand readilyadaptableto new technologyand local conditions- DirectiveNSC

No. 20. (ArahanMKN No. 20)
ls flexible and able to expand in a logical manner from an initial attach situationinto a major
incident.
Has a common basic element in organisation,terminologyand procedureswhich will ensure

continuationof a total mobilityconcept.
shouldhave the leastpossibledisruptionto existingsystems.

It's implementation
ls effective in fulfillingall the above requirementsand yet be simple enough to ensure low
operationaland maintenancecostswhen in use.
The ICS has considerableflexibility,where it can grow or shrinkto meet differingneeds.lt is a cost
effectiveand efficientmanagementsystem,and can be applied to a wide variety of emergencyand
non-emergencysituationssuch as:
. Fire and explosions,hazardsin multi-casualtyincident

. Multijurisdictionand multiagencydisasters(UnifiedCommand)
. Floodand earthquake
. Major forest fires
. Pest eradicationand diseasecontrol
. Oil spill responseand recoveryincident
. Air, rail,water or groundtransportation
accident
. Plannedeventse.g. parades,
celebrations, concerts
. Privatesectoremergencymanagementprogrammes
. State or local major natural hazard management
19.4 ORGANISATION AND OPERATION
The ICS organisationfocuses on flve major functionalareas - but it is easily rememberedas

"CommandercannotFLOP"which is:
247
Command
Finance
Logistics
Operation
Planning
Commandis responsiblefor overallmanagementand controlof the incidentsupportedby trained

and qualifiedstaff. The commandfunctionin the ICS can be managed by a singlecommand
or
UnifiedCommand.
INGIDENT GOMMAND
SYSTEM
Diagram of lncident Command System
19.5EMERGENCY
RESPONSE
PLAN
An EmergencyResponsePlan (ERP) is a plan for survivalin an emergencyand mitigation

and is
perhapsthe most importantelementof emergencymanagement.Mitigation
is the daily effortto
reducethe hazardsand quick recoveryfrom disasterdependson pre-planning. The ERp can help
us to preventand preparethe effectsof a disaster.Developmentof an ERp is truly proactive
as
well as reactiveand also one that is effectiveand practical.lt is usefulto re-emphaiis" ", well
as
expandupon the five basic principles:
' ProperEmergencyPlanningbeginswith Owners,

Operations,and Managersof the Facility
involvedin or contributingto a potentialor actualemergency.
248
Communicationplays an especiallyvital role in both the preventionof and the responseto any
emergency
Lack of co-ordination
Lack of establishedchain of between emergency
command;lack uniform servicesand other
commandsignals;lack of communitysupport
standardterminology services
Interference
withsite
operations by
crowdsof
curiouspublic
Failure as wellas
standby
response
No personnel
standradisation
of equipment
usedby different Uncontrolledaccessto siteby
responding politicians
andmassmedia
agencies personnel
Commoncausesof failurein emergencyresponseoperations
Emergency pranningfor Corporate

Response "* ,,lrf!,'r!; i!!f"?i,
On-goingfacilityauditsand practicedrillsare essentialforupdatingand refiningan ERp.
There can be no properemergencyresponsewithoutthe existenceof a practised,on site chain of

command.
19.6 INDUSTRIAL
FACILITY
Regardless of thetypeof facility,an ERPfor an industrial
facilityshouldcontain(ata minimum)
the followingbasiccategoriesof information:
. Objectives
. Responsibility andAuthority
. Distributionof plan
. Emergency Equipment andSupplies
. Locationof Data/ information
. Assessment of Hazard
. Generalprocedures
. Notification
procedures
. EvacuationProcedures
. Containment procedures
. SpecialProcedures (e.g.fire,explosion,
flood,toxicgas release)
. Equipment shutdown
. Returnto NormalOperations
. TrainingDocumentation
. lnformationalappendices
250
19.7BULLETPOINTSIN ERPSTRATEGIES
The objectiveof any disasterplan mustbe to ensurethe bestqualitytreatmentof the survivorin an

effortto minimisethe risksof mortalitv.
In the realevent,successwilldependon priorplanning,thoroughtraining,medicalreinforcement,

co-operationwith other agenciesand availabilityof suitablemedicalassetsand transportation.
Clearand efficientcommunicationswill be fundamentalto successfulcommandand the effective

co-ordinationof rescue efforts.
of a simpleyet flexible
A favourableoutcomewill be the resultof the intelligentinterpretation
plan that has been rehearsedand frequentlyreviewed.
- Managementof Disasterand their aftermath,UK
PEOPLE'SSOCIALAND
MANAGING
NEEDSAFTER
PSYCHOLOGICAL
DISASTER
Crisis
lmmediate Shortterm Long term
Pre-crisis post crisis post crisis post crisis
I Shock
LRealisati
LAcknowledgement+
Adaptation
The time continuumof psychologicalrehabilitation.(From Gibsonwith permission.)
PaulA. Erikson,
EmergencyResponsePlanningfor Corporateand MunicipalManager
19.8 CONCLUSTON
ERP is a plan for survivaland may determinebetween life and death for emergencyresponse
personneland thoseat risk in any emergencydisastermanagementcontrol.The ultimatechallenge
to the ERP strategistis the survivaland safetyof those at risk and quick returnto normalcy.
Fireman Soh's Experience,Highland Towers Tragedy, 1993
251
20.1INTRODUCTION
In 1976 the Federal Constitution was amendedand the issue of preventionand extinguishment
of fire, includingFire Servicesand Fire Brigadeswere listed in the Federal List. However,the
FederalGovernment,alongwith State Governments,have jurisdictionin matterscontainedin the
ConcurrentList i.e. mattersin FireSafetyand Fire Precautionin the Constructionand Maintenance
of Buildings.Pursuantto Article 74(11of the Federal Constitution, Parliamentmay enact laws
on matterslistedin the FederalList or in the ConcurrentList, and bv virtueof this Articlethe Fire
Services Act 1988 was enacted.
20.2PREAMBLEOF THEACT
The Fire ServicesAct 1988 which appliesthroughoutMalaysiawas enactedforthe effectiveand

efficientfunctioningof the Fire Services Departmentand for the protectionof life and propertyfrom
fire risks and purposesconnectedthere with. This Act came into force on the 1st of January1989
as publishedin the Gazette PU. (B) 701.
DEPARTMENT
OF FIRESERVICES
20.3ESTABLISHMENT
The DirectorGeneralof the Fire Services Departmentheads the structureof the Fire Services
Departmentpursuantto section 3(2) of the Act. He is currentlyassistedby Deputy Directors
Generaland AssistantDirectorsGeneral.Furthermore,by virtueof section 3(3) of the Act there is
a Directorof Fire Servicesfor each of the States of Malaysia.lt is to be noted that every Fire Officer
shall be subjectedto the controland directionof the DirectorGeneral.Pursuantto section 7 of the
Act the DirectorGeneralmay delegatethe exerciseof his power or the performanceof his duties
underthe said Act to any Fire Officerin writingvia delegationof power.There is also delegationof
power vide authorisationpursuantto sections 38, 40, 41, 43, 44, 50, 52 and 59 of the said Act.
Authorisedofficermeans authorisedby the DirectorGeneralin writingto act underthe provisions
of the Act.
The MalaysianFireServicesstructurealso includesauxiliaryFireOfficerswho may be appointedby

the DirectorGeneralwith the concurrenceof the Ministerof Housingand LocalGovernment.These
auxiliaryFire Officers are subjectedto the immediatecontrol and directionof the respectiveState
Directorand are paid allowances.BesidesauxiliaryFire Officers,the structureof the Fire Services
Departmentmay includeprivatefire-brigades,voluntaryfire-brigadesand cadetfire-brigades.
OF THE FIRESERVICES
20.4DUTIESAND RESPONSIBILITIES
of the Fire Servicesare providedfor in section 5 of the Act whict

The dutiesand responsibilities
includes:
Takingof lawfulmeasurefor:
fighting,preventionand controllingfires.
extinguishing,
Protectinglife and propertyin the event of a fire.
into the cause,originand circumstanceof fire.

The makingof investigation
254
. The Ministermay directthe Departmentto performsuch other dutiesin additionto the above or
imposedby law.
20.5FIREHAZARD
'Fire 'Fire
The definitionof Hazard'shall be read togetherwith FightingEquipmentor Fire Safety
installation'in order to have in-depthunderstandingwhich is the importantaspect for eventual
laMul enforcementand prosecutionand those definitionsas providedin section 2 of the Act.
'Fire-FightingEquipment or Fire Safety installation' meansany equipmentor installation

for:
. Extinguishing,
fighting,preventing,or limitinga fire
. Givingwarningof a fire
. Providingaccessto any premisesfor extinguishing,

fighting,preventing,or limitinga fire
. Providingemergencypower supplyin the event of normalpowerfailure
. Providingemergencylightingfor purposesof escapefrom buildings
. Giving directiontowards an escape route or place of refuge,or
. Providingadequate,safe egressfor the purposeof evacuationor exit of occupantsin the event of

fire
'Fire-hazard'means:
. Any unlawfulalterationto any buildingsuch as might render escape in the event of a fire
materiallymore difficultor less easy than it would be if the alterationhad not been made.
. The over-crowdingof any place of public entertainmentor publicgatheringsuch might render

escape in the event of a fire difficult.
. A n y r e m o v a lo r a b s e n c ef r o m a n y b u i l d i n go f a n y F i r e - f i g h t i n gE q u i p m e n to r F i r e S a f e t y
installationthat is requiredby law to be providedin the building.
. The presencewithin or outside any buildingof any Fire-fightingEquipmentor Fire Safety

installationor any facility,installedin accordancewith the requirementof any writtenlaw or as
requiredby the Fire ServicesDepartment,that is not in efficientworking order.
' Inadequatemeansof exit from any part of a buildingto any place,whetherwithinor outsidethe
building,that providessafetyto personsin the event of a fire, or
. Any othermatteror circumstances that materiallyincreasethe likelihoodof a fire or the dangerto

life or propertythat would resultfrom the outbreakof a fire, or that would materiallyhamperthe
Fire ServicesDepartmentin the dischargeof its dutiesin the event of a fire.
255
2 0 . 6C OMP OU N D IN G
Based on the Fire Services (Compounding of Offences) Regulations 1991 which came into
force on the 6th August 1991, the followingare compoundableoffences:
Section 22(U - any person in controlor owner of such premiseswho fails to comply with any
directiongiven by the DirectorGeneral or any authorisedofficer to providefacilitiesand water
supplyfor fire fightingpurpose.
section 23(11- any works that affectany fire hydrantor the frow of water
Section 23(21- hydrantnot in good working conditionupon the completionof any works carried
out.
Section 25(21- any person who refuses to allow the fixing of hydrant plate or obstructsin the
course of the fixing or removes or defaces any such plate.
Section 26 - any personwho coversup, encloses,or concealsany fire hydrantso as to renderits

locationdifficultto ascertain,or tampers with any fire hydrant,or uses a fire hydrant other than for
fire fighting purposes.
Section 32(21- make a materialchange to the premiseswhile a fire certificateis in force.
Section 33 - No fire certificatein force in respect of any designatedpremises.
Section 47 - Unauthorisedpresencein premiseswhich has been taken over bv the Fire Services
Departmentas a result of a fire.
Section 52 - Failureto complywith directiongiven by an authorisedofficer.
20.7ABATEMENTOF FTRE.HAZARD
' Section 8 (1) - the DirectorGeneral,if satisfiedof the existencein
any premisesof any fire
hazard,may serve an abatementnotice in Form A requiringhim to abate the fire hazardwithin the
specificperiod.lf the fire hazardis likelyto recur, he may also, by the fire-hazardabatementnotice
under subsection(1) or by a subsequentfire-hazardabatementnoticein Form B requirethe
person on whom the notice is served to do whateveris necessaryto preventingthe recurrenceol
the fire hazardpursuantto subsection(2).
' Section 9 - Power of DirectorGeneralto abate fire hazardin vacant

or unoccupiedpremisesir
which the fire hazardexists.
' Section 11 - Powerof DirectorGeneralto abate fire hazard

on non-compliance
with fire hazard
abatementnoticeand the expensesincurredcan be recoverablein court pursuantto section16
of this Act.
' Section 12 - Powerof DirectorGeneralto abatefire hazardin any premises

in caseof urgencyanc
r eXpensesincurredcan be recoverablein court pursuantto section17 of this Act.
256
NB: Abatementof fire hazardpursuantto sections 9, 11 and 12 of this Act can be done either
by removing,demolishingand etc. thus avoidingexistenceof fire hazard.
20.8PROHIBITORY
ORDER
Section35allowstheDirector to applyto a courtfora prohibitory

General orderto anypremises,
if the risk to personsor propertyin case of fire is so serious,untilstepshave been taken to reduce
the fire to a reasonablelevel.
20.9ORDERTO CEASEAGTIVITY
Section 35A of the Act allowsthe DirectorGeneralby order to directthe owner or occupierof the
premisesto cease activity if he is satisfiedthat:
a. any continued activity in any premiseswould constitutean immediatedanger of fire

prejudicialto the safety of life or property,and
b. delay in applyingfor a prohibitoryorder would substantiallyincreasethe risk to life or

property.
20.10CLOSINGORDER
Section13 of the Act prohibitsthe use of any premiseswhich may materiallyincreasethe likelihood
of a fire or the danger to life or propertyresultingfrom the outbreak of a fire.
20.11SPECIAL
POWEROF FIREOFFICERS
20.11.1
Pursuantto section 18 of the Act. a Fire Officer on the occasion of a fire mav:
. Removeany personinterferingby his presenceor actionswith the operationsof the Fire Services
Department.
. Enter,break,possessor demolishany premisesfor the purposeof puttingan end to the fire or

rescue any person.
. Close any street near the site of the fire or controlthe traffic or crowd in any such street.
. Use any convenientsupplyof water duringfire operation.
20.11.2
Pursuantto section 46(1) of the Act, the DirectorGeneralmay at any time within seven days
after the occurrenceof the fire, take possessionof the premisesand other propertydamaged or
destroyedby the fire.
20.11.3
Section 19 of the Act providespowersto the Fire Officersin emergenciesnot involvingfire.
257
20.11.4
Pursuantto section 38(1) of the Act, an authorisedofficermay, togetherwith such otherofficers,
enter any premisesfor the purposeof:
. Ascertainingwhetherthere is any contraventionof the Act.
. Obtaininginformationconcerningthe premisesfor fire-fighting.
. Ascertainingwhetherthere existsany fire hazardin the premises.
. Make any enquiryon matterswithinthe Act.
' Exercisingany poweror performingany duty of the DirectorGeneralunderany otherwrittenlaw.
20.11.5
Pursuant to section 40(1) of the Act, any authorised officer may without warrant arrest any
person:
. Foundcommittingan offenceunder Section 47, or
' Whom he reasonablysuspectsto have committedany otheroffenceunderthis Act if the person:

(a) refusesto furnishhis name and address
(b) furnishedan addressout of Malaysia
(c) thereare reasonablegroundsfor believingthat he has furnisheda falsenameand address
(d) that he is likelyto abscond
20.11.6
Section a1(1) of the Act providesthat any authorisedofficershall have the power to investigate
any offenceunderthis Act.
20.11.7
Section 44 providesthat every authorisedofficershall have the authorityto appear in court and
conduct any prosecutionin respect of any offence under this Act provided such officer has been
given a writtenauthorisationby the Public Prosecutoror the DeputyPublicProsecutor.
20.12PROTECTION
OF FIREOFFICERS
Section 20 providesthat no Fire Officeror AuxiliaryFire Officeracting bona fide under this Act shall
be liableto any actionfor damagesfor any act done or omittedto be done by him in connectionwith
his dutieson the occasionof a fire or any calamity.
20.13REGULATION
MADEUNDERTHE FIRESERVICES
ACT
The Ministerof Housingand Local Governmentmay make regulationspursuantto section 62 of

the Act for the bettercarryingout of the purposesand the provisionsof this Act.
258
20.14 PENALTY
20.14.1
Section 10 and section 13(5)providethat if any personfailingto complywithfire hazardabatement
notice and knowinglycontravenethe closingorder respectivelyshall be guilty of an offence and
shall,on conviction,be liableto a fine not exceedingfive thousandringgitor to imprtsonmentfor a
term not exceedingthree years or to both and shall be also liableto a furtherfine of one hundred
ringgitfor each day duringwhich the offenceis continuedafterthe conviction.
20.14.2
Section 35(5) of the Act, providesthat if any personwho withoutreasonableexcuse knowingly
contravenesa prohibitoryorder shall be guiltyof an offenceand shall,on conviction,be liableto a
fine not exceedingten thousandringgitor to imprisonmentfor a term not exceedingfive yearsor to
both and shall also be liableto a furtherfine of one hundredringgitfor each day duringwhich the
offence is continuedafter the conviction.
20.14.3
Section 58 of the Act providesthat if any personguilty of an offenceunder this Act for which no
penaltyis expresslyprovidedshall, on conviction,be liableto a fine not exceedingfive thousand
ringgitor to imprisonmentfor a term not exceedingthree years or to both.
20.15 CONCLUSION
This explanqtionon the Fire Services Act 1988 is only skeleton in nature, but in order to
understandin depth or in total one has to make close referenceto the Fire ServicesAct itself.The
Fire ServicesAct shouldnot be read in isolationbut referenceshouldbe made to other regulations
enacted under this Act. Further referencemust also be made to the Uniform BuildingBy-laws
1g84,and other acceptedrelevantbuildingcodes and standards.For effectiveprosecutiondetail
referencemust also be made to the latestversionof the EvidenceAct 1950, CriminalProcedure
Act 1948 & 1967 and other relevantActs in Malaysiatogetherwith relevant
Code, Interpretation
case laws.
259

Fire Safety Guideline

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Fire Safety Guideline

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

I

@ The Institution of Fire Engineers (UK) Malaysia Branch (IFEM)

All rightsreserved.No partof thispublicationmaybe reproduced or transmittedin anyformor by any means

Everyefforthas beenmadeto ensurethe informationin this guideis as accurateas possible.This subjet

This "Guide" is an invaluablesource of referenceto all those who are involved

In this age of globalization,it is imperativethat we all embracechanges

once again' I wish to congratulateDato HamzahAbu Bakar, Director

Y.B. DATO'SERI ONG KA TING

Just as new Standardsand Codes are being writtenfor the Buildinglndustry,existingStandards,

The "Guideto Fire Protectionin Malaysia"entailsdesignconcepts,standardand code, guidelines,

DATO'HAMZAH BINABU BAKAR

1. Prefaceby DirectorGeneralJBPM vrl

3. BasicGonceptsof Fire Science& the BuildingConstruction

4.2. Fire Appliance Access 20

4.3. Walls and Floors 28

4.4. Means of Escape 47

4.5. Rules of Measurement

Active Fire protectionSystem 89

6. External Fire Hydrant System gT

7. Hose Reel System 105

8. Dry Riser System fij

9. Wet Riser System 115

11. Automatic Sprinkler System 128

12. Automatic GOz Extinguishing System 142

13. Automatic Fire Detection and Alarm System 151

13.2. Controland IndicativeEquipment 155

13.3. AudioandVisualAlarm 159

13.4. ManualcallPoints(MCP) 161

13.7. Gablesand Wirings

14. PressurisationSystem in Buildings

15. Smoke Gontrolsystem Using Natural(Displacementlorpowered 199

16. Fire Lift 223

18. Fire Engineering- PerformanceBasedApproach 239

19. MalaysianIncidentCommandStructure(MICS) 245

20. Fire ServicesAct 1988(ACT341) 253

In the early 50's it was very difficultfor architects,engineersand buildingdesignersto

The Kuala Lumpur Municipal(Building)(Amendment)By-laws 1975 was gazettedand between

The standingcommitteessought clarificationand advice from various professionalbodies such as

2.2 FIRE SAFETY PHILOSOPHY. UBBL 1984

Life Safety is Ultimate in Building Design

. Meansof escapefor the occupants.

' spread of fire withinthe buildingand from one building

. Meansof detectionand extinguishment

Means of escape for high-risebuildingscan pose new challengesto buildingdesignswhere the

The world's tallesttwin towers (KLCC),the Kuala Lumpur InternationalAirport,Kuala Lumpur

To addresssuchconditions, By-law245of the UniformBuildingBy-laws1984empowersthe

It is hopedthat this bookwill providea clearerunderstanding on fire protectionand the conceptof

DiagramA: Fire Tetrahedron

Diagram B: Stages of Fire Development

Slow rateof burning Developmentof heat Fire Dies Out

DEVELOPMENT- The fire passesthrougha developmentstage after the initialgroMh. During

FUEL LOAD - The amountof availableand potentiallycombustiblematerialsto fuel the fire.

FLASHOVER- Simultaneousignitionof all combustiblein an enclosedarea. Flashoveroccurs

CONDUCTION- The movementof heatthroughmaterialsvia excitationof moleculeseg. metalsare

A totalfiresafetysystemfor anyhighrisebuilding duringfire.

INTEGRITY:The abilityof an elementof constructionto maintainits shapeand structuralproperties

STABILITY:The abilityof an elementof constructionto maintainoverallstructuralintegrity

3.5 FIRE HAZARDS ASSESSMENT

Main factors contributingto fire hazard:

. The amountof combustiblematerialspresent.

. The potentialheat outputof these materialsin a fire, i.e..their calorificvalue.

. The surfaceareas- most materialsburn at or near their surfaces.

. The potentialheat source.

. Airflowconditionand unrestrictedair supplythat sustaincombustion.